QuoteWerks - Updates

Would your company benefit from over 1576 new features?

Since January 1, 2014, there have been 53 QuoteWerks updates released containing over 1576 new features!

Please remember that New Features = Greater Productivity which gives you more time to sell and complete the countless other tasks you need to do on a daily basis!


Version 25.0 Build 1 (released November 27, 2024)

	1. HaloPSA integration official release! The integration with HaloPSA includes the ability to search for clients, Users, create/update Opportunities, create/update Quotes and upload quote attachments to HaloPSA. Recurring Items are supported. DataLink is supported for Clients, Users, Opportunities, Quotes, LineItems, and incldues the ability to retrieve the aggregate Sales Tax Rate from HaloPSA. The HaloPSA Product Database is available as a Product Data Source. You can attach files to the HaloPSA Opportunity from the PDF Preview window, the Links tab, and the Print window. There is a button on the SoldTo/ShipTo tab to display the SoldToContact, ShipToContact, or BillToContact in HaloPSA, a link on the Links tab that you can click to view the HaloPSA Opportunity in HaloPSA, also there is a link on the tab to view the HaloPSA Quote in HaloPSA. Additionally, emails sent from QuoteWerks are logged in the HaloPSA Opportunity Progress tab. The Corporate Edition of QuoteWerks is required to integrate with HaloPSA. [Build: 1.01]
	2. For Ingram Micro users in the USA and Canada, the Online Ordering integration has been rewritten using JSON rather than XML. We've done this in part because Ingram is sunsetting the XML API at the end of 2024, and also because the new JSON API offers some much better functionality addressing long standing issues. This updated integration functionality includes (1) In the XML API for Ingram Micro, Order Types could not be combined (such as orders that required end user information and those that did not). They can now be combined ensuring an ordering process. (2) Requesting current Pricing and Availability (P&A) from the Online Order form is significantly faster. (3) When entering Pricing Override notes on a PO Item, the notes will be remembered if P&A is requested again. (4) The Online Order Form is now resizable. The XML API is no longer supported in QuoteWerks, so you will be required to obtain JSON oAuth credentials from Ingram Micro if you do not already have them (https://developer.ingrammicro.com) and enter them in QuoteWerks in order to continue placing Online Orders with Ingram Micro. [Build: 1.01]
	3. SugarCRM 14.2 is now supported! [Build: 1.01]
	4. Customers can now self service their payment details for their QuoteWerks subscriptions through QuoteWerks Desktop and through QuoteWerks Web. In QuoteWerks Desktop, on the License Manager window, there is now an [Edit Account Payment Details] button with a tooltip of "Manage your subscription payment details". You can use this to update or delete your credit card used for your monthly or annual subscriptions. Users with Master Rights will have access to this and also users who have been granted the Misc Access right of"CanModifyAccountPaymentMethods'. In QuoteWerks Web this Payment Center can be accessed through the upper right menu, Account->Payment Details. Additionally, when your recurring subscription payments are processed, when you receive the billing email about the declined card, there will be a link to follow to easily update your payment details. [Build: 1.01]
	5. For QuoteValet users that collect credit card payments, Clover has been added to the list of supported payment gateways. [Build: 1.01]
	6. On the SoldTo/ShipTo/BillTo tab there is now a new hamburger toolbar drop down menu button with the option to "Display in Google Maps" to display the address in Google Maps. [Build: 1.01]
	7. Paste Contact from Windows Clipboard! You can now copy a selection of text including Company Name, Contact Name, Address, Phone and Email into the Windows Clipboard and then Paste it into the Sold To/ Ship to/ Bill to fields using the new [Paste Contact from Clipboard] toolbar button. Different text formats are supported. Can be a single line address like "4901 Vineland Rd, Suite 205, Orlando, FL 32819 USA". Can also be something like: 4901 Vineland Rd, Suite 205, Orlando, FL 32819 USA Phone: 407-248-1481 Email: sales@quotewerks.com or multiple lines like Aspire Technologies, Inc John Lewe 4901 Vineland Rd Suite 205 Orlando, FL 32819 USA Phone: 407-248-1481 Email: sales@quotewerks.com Address, Phone, Email fields will always be replaced with what is in the clipboard. The Company and Contact fields in the quote will only be replaced with clipboard data if there are values for these two fields. The Title field will always be cleared. [Build: 1.01]
	8. For Autotask users, Opportunities can now be linked to a Project on the Create/Update Opportunity window. [Build: 1.02]
	9. For HaloPSA users, when a user is part of multiple sites, the Select Site Location window will now default to the site shown on the Lookup contact window. [Build: 1.02]
	10. For HaloPSA users, you can now map the QuoteWerks Item Type to the HaloPSA Product Group. This option can be found on the HaloPSA Setup under the Product Group Mapping section. [Build: 1.02]
	11. For HaloPSA users, you can now decide if you want to pass over individual group items for grouped bundles. The option is located on the HaloPSA Setup under the Opportunity section. [Build: 1.02]
	12. For HaloPSA users, the StateProvince can now be mapped to an Address Line. [Build: 1.02]

Version 24.0 Build 4 (released November 12, 2024)

	13. HaloPSA integration Early Release Preview! Because of how eagerly awaited this integration has been, we decided to release an early preview of the integration early instead of waiting for QuoteWerks v25. The integration with HaloPSA includes the ability to search for clients, Users, create/update Opportunities, create/update Quotes and upload quote attachments to HaloPSA. DataLink is supported for Clients, Users, Opportunities, Quotes, LineItems, and incldues the ability to retrieve the aggregate Sales Tax Rate from HaloPSA. The HaloPSA Product Database is available as a Product Data Source. You can attach files to the HaloPSA Opportunity from the PDF Preview window, the Links tab, and the Print window. There is a button on the SoldTo/ShipTo tab to display the SoldToContact, ShipToContact, or BillToContact in HaloPSA, a link on the Links tab that you can click to view the HaloPSA Opportunity in HaloPSA, also there is a link on the tab to view the HaloPSA Quote in HaloPSA. Additionally, emails sent from QuoteWerks are logged in the HaloPSA Opportunity Progress tab. The Corporate Edition of QuoteWerks is required to integrate with HaloPSA. [Build: 4.10]
	14. GoldMine 2024.3 is now supported! [Build: 4.10]
	15. For QuoteValet users, the QuoteValet Setup window in QuoteWerks Desktop is now web-based and shared with QuoteWerks Web. This provides for a modern web interface with improvements, especially for setting up the QuoteValet Notifications. [Build: 4.10]
	16. For QuoteValet users, it is now possible to enable and configure DKIM for automated emails sent out from the QuoteValet notification service. Enabling this option will help to ensure proper email delivery when QuoteValet notifications are configured to originate from your company's domain name. [Build: 4.10]
	17. For Zoho CRM users, you can now create Deals for an Account that does not have any contacts. [Build: 4.10]
	18. For SQL users, especially Aspire Hosted DB customers, after making changes to users, or groups, or User Preferences on the User Maintenance window, or after changes to the QuoteValet Setup window, the speed of the synchronizing process with QuoteValet is massively improved. [Build: 4.10]
	19. For SQL users, especially Aspire Hosted DB customers, massive speed increase when clicking on the OK button on the User Preferences window, either from Tools->My Preferences or from the User Maintenance window. [Build: 4.10]
	20. For SQL users, especially Aspire Hosted DB customers, massive speed increase when clicking on the OK button on the Tools->Options window. Also when clicking OK on the Real-time Setup window. [Build: 4.10]
	21. For Hubspot CRM users, the files api was updated to version 3. [Build: 4.10]
	22. For Hubspot CRM users, data integrity changes were made for the upcoming Hubspot changes taking place January 6, 2025. [Build: 4.10]
	23. For QuoteWerks built-in Contact Database users, added the Address1 column on the Contacts tab of the Edit Company window. [Build: 4.10]
	24. For DataLink users, when creating a new DataLink Mapping, after selecting the action, the current CRM will now be automatically selected by default. [Build: 4.10]
	25. GoldMine 2024.4 is now supported! [Build: 4.12]
	26. For HaloPSA users, you can now select the ticket type on the Opportunity window. [Build: 4.16]
	27. For HaloPSA users, you can now select a default ticket type on the HaloPSA Settings window. [Build: 4.16]
	28. For HaloPSA users, selecting a ticket type will now only show the statuses available for that ticket type. [Build: 4.16]

Version 24.0 Build 3 (released August 22, 2024)

	29. QuoteValet Multiple Signature Support. In addition to the Primary Signature collected as part of Quote Acceptance, you can now require additional customer signatures. You can also configure one or more counter-signers composed of QuoteWerks users, groups, and/or third-party emails. The signature collection process can be configured for Sequential or Simultaneous capture, and all communication and signature capture is handled automatically. These options are set on the Upload to QuoteValet window. For existing customers that have directly customized the QuoteValet HTML or CSS template, the multiple signature features will not work until those customized templates have been updated with the multiple signature elements. [Build: 3.01]
	30. Multiple Contacts. You can now have more than one contact per company in the built-in QuoteWerks Contact Database. You can create and search for use these additional contacts in the quote. There are 4 primary search fields Company, Phone, Contact, Email. With Begins With, Contains, etc operators. You can filter on multiple things at the same time. The Phone search searches all the phone number fields across companies and contacts. There is also two "Other field" options to choose whatever other fields you might commonly search and the selections are remembered. If the labels for these fields were customized, the customized label will be shown. You can re-order the columns and set the column widths on the search results grid which will be remembered per user. The Data Manager, Management Reports, and DataLink features were updated to support the new two table system of CRMCompanies and CRMContacts. Professional or Corporate Edition is required for the Multiple Contacts feature. [Build: 3.01]
	31. The QuoteWerks built-in Contact Database contacts now have a Role, Reference, and Notes fields which are very useful for saving details about these contacts and their Role that are visible in the search results. [Build: 3.01]
	32. The Contact Import wizard was updated to support the new multiple contacts per company along with other improvements. When using the Contact Import Wizard you will only be able to import the first contact (primary contact) for a company. If you have data of companies that have more than one contact that you want to import, you can use the Data Manager to import this. [Build: 3.01]
	33. On the Contact Lookup window for the built-in QuoteWerks Contact Database, there is now a right click menu option of "Move...". You can use this to move a contact from one Company to another Company. If the Contact that you are moving is the only contact for the company, you be prompted to Delete the company record since a Company record cannot exist without at least one contact. If this is the case and you have the Misc Access right of "CannotDeleteContactRecord" you will not be able to proceed. Similarly, if you have the Misc Acccess right of "CannotModifyContactRecord", you will not be able to move the Contact. [Build: 3.01]
	34. The Contact import Wizard has been redesigned to use a two list mapping approach instead of the combobox drop downs for each field approach. Field Auto-Map, and field search features found in the Product Import Wizard were added. When selecting a QuoteWerks field for mapping, if that field label has been customized the customized label value will appear in a status area below the list. Also there is an option now to specify which line of data to start the import at. This is useful in excluding the first row of data typically that contains the column names and not data to be imported, yet useful to have in the file when doing the mapping of columns. Additionally more field delimiters than just comma and tab are now supported. [Build: 3.01]
	35. When using the Contact Import Wizard and choosing the option to "Delete all existing Companies/Contacts", there is a now a more pronounced dialog requiring you to type in the case sensitive word of "Delete" to proceed with the deletion of all Company/Contact records. [Build: 3.01]
	36. The Create new CRM contact feature for the built-in QuoteWerks Contact Database was updated. When creating the new company and contact record, it will copy the SoldToPrice Profile and Terms fields from the current quote into the newly created company record in QuoteWerks contact database. [Build: 3.01]
	37. Act! for Web version 26 is now supported! [Build: 3.01]
	38. Act! Desktop version 26 is now supported! [Build: 3.01]
	39. For HubSpot CRM users, there is a new option on the setup window of "[] When converting to order/invoice, and there is no existing deal, prompt to create a won deal." [Build: 3.01]
	40. For HubSpot CRM users, the HubSpot CRM Setup window now has a 'UserName Mappings' button for users to map QuoteWerks UserNames to HubSpot CRM UserNames. [Build: 3.01]
	41. For HubSpot CRM users, when retrieving the HubSpot CRM Deal ownername field using the DataLink and populating QuoteWerks PreparedBy or SalesRep field, the 'HubSpot CRM UserName Mappings' will map the HubSpot CRM UserName to the QuoteWerks user name. [Build: 3.01]
	42. For HubSpot CRM users, you can choose the default owner for a Deal in the HubSpot CRM Setup Window. The Owner can either be the logged in user or the Sales Rep. The Sales Rep name must match the HubSpot CRM user name to be selected. [Build: 3.01]
	43. UPS shipping integration was updated to support the new required REST integration method which will now require a Client ID and Client Secret. Effective August 5th, 2024 UPS will no longer support the old integration method. You can obtain these new credentials from UPS by going to https://developer.ups.com and creating a new "application". [Build: 3.01]
	44. FedEx shipping integration was updated to support the new required REST integration method which will now require an Account Number, API Key, and Secret key. Effective May 15th, 2024 FedEx no longer supports the old integration method. You can obtain these new credentials from FedEx by going to https://developer.fedex.com/ and creating a new API Project. [Build: 3.01]
	45. When importing vendors and choosing the option to "Delete all existing vendors", there is a now a more pronounced dialog requiring you to type in the case sensitive word of "Delete" to proceed with the deletion of all vendor records. [Build: 3.01]
	46. In the Vendor Import Wizard you can now specify which This is useful in excluding the first row of data typically that contains the column names and not data to be imported, yet useful to have in the file when doing the mapping of columns. of the data to start the import at. This is useful in excluding the first row of data typically that contains the column names and not data to be imported, yet useful to have in the file when doing the mapping of columns. [Build: 3.01]
	47. In the Product Import Wizard when selecting a QuoteWerks field for mapping, if that field label has been customized, the customized label value will appear in a status area below the list. [Build: 3.01]
	48. In the Product Import Wizard on the Basic Mappings Step, field label customizations will be displayed on this wizard step. [Build: 3.01]
	49. Added SoldToFax as a destination field in QuoteWerks in the DataLink mapping. [Build: 3.01]
	50. Added new macro "&APP_&OurLocationInlineAddress". [Build: 3.01]
	51. SugarCRM version 14.1 now supported! [Build: 3.02]
	52. Added new Misc Access Right "CannotUseQuoteWerksWebLicense" [Build: 3.02]
	53. For QuoteWerks built-in Contact Database users, improved the "Move Contact" feature to make it easier to use and handle different addresses better. To use this feature, now you can hold down the CTRL key and select multiple Contacts that you want to move to another company. The last Contact you select will be the company the other Contact selections are moved to. Important, only CTRL selecting will work, SHIFT selecting will cannot be used. Also, the "Company ID" column was added to help make it easier to understand which contacts are connected to which companies to help you with the Move Contact feature. Since individual Contacts can have different addresses than the main company record, additional logic was added to move the address with the Contact only if it was needed. [Build: 3.04]
	54. For QuoteWerks built-in Contact Database users, on the Contact Lookup window results grid, the results of the search are sorted to group all the resulting contacts that are from the same company together. Additionally, the first row for that Company is bolded to give you a visual indicator showing which contacts are from the same company since you can have company records with the same company name in the database. [Build: 3.04]
	55. For QuoteWerks built-in Contact Database users, added [Delete Company] button to the Edit Company window, and removed the Delete button from the Contact Lookup window. [Build: 3.04]
	56. For QuoteWerks built-in Contact Database users, on the Contact Lookup window, added right click menus of "New Company..." and "Edit Company...". [Build: 3.04]
	57. For QuoteWerks built-in Contact Database users, you can now Clone a contact. On the Edit Company window, on the list of Contacts added the right click menu "Clone..." and added a button [Clone]. [Build: 3.04]

Version 24.0 Build 2 (released May 2, 2024)

	58. The USA Sales Tax Rate Lookup in the Real-Time module has been improved to now account for address locations that have not yet been assigned a Zip+4 code by the USPS yet. This can happen with new construction resulting in new addresses that have not been assigned a Zip+4 code yet by the United States Postal System. A list of Tax Jurisdictions for the base Postal Code for you to choose from will now be displayed when using the Prompt for Sales Tax option. If the option is set to not display the Sales tax Lookup window, then you will receive a message to use the window to choose the appropriate Sales Tax Jurisdiction. These options are set on the Misc.General (more) tab of the Tools->My Preferences menu. [Build: 2.04]
	59. The USA Sales Tax Rate Lookup in the Real-Time module has been improved to now account for USA address locations that cannot be verified by the USPS. A list of Tax Jurisdictions for the base Postal Code will now be displayed when using the Prompt for Sales Tax option for the user to manually intervene. If the option is set to not display the Sales tax Lookup window, then you will receive a message to use the window to choose the appropriate Sales Tax Jurisdiction. These options are set on the Misc.General (more) tab of the Tools->My Preferences menu. [Build: 2.04]
	60. The USA Sales Tax Rate Lookup in the Real-Time module has been improved to now account for address locations that cannot be verified by the USPS, like many addresses in Puerto Rico (a USA territory). Puerto Rico addresses use various non-standardized formats that the USPS API does not recognize. A list of Tax Jurisdictions for the base Postal Code will now be displayed when using the Prompt for Sales Tax option for the user to manually intervene. If the option is set to not display the Sales tax Lookup window, then you will receive a message to use the window to choose the appropriate Sales Tax Jurisdiction. These options are set on the Misc.General (more) tab of the Tools->My Preferences menu. [Build: 2.04]
	61. On Sales Tax Rate lookup window you can now it will default to the SoldTo/ShipTo/BillTo Address setup in options, but you can now choose the SoldTo/ShipTo, or BillTo address to do a validation and sales tax rate lookup based on any of those addresses. Useful if, for example, you are shipping your product to a shipping address that is a staging area (like your office location), but ultimately the final shipping address, and what the tax rate should be based on will be your Customer's address which is currently located in the SoldTo address fields. [Build: 2.04]
	62. When the USA Address verification is used the USPS returns the address standardized and formatted as all upper case letters. We now Proper Case the results. [Build: 2.04]
	63. For Ingram Micro Realtime users, added support for the Ingram Micro JSON API for Real-time P&A calls. The JSON API is self-service to create credentials via the following URL: https://developer.ingrammicro.com. This support has been added for Ingram Micro Customers in the United States, Canada, the United Kingdom, Australia, and New Zealand. Also added an option for Sandbox Mode. [Build: 2.04]
	64. For ConnectWise PSA Users, there is now a setup option that enables the QuoteWerks Admin to require fields when creating/Updating a ConnectWise PSA Opportunity. The fields that can be made mandatory are Opportunity Type, Description, Source, and Campaign. The ConnectWise Opportunity will not be able to be created/updated until the specified fields have data entered. The Required Fields can be specified on the Connectwise Setup->Opportunities Tab->Required Fields Sub Tab. [Build: 2.04]
	65. For QuickBooks Online Users, added a new setup option for "If the ShipTo Customer Does Not Exist" of 'Do not create - write in only' If this option is selected, then the Ship To Customer will be a "write in" on the document, which does not require that it exist as a customer record. This option adds to the existing options of 'Create' and 'Prompt to create'. [Build: 2.04]
	66. When editing a product definition, if you change an existing product's Manufacturer Part Number to another Manufacturer Part Number, it will now be checked to see if that newly entered/changed Manufacturer Part Number already exists in another product definition. [Build: 2.04]
	67. The DocumentItems Manufacturer field length was increased from 30 to 40 characters. [Build: 2.04]
	68. The User Properties window now has CreatedOn and LastModifiedOn fields. [Build: 2.04]
	69. When searching for contacts, if there is an error, it is no logged in the err.log file. Also the tooltip will be set on the status label enabling you to see more of a longer message. [Build: 2.04]
	70. SugarCRM 14.0 is now supported! [Build: 2.07]
	71. GoldMine 2024.2 is now supported! [Build: 2.07]

Version 24.0 Build 1 (released February 2, 2024)

	72. Act! For Web 25.100 is now supported! [Build: 1.01]
	73. Goldmine 2023.4 is now supported! [Build: 1.01]
	74. SugarCRM version 13.2 is now supported! [Build: 1.01]
	75. Sage 50 Accounting 2024 (Peachtree) is now supported! [Build: 1.01]
	76. QuickBooks Desktop USA version 2024 is now supported! [Build: 1.01]
	77. USA Address verification is now supported. On the SoldTo/ShipTo tab of the Quote WorkBook there is now a button to verify and standardize the address using the US Postal Service database. On the Sales Tax tab of the Real-time Setup window there is the option "Show/Display USA address verification icon" to hide this feature if not wanted. The option is useful if you live in a country besides the USA like Canada. You may still ship and do business with customers in the USA, you can use this option to benefit from USA address verification even though your company is not located in the USA. On the Misc.General(more) tab of the Users Preferences window there is a "Address Verification Mode" option with the choices of "Manual" and "Auto Verify USA Address on Address selection". When an address is verified, it is logged in the document transaction log. The Realtime Module and current UMP is required for this feature. [Build: 1.01]
	78. The USA Sales Tax Rate Lookup in the Real-Time module has been improved. Now the the feature will verify the address against the USPS database, and refine the Postal Code to be a Zip+4 postal code (taking into account the street number and name). With this pinpointed Zip+4 Postal Code the Sales Tax Rates for that specific Zip+4 location will be retrieved. On the Sales Tax tab of the Real-time Setup window there is the option "Base Sales Tax on the Address From" to choose which address controls the sales tax rate. The standard is for the Ship To address to determine the tax rate locality. On the Misc.General(more) tab of the Users Preferences window there is a "Sales Tax Lookup Mode" option with the choices of "Manual", "Auto Verify USA Address and Retrieve Sales tax info on Address selection", and "Display Realtime USA Sales Tax Lookup window on Address selection". You can also click on the "Lookup tax rate" button next to the Tax Rate field on the Sale Info tab of the Quote Workbook, this will display a window that will let you choose to use the address verification and see the details of the Tax Information for the Zip+4 Postal Code. When a realtime Sales Tax is applied to the document, it is logged in the document transaction log. The Realtime Module and current UMP is required for this feature. [Build: 1.01] See a screenshot of this feature
	79. Whole document spell check. Pressing the F7 key while in a text box will display the traditional spell check dialog. Choosing the Tools->Spelling menu (or CTRL-F7) will run the Whole Document Spell Check wizard. A wizard will be displayed that presents each field one by one indicating misspelled words with a red squiggly line underneath it. When done correcting the spelling, you can click the [Next] button to move to the next field. There is also a [Previous] button to go back if needed, or [Close] to stop. If you choose to [Ignore All], that word will be ignored in all the remaining fields checked. If a field is empty or there are no spelling errors, or the user does not have rights to modify the field, it will be skipped. The Whole Document Spellcheck can include fields on the Quote WorkBook tabs, and also line item columns for each line item. You can customize the list of fields that are included under the Spelling tab of the Tools->My Preferences menu. [Build: 1.01]
	80. You can now spell check individual cells on the Document Items tab grid by pressing F7 while in the cell. [Build: 1.01]
	81. QuoteWerks Web now supports SSO login. QuoteWerks Desktop user setup was updated to reflect this. [Build: 1.01]
	82. The Product Content Subscription now has PartLocator support for Arbitech in the USA. We've negotiated an arrangement with Arbitech to host their product data so as to provide our mutual customers with the best experience possible. [Build: 1.01]
	83. The Product Content Subscription now has PartLocator support for Accutech Data in the USA. We've negotiated an arrangement with Accutech Data to host their product data so as to provide our mutual customers with the best experience possible. [Build: 1.01]
	84. On the Product Lookup window, the Etilize keyword search box now has a drop-down list of your most 20 recent searches. [Build: 1.01]
	85. For the Deposit Amount, there is now an option to include the Sales Tax in the deposit amount when selecting the "TOTALING: Add up multiple matching line items in the document" or "Percent of a line item in the document" options. Defaults for this can be specified on the Documents tab of the Tools->Options menu. [Build: 1.01]
	86. For the Deposit Amount, there is now an option to "Include Shipping Amount (including Sales Tax) in Deposit Required". [Build: 1.01]
	87. The Summary line "TOTALING: Add up multiple matching line items in the document" option now has the option to "Include Sales Tax" [Build: 1.01]
	88. On the Custom Tab of Quote WorkBook, the fields CustomMemo01, CustomMemo02, CustomMemo03, and CustomMemo04 now have vertical scrollbars. [Build: 1.01]
	89. On the QuoteValet Upload window, next to the [Reminder Options] button is an indicator that displays how many reminders are set. [Build: 1.01] See a screenshot of this feature
	90. The QuoteValet Auto-Reminders window now has [Select All] and [De-Select All] buttons [Build: 1.01] See a screenshot of this feature
	91. Under the Tools->Options menu on the Print tab added options of "Include Percent Charge lines on Sales Orders" and "Include Percent Discount lines on Sales Orders" and "Include Group Header lines on Sales Orders". [Build: 1.01]
	92. For ConnectWise PSA users, QuoteWerks now supports up to 6 ConnectWise PSA Tax levels when using the DataLink to retrieve the tax rate from ConnectWise PSA. Previously, QuoteWerks only supported the first 5 levels. Note: The ConnectWise PSA API as of October 2023 only supports 6 Tax Levels. The ConnectWise UI allows administrators to create more than 6, however. [Build: 1.01]
	93. You can now select multiple bundles at the same time to delete. [Build: 1.02]
	94. For SugarCRM users, significant speed improvements were made across all API calls. [Build: 1.03]
	95. You can now specify company wide Spell Check words to Ignore. In the Settings Manager, you can set SystemSettings\System\SpellCheckCompanyCustomDictionaryData key with a list of words to ignore, with each word being on its own line, so separated by CRLF. [Build: 1.03]
	96. For Autotask users, the shipping description will now map over for shipping items on an Autotask quote. The shipping description can also be manually set. This new feature is located on Autotask Setup window -> Opportunities->Quote Products->Shipping section. [Build: 1.06]
	97. For Hubspot CRM users, if two words are entered when doing a Name search on the Lookup window, a match with the first word for the first name and the second word for the last name will be used. [Build: 1.06]
	98. For Zoho CRM users, product lookup can now show up to 10,000 records. [Build: 1.06]
	99. Act! For Web 25.2 is now supported! [Build: 1.08]
	100. Autotask 2024 is now supported! [Build: 1.08]
	101. SugarCRM 13.3 is now supported! [Build: 1.08]
	102. Goldmine version 2024.1 is now supported! [Build: 1.09]
	103. ConnectWise 2024.1 is now supported! [Build: 1.08]
	104. ConnectWise 2024.2 is now supported! [Build: 1.09]

Version 23.0 Build 5 (released September 5, 2023)

	105. Multiple contacts for Vendors! On the Vendors window you can search for a company or contact. You can indicate which contact is the primary contact for the vendor. You can choose options to automatically include this contacts email address as a TO or CC when "Emailing a PO to the vendor" or in a "Vendor RFQ notification". There is an F2Lookup for the Role and Reference fields. Role is a great field to store something like "Billing", "Support", "Sales"," Marketing", etc. When using the "Create PO for each vendor" option from the Print window, the Primary contact for the vendor will be used. Also when exporting a PO to QuickBooks Online the primary contact email address will be used. Support for Vendor with multiple contacts was added in the Data Manager, and Vendor Import Wizard. You can send an email to a vendor contact on the Contacts tab of the Edit Vendor window. The Select Email Address window supports the multiple vendor contacts under the "QuoteWerks Vendors" and "Document" list where it will show all email addresses for contacts for any vendors that have items on the currently open document. There are now two tables that are used to store Vendor information, the Vendors table and the VendorContacts tables. If you created management reports on Vendors and referenced any of the changed fields in either the report filter or the FPC layout designer, you will need to manually make modify these to accommodate the new changes. The following fields were "moved"/renamed from the Vendors table into the VendorContacts table: "[Vendors.SalesRep] to [VendorContacts.ContactName]", "[Vendors.Mobile] to [VendorContacts.PhoneMobile]", "[Vendors.Email] to [VendorContacts.Email]". This feature is included in the Professional and Corporate Editions of QuoteWerks. Until v23 build 5.00, a Vendor only had one record with combined information for the company and a single contact. To get around this limitation, some customers created duplicate records for vendors with the only difference being the contact name and email/phone number. If you are one of the customers that did this, please contact technical support for assistance on how to merge these records. It will involve running the upgrade, then doing a Data Manager export of the Vendors, then deleting all the Vendors and VendorContacts table records, then pruning the duplicate Vendor Company records in the Data Manager export, then using Data Manager to import the modified data. [Build: 5.07]
	106. GoldMine 2023.3 is now supported! [Build: 5.07]
	107. SugarCRM version 13.1 is now supported! [Build: 5.07]
	108. When printing a Purchase order layout and choosing the option to "Create a PO for each vendor", and choosing to email that PO, when the send email window is displayed, any contacts that you set with the option to include them in a PO email will be in the TO or CC list respectively, and if you click on the address book, you will see a "This Vendor" e-mail list that you can use to see a list of all emails addresses for all contacts at the vendor that the PO is for. [Build: 5.07]
	109. When on the Purchase orders tab of the Purchasing window, when you choose "Email PO", any contacts that you set with the option to include them in a PO email will be in the TO or CC list respectively, and if you click on the address book, you will see a "This Vendor" e-mail list that you can use to see a list of all emails addresses for all contacts at the vendor that the PO is for. [Build: 5.07]
	110. For QuickBooks Desktop Users, if you use QuickBooks as your Contact Manager, there is now a DataLink field for TaxRate. With this you can setup the DataLink to pull the Tax Rate setup in QuickBooks for the selected QuickBooks customer into the TaxRate field on the Sale Info tab of the Quote WorkBook. Also when searching for a QuickBooks contact, the search results will now contain a Tax Item column displaying the Tax Item for the QuickBooks Customer. [Build: 5.07]
	111. The Select Email Address window has been re-designed. The "Manual Recipient" list no longer has the empty Reference column. You can now select multiple contact/email addresses from the CRM search results grid to add to the TO/CC/BCC. Any columns widths customized in the Select Email Address window are now remembered per user. You can now sort the grid columns by clicking on the column headings. [Build: 5.07]
	112. For Autotask users, Opportunities can now be created that are attached to an Account vs a Contact. [Build: 5.07]
	113. For Autotask users, PartNumber generation support was added under the Opportunities.Quote Products tab of the Autotask Setup window. [Build: 5.07]
	114. For Autotask users, In addition to a static Taxable and Non-taxable code, there is now a Tax Code option of "(Base on Material Code, Tax Category, Tax Region)" and a Tax Region drop down per Autotask Database (Products/Services/Service Bundles/Labor) on the "Product Data Source" tab of the Autotask Setup window. [Build: 5.07]
	115. For Autotask users, when Autotask is set as the Secondary CRM, on the Export Document to Autotask window, when clicking on the [Select Existing] button, the Select Autotask Contact window will appear and a query for the SoldToContact name from the quote will be automatically run. [Build: 5.07]
	116. For Autotask users, when selecting a company to associate with the quote, you will now be prompted to choose which location for the company (if the company has more than one location defined in Autotask). [Build: 5.07]
	117. For Autotask users, vertical scrollbars were added to the "close description" and description textboxes on the Opportunity window. [Build: 5.07]
	118. For Autotask users, when linking to the Autotask Products as a Product Data Source User, you can now include Autotask User Defined Fields [Build: 5.07]
	119. For Autotask users, when linking to the "Autotask products" type Product Data Source, it now includes the following fields: InternalProductID, ExternalProductID, SKU, BillingType, PriceMethod, Serialized, DoesNotRequireProcurement, EligibleForRMA, and DefaultInstalledProductCategoryID. [Build: 5.07]
	120. For Autotask users, the Opportunity Category field was added to the opportunity window. [Build: 5.07]
	121. For Autotask users, a default Opportunity Category can be set for new and existing opportunities under the Opportunities.Defaults tab of the Autotask Setup window. [Build: 5.07]
	122. The "Clear contact" toolbar button on the SoldTo/ShipTo tab is now a split button and supports the options of "Clear Contact Fields and Links to CRM" which is the default original behavior, and also the new option of "Clear Links to CRM only". This is very useful for customers that have switched to a different CRM. With this new feature, they can open the quote, choose the "Clear Links to CRM only" option, and then click on the "Create New Company in Contact Manager" button to create a new company in their new CRM using the company/contact data that is in the quote, and then when saving the quote, you will have the options to create an Opportunity\Deal, create follow up actions, and whatever other features their new CRM integration supports. [Build: 5.07]
	123. When a user removes a Product Data Source, the removal will be logged in the event.log file. [Build: 5.07]
	124. On the Literature tab of the File->Print window there is now a right click "Delete Literature File..." menu. When deleting Literature files this way the deletions will be automatically synced to QuoteWerks Web. Also added a [Delete] button and a new Misc Access right "CannotDeleteLiterature". [Build: 5.07]
	125. On the Literature tab of the File->Print window there is now an [Add] button. When adding a Literature File this way the new file will automatically sync to QuoteWerks Web. [Build: 5.07]
	126. On the Cover Pages tab of the File->Print window, while a Cover Page is selected in the drop down box, if you press the DEL key it will now delete the Cover Page file. When deleting a Cover Page File this way the deletion will be automatically synced to QuoteWerks Web. Also added a [Delete] button and a new Misc Access right "CannotDeleteCoverPages". [Build: 5.07]
	127. On the Cover Pages tab of the File->Print window, there is now a new [Add] button to use to select a file to copy into the Cover Pages folder. Also added new Misc Access right "CannotAddCoverPages". When adding a cover page this way the new file will automatically sync to QuoteWerks Web. [Build: 5.07]
	128. For GoldMine users, on the Contact Lookup window, any columns widths customized in the search results grid are now remembered per user. [Build: 5.07]
	129. For Act! Desktop users, on the Contact Lookup window, any columns widths customized in the search results grid are now remembered per user. [Build: 5.07]
	130. For Outlook users, on the Contact Lookup window, any columns widths customized in the search results grid are now remembered per user. [Build: 5.07]
	131. For QuickBooks Desktop and QuickBooks Online users, on the Contact Lookup window, any columns widths customized in the search results grid are now remembered per user. [Build: 5.07]
	132. For Peachtree users, on the Contact Lookup window, any columns widths customized in the search results grid are now remembered per user. [Build: 5.07]
	133. For Maximizer Desktop users, on the Contact Lookup window, any columns widths customized in the search results grid are now remembered per user. [Build: 5.07]
	134. Updated D&H warehouses list to Vancouver and Toronto. [Build: 5.07]

Version 23.0 Build 4 (released June 9, 2023)

	135. Added support for Goldmine 2023.2! [Build: 4]
	136. Added support for SugarCRM 13.0! [Build: 4]
	137. For QuoteWerks Web users, when editing a layout in QuoteWerks Desktop, if the QuoteWerks Desktop Layout file is updated with a newer file from QuoteWerks Web, a backup will be made of the QuoteWerks Desktop Layout file. Backups are located under the \QuoteWerks\Backups folder. [Build: 4.01]
	138. Act! v25 is now supported! [Build: 4.06]
	139. Act! for web v25.0 is now supported! [Build: 4.06]
	140. For Product Content Subscribers (Etilize), we've brought back screen scraping pricing for Newegg and Provantage using next generation screen scraping technologies. [Build: 4.06]
	141. On the Configurations window, there is now a right click "Copy Part Number" menu on the Configuration Items list. [Build: 4.06]

Version 23.0 Build 3 (released April 19, 2023)

	142. When you install a fresh installation of QuoteWerks and start it for the first time, you will be asked if you would like to connect it to a QuoteWerks Web instance. [Build: 3]
	143. When creating, editing, renaming, cloning or deleting a layout on the Print window, the changes will now automatically sync between QuoteWerks Web and QuoteWerks Desktop. [Build: 3]
	144. If you are using QuoteWerks Web with QuoteWerks Desktop, when you create new files, if they are not located under the main \QuoteWerks folder, or subfolder, you will be warned that the file cannot be synchronized to QuoteWerks Web. [Build: 3.01]

Version 23.0 Build 2 (released April 13, 2023)

	145. Act! for web v24.1 is now supported! [Build: 2.01]
	146. Autotask 2023.1 is now supported! [Build: 2.01]
	147. Autotask 2022.3 is now supported! [Build: 2.01]
	148. GoldMine 2023.1 is now supported! [Build: 2.01]
	149. SugarCRM version 12.3 is now supported! [Build: 2.01]
	150. The Bundles window has been redesigned. You can now see the Bundle Items for each Bundle as you select it. Also you can now search for a Bundle Item Manufacturer Part Number making it much easier to find items you are looking for. There is also a right click "Copy Part Number" menu on the Bundle Items list. [Build: 2.01]
	151. The Required Items window has been redesigned. You can now see the Required Items for each item as you select it. Also you can now search for a Required Item Parent or Required Item Child making it much easier to find items you are looking for. There is also a right click "Copy Part Number" menu on the Required Items list. [Build: 2.01]
	152. The Optional Items window has been redesigned. You can now see the Optional Items for each item as you select it. Also you can now search for an Optional Item Parent or Optional Item Child making it much easier to find items you are looking for. There is also a right click "Copy Part Number" menu on the Optional Items list. [Build: 2.01]
	153. The Substitute Items window has been redesigned. You can now see the Substitute Items for each item as you select it. Also you can now search for a Substitute Item Parent or Substitute Item Child making it much easier to find items you are looking for. There is also a right click "Copy Part Number" menu on the Substitute Items list. [Build: 2.01]
	154. On the Required Items tab of the Edit Product window, if you remove the last Required Item, you will now be asked if you want to remove the Required Item Header record. Also on this tab it will now display if the Required Items list is shared with the same part number in other product databases. [Build: 2.01]
	155. On the Product Lookup window, when you delete a product, if this product has a Required Item Header record, the Header record and all the Required Items records will be deleted also. [Build: 2.01]
	156. Added LineNumber and LineNumberActual fields to the DocumentItems database table. Previously they were only in-memory macros and not available in Reports or for QuickBooks exports. These fields will be empty for any existing documents, but will be populated when you open and re-save the document. [Build: 2.01]
	157. For Autotask users, Autotask can now be used as a Secondary CRM. The Secondary CRM feature makes it possible for you to use your Primary CRM to create quotes and do all the back and forth, and then when the Quote becomes an Order, then you can use the Secondary CRM feature to integrate the Order including creating the customer, opportunity, products, etc in the Secondary Contact Manager. The benefit is that you can fill one CRM system with all quotes, leads, and products that you may never sell, and then only push orders, actual customers, actual products you have sold into the Secondary CRM system. The Secondary CRM can be selected on the Contacts->Setup Contact Manager window. There is a setup option of "Display Secondary CRM Export Window on each Save" which, if checked, will automatically pop up this export window after conversion to an Order, and after each save. You can access this feature using the Tools->Export to Secondary CRM menu. [Build: 2.01]
	158. For ConnectWise and Autotask users, now that there are two CRMs supported for the Secondary CRM feature, the Tools->Export to ConnectWise menu has been renamed to Tools->Export to Secondary CRM. Also the setup for this Secondary CRM feature is now located on the Contacts->Setup Contact Manager window. [Build: 2.01]
	159. In the Paste Special Wizard when selecting a field to map there is now a search feature so you can find a field to map faster. [Build: 2.01]
	160. Added DataManager support for PRICING.PricingProfileNames, PRICING.PricingProfiles, PRICING.PriceModifers, EXRATES.ExchangeRates, and LOOKUP.LookupItems tables. In the process added RecGUID, CreatedOn, and LastModifiedOn fields to these tables. [Build: 2.01]
	161. For QuoteWerks Contact database users, you can now search for a QuoteWerks Contact Database contact by the CustomText01 and CustomText02 fields. [Build: 2.01]
	162. For SYNNEX online ordering users, added new warehouses, "Suwanee, GA", "Swedesboro, NJ", "South Bend, IN", "Fontana, CA", also changed warehouse code from #14 to #50 for "Columbus, OH". [Build: 2.01]
	163. For API users, added AddonText01 field to the PRICING.PricingProfileNames, PRICING.PricingProfiles, PRICING.PriceModifers, EXRATES.ExchangeRates, and LOOKUP.LookupItems tables. [Build: 2.01]
	164. For QuoteValet users, added support for Opayo payment gateway, this is the replacement for Sage Pay. [Build: 2.05]
	165. For online ordering users for SYNNEX, Ingram Micro, and D&H, when the distributors change their warehouses, there is now a mechanism in place to receive the updated warehouse list without having to update the desktop version of QuoteWerks. [Build: 2.05]
	166. For SYNNEX Canada online ordering users, added "MISSISSAUGA, ON" warehouse and changed HALIFAX, NS" warehouse to "DARTMOUTH, NS". Also the "RICHMOND, BC" warehouse code changed. [Build: 2.05]
	167. Autotask 2023.2 is now supported! [Build: 2.09]
	168. The Configurations window has been redesigned. You can now see the Selection Container Items for each Configuration as you select it. Also you can now search for a Selection Container Item Manufacturer Part Number making it much easier to find items you are looking for. [Build: 2.01]

Version 23.0 Build 1 (released January 10, 2023)

	169. QuoteWerks Web now has a Setup->CRM Integrations area and the ability to completely setup the ConnectWise integration from within QuoteWerks Web. Also there is a Setup->Users area which has a full implementation of the user maintenance; you can add, edit and delete users, complete with all the security settings. QuoteWerks Web now has support for multifactor authentication including support for top Authenticator Apps (Google, Microsoft, etc.) and also Duo Push verification via the Duo Mobile App. QuoteWerks Web can also now run Reports with the Export option. [Build: 1.03]
	170. GoldMine version 2022.4 is now supported! [Build: 1.03]
	171. SugarCRM version 12.2 is now supported! [Build: 1.03]
	172. Sage 50 Accounting 2023 (Peachtree) is now supported! [Build: 1.03]
	173. Real-time Pricing and Availability is now available for USA Distributor ADI ( www.adiglobal.com ) if you have an account with this distributor and credentials are entered into QuoteWerks. Also, this real-time pricing is displayed on the Product Sourcing Panel. [Build: 1.03]
	174. The Product Content Subscription now has PartLocator support for BlueStar Canada. We've negotiated an arrangement with BlueStar to host their product data so as to provide our mutual customers with the best experience possible. [Build: 1.03]
	175. The Product Content Subscription now has PartLocator support for ADI USA. We've negotiated an arrangement with ADI to host their product data so as to provide our mutual customers with the best experience possible. [Build: 1.03]
	176. For QuoteValet Users, you can now have a custom Alias/CNAME in the QuoteValet URL. So, instead of www.quotevalet.com, the URL could be yourcompany.quotevalet.com. This feature is helpful, so your customers that are not familiar with QuoteValet will see your company name in the URL. This setting is on the General Tab of the QuoteValet Setup. [Build: 1.03]
	177. Replace has been added to the Edit->Find feature. You can select the Edit->Find menu (or press CTRL-F) which launches the find window and sets the Find Column to which will search all the columns. While on that window you can choose to just search a single column. Alternatively, you can CTRL click on the column heading to search that specific column. You can search for things like, search for lines with a profit margin less than 10, search for lines with an empty cell, search for dates greater than specified date. When the search is run, it will find and highlight the first match, then you can successively press the [Find Next] button to highlight the next match. As matches are found, this is also a great opportunity to press the highlight button to set a highlight color for the row the match is on. [Build: 1.03]
	178. You can now clone Required Items, Optional Items, and Substitute Items. [Build: 1.03]
	179. The Expires field (ExpirationDate) on the Sale Info tab of the Quote Workbook now contains a time portion. This is useful for specifying that a quote expires at 5pm on a certain day. This changed is also supported in QuoteValet. You can specify the default expiration number of days and time on the Documents.General tab under Tools->Options menu. In the time text box if you enter, for example, +5:35 then it will add 5 hrs and 35 minutes to the current time. Without a + symbol the time will be a fixed time. [Build: 1.03]
	180. Text Library. For Memo fields, the F2lookup now lets you store a text library of large chunks of text that are searchable enabling you to easily compose your statements of work, terms and other text intensive composition. Additionally the F2lookup now has a separate column that can contain a description of the value for reference purposes. As a result of these changes you no longer need to use the //in the F2Lookup value to include a description, but when importing a list of values from the F2lookup window you can use the // to import the description for the value. The F2Lookup can do more than store static text. See the help file about these F2 Lookup functions: SALESFORCE_MACRO, QW_MACRO, RUNAPPANDRETURNCLIPBOARD, REQUESTDDEVALUE. [Build: 1.03]
	181. Data Manager for Advanced Import, Export, and Mass updating under the Utilities->Data Manager menu. You can now Import/Export Bundles, Configurations, Required Items, Optional Items, Substitute Items (BCROS). You can also Import/Export Contacts and Vendors. This new advanced Export will save the DataSet in a CSV file format with the column headings. This enables you to easily open up this file in excel and make changes. Then you reverse the process and Import this file. No mapping is required. The option to backup your data before the Import is available (and highly recommended). This is an advanced feature that you must be very careful with. In addition exporting data, changing it in Excel, and then importing the changes, you can also just export out a formatted CSV file that only has the column headings in it so that you can enter new data to import. You can do this with Bundles, Configurations, Required Items, Optional Items, and Substitute Items. Import and Export activities are recorded in the Event Log for audit trail tracking. The use of the Data Manager is restricted to users with MasterRights and also the Misc Access Rights of "NonMasterRightsUser_CanExportFromDataManager", and "NonMasterRightsUser_CanImportFromDataManager". All the BCROS entities now have RecGUID, CreatedOn, and LastModifiedOn fields making it easy to see which records were recently imported in case you made a mistake when importing new records you know which records you would need to delete to undo your error. [Build: 1.03]
	182. The Data Manager also has a Mass Update tab. Currently you can use this to increase prices by a percentage for all Fixed Price products in a Native product database. [Build: 1.03]
	183. On the Flowchart tab of the Edit Configuration window there is now a [Find] button. This will do a contains search of the Selection Container Names. When a match is found, it will ensure the node is visible, highlight it in yellow, and ask if you would like to find the next occurrence. You can also press CTRL-F to initiate the Find. [Build: 1.03]
	184. Purchase Orders now have a POConfirmed field. Often customers email a purchase order to a Vendor, but have not yet received confirmation of the receipt of the purchase order from their vendor. There is also a "Non-Confirmed POs" filter on the Purchase Orders tab of the Purchasing window so you can easily see which Purchase Orders have not been confirmed so you can ping the vendor about it. [Build: 1.03]
	185. PO Items now have an ETADate field so that you have a place to store and stay on top of the Estimated Time of Arrival of the Purchase Order items as your vendor gives you updates. To manage this field, there is now a right click "Update PO ETA..." for a Purchase Order. This will update the ETA date to the same date for all the items in the PO. For more granular control, the right click menu for a PO Item, has a "Change ETA.." menu. With this you can update the ETA date for and individual PO Item. You can use this with manual orders and online orders. [Build: 1.03]
	186. PO Related HTML templates now have new macros available which are &POI_&TrackingInfo?, &POI_&ETADate, and &POI_&SerialNumbers. [Build: 1.03]
	187. On the Purchase orders tab of the Purchasing window, there is a new right click menu "E-mail Internal PO Status...". You can use this to email status information about the purchase order internally. The HTML template and email can be fully customized and including tracking and serial numbers. On the E-Mail Template Manager window, there is a new button [Edit SYS_PurchasingInternalPOStatus HTML]. Additionally on the Templates tab, under the owner of (System) there is a new email template of "SYS_EmailPurchasingPOInternalStatus". [Build: 1.03]
	188. On the Purchase orders tab of the Purchasing window, there is a new right click menu "E-mail PO status to customer(s)...". You can use this to email status information to your customers about the items ordered for them on the Purchase Order. The HTML template and email can be fully customized and including tracking and serial numbers. On the E-Mail Template Manager window, there is a new button [Edit SYS_PurchasingCustomerOrderStatus HTML]. Additionally on the Templates tab, under the owner of (System) there is a new email template of "SYS_EmailPurchasingCustomerOrderStatus". Since your Purchase Orders can contain items from different customers, this feature will send each of those customers status updates on only their items on the Purchase order related to them. There is also a grid toolbar button for this action in addition to the right click menu. [Build: 1.03]
	189. On the Purchase orders tab of the Purchasing window, building on the new right click menu "E-mail PO status to customer(s)...", there is a toolbar button "E-mail PO status to customer(s) for all updated POs". This is very powerful. With this you can update ETA dates, and receive inventory of multiple Purchase Orders, and when you click this button emails will be sent out to all customers that are affected by the PO changes you made since the last time you clicked this button! This is a huge time saver and reduces many of the "where is my order?" type of questions you receive by email and phone from your customers. [Build: 1.03]
	190. The Tools->Export Items to Excel menu will now format the Excel columns with the data type that the data is. Previously, all the columns were just formatted as "General". [Build: 1.03]
	191. For Product Content Subscribers, there is a new checkbox on the Product Content Subscription tab of the Real-time Setup Window labeled "Do Not Download Product Images from Etilize". This option is helpful for those users that do not include Etilize Pictures on their quotes and proposals. If this option is checked, when retrieving an Etilize products, the Etilize picture will not be downloaded. This will save network space and time retrieving products from Etilize for those users. [Build: 1.03]
	192. On the E-Mail Template Manager window, on the Templates tab, under the owner of (System) there is a new email template of "SYS_EmailDistributorNonStandardPricing" enabling you to customize the email that is sent after an Online Order when you have specified non-standard or discount pricing that you have previously negotiated with your distributor sales rep. [Build: 1.03]
	193. The Tools->Export Items to Excel menu will now format the Excel columns with the data type that the data is. Previously, all the columns were just formatted as "General". [Build: 1.03]
	194. SoldToEmail, ShipToEmail, and BillToEmail columns are now included in the Open Document window results grid. This is useful for doing a search and then exporting the list to your favorite email blasting service to send out notifications to your customers or leads. Examples like which customers purchased an HP server in the last year and send them an email about a new limited time discount. Or which customers have you sent a quote to in the last 6 months, etc. [Build: 1.03]
	195. When looking for a field or macro to insert into a layout, insert into a email template, insert into a text box, select as a filter field, etc there is now a lookup button that you can click on to do a contains search to quickly locate the field that you are looking for. [Build: 1.03]
	196. The times stored in the QuoteWerks databases and dtf files were always stored in the local time. Starting with v23 the date/time values (including the AddOnDate01) stored in the database will always be stored in UTC time. For most users they will not have to do anything differently. If you externally read or write to the QuoteWerks database directly you will need to account for this change in UTC time. If you use the QuoteWerks API, when reading a value it will be in local time, and you can pass local time into the API, the conversion to UTC only happens at the instant of the time value being saved into the database. In the v6.0 upgrade all time values in the databases will be changed from local to UTC. [Build: 1.03]
	197. The CustomDate fields could store a time component, but when exiting the field, QuoteWerks would always format as a date, stripping out the time. Now, if there is a time component in the CustomDate, it will be preserved. [Build: 1.03]
	198. Management Reports now have a Category field to make it easier to organize different types of reports. [Build: 1.03]
	199. Management Reports now track LastModified, LastModifiedBy, CreatedOn, and CreatedBy so you know who created and last modified your reports. [Build: 1.03]
	200. Various backups (like when importing products, etc) are now stored in the \QuoteWerks\Backups folder. Each day a backup is made a new folder will be created in the \Backups folder like "2022-09-25", and then any backup files created that day will be stored in that folder. The file name will contain the data type and the time in UTC 24 hour format. For a SQL backend, the backup feature for contact and vendors import now stores the backup data in the \Backups folder as (described above ) which is in a different location and format that previously used. If is the Access backend, the backup is saved as contacts.b01, vendors.b01, etc. [Build: 1.03]
	201. Added a button on the 'Other Realtime' tab of the Real-time Setup to Collapse or Expand the List of Other Real-time Vendors, making it easier to navigate to the vendor you are looking for in the long list. [Build: 1.03]
	202. In the Settings Manager, you can now control the height of the rows on the Document Items tab per user. The range is 285 to 1425. The default is a single row at 285. The setting is UserSettings\UserConfig\QuoteSheetRowHeight=285 [Build: 1.03]
	203. For Autotask users, Products will now map over the Period attribute from QuoteWerks. [Build: 1.03]
	204. Added support for new SYNNEX warehouse "Chicago, IL". [Build: 1.03]
	205. The Active Quotes panel indicator is now red if the quote is expired, and the currently open quote is indicated with a cyan color background. [Build: 1.06]
	206. Microsoft SQL Server 2022 is now supported! [Build: 1.11]
	207. For Goldmine users, when e-mailing a PO from the File->Print window, there is now an option to "Log sen e-mail in CRM Under e-mail Recipient record". [Build: 1.11]
	208. On the Company tab of the Tools->Options menu you can now specify a CompanyLogo, CompanyPicture1, and CompanyPicture2. You can use these in the layout designer as Application->CompanyPicture1, etc to insert them into all your layouts. Then with a single change of the file in this area, all the layouts will have this new picture. This is especially useful, for example, to insert a picture of a sales special in your layouts, and you can make one change and the sales special image will change in all the layouts that it was used in. Can also be used for displaying pictures of Awards, Events, Graphical Tag lines, a picture of your business location, and more. [Build: 1.09]
	209. You can now change the column width and column order for the columns on the F2Lookup window. You can also click on the column headings to change which column is sorted and in which sort direction. All these selections are remembered per user. [Build: 1.09]
	210. You can now change the column width and column order for the columns on the Zoom window. You can also click on the column headings to change which column is sorted and in which sort direction. All these selections are remembered per user. [Build: 1.09]
	211. On the Zoom window, the []Show Text Library checkbox last state is now remembered per user. [Build: 1.09]
	212. Added new option under the Tools->My Preferences Misc.General tab of "Use Windows Dialog for Preview Window Save As PDF". [Build: 1.09]
	213. Added new option under the Tools->My Preferences Misc.General(more) tab of "For memo fields (Except documentItems), F2 key / double click brings up: Zoom Window/F2Lookup Window" [Build: 1.09]
	214. When running the QuoteWerks installer to update an existing installation of QuoteWerks, the installer updates the QWOS.dll and QWServices.dll in the Common Files folder to perform installation services. If you choose to cancel the installation after starting it, you would be left with those newer updated files which if newer than your previous installation would cause your previous installation not to run. The installer now automatically restores those older files so you can continue to use the currently installed version of QuoteWerks. [Build: 1.09]

Version 5.7 Build 4 (released September 21, 2022)

	215. For Arrow Electronics users, you can now import quotes from Arrow. You can choose from a list of Arrow Electronics quotes created over the last 15, 30, 45, or 60 days. Alternately, you can enter in a specific Arrow quote number. Once found, you can import all the quote details into the QuoteWerks quote, saving time and reducing data entry error. To use this feature, click on the A button (Arrow Icon) located on the grid toolbar on the Document Items tab. The QuoteWerks Realtime Module is required for this functionality. [Build: 4]
	216. For Autotask users, existing opportunities will now only load when clicking on the opportunity dropdown on the Opportunity window. [Build: 4]
	217. For Act! for Web users, a new setting was added to the Setup Window for Opportunities. When checked, "Do not remove existing Companies and Contacts from Opportunities" will not remove any existing Companies or Contacts from the Opportunity. The SoldTo Contact will be added to the Opportunity as an additional Contact. [Build: 4]
	218. For Act! for Web users, there is a new option on the setup window of "[] When converting to order/invoice, and there is no existing sales opportunity, prompt to create a won opportunity." [Build: 4]
	219. For Hubspot CRM users, a new Deal datalink field 'dealstagename' was added for CRMOppHeader_CreateUpdate. This field will return the stagename label [Build: 4]
	220. For QuoteValet users, on the Upload to QuoteValet window, after clicking on the [Upload] button, you now have the option to choose a different template or change reminder options and the [Re-upload]. Useful in case you accidentally selected the wrong template you don't have to exit and come back. Also it makes it easier to choose different QuoteValet templates and upload to see what they each look like. [Build: 4]
	221. For QuoteValet users, if you hold the SHIFT key down while opening a quote, it will skip talking to QuoteValet to check for updates. This is useful for speeding up the opening of a quote when you know there have been no changes through QuoteValet. [Build: 4]
	222. GoldMine 2022.3 is now supported! [Build: 4.04]
	223. The SaveFile dialog now has a button to allow you to use the Windows File Explorer to select the folder location and file name of the new file. [Build: 4.04]
	224. Under Tools->Options under the Accounting tab, added the new option "Default 'Export to' on Create PO window. [Build: 4.04]
	225. For QuickBooks users, when exporting to QuickBooks, if another user has the Quote open that you want to export, you will now have a prompt that lets you continue with the export even though there is a chance the other user will overwrite your changes. The choice will be logged in the event.log for audit trail purposes. [Build: 4.04]
	226. ConnectWise 2022.1 is now supported! [Build: 4.04]
	227. QuickBooks Desktop USA version 2023 is now supported! [Build: 4.11]
	228. ScanSource USA discontinued their pricing integration API. We completely rewrote the ScanSource integration using the new ScanSource Pricing API (OAuth 2.0). The List Price/MSRP, product URL, and "On-Order" quantity will now be returned in addition to the previously available information. The new integration will require new ScanSource credentials to be obtained from ScanSource and entered into QuoteWerks, and as before requires the QuoteWerks Real-time Module. [Build: 4.11]
	229. Blue Star USA discontinued their pricing integration API. We completely rewrote the Blue Star integration using the new Blue Star json API (OAuth 2.0). The new integration will require new Blue Star credentials to be obtained from Blue Star and entered into QuoteWerks, and as before requires the QuoteWerks Real-time Module. [Build: 4.11]
	230. Real-time Pricing and Availability is now available for IT Distributor Blue Star in Canada! QuoteWerks already had an integration to Blue Star USA. [Build: 4.11]
	231. For Autotask users, ServiceBundle was added as a QuoteWerks Item Type. [Build: 4.11]
	232. On the Installation tab of Tools->Options, added the option of "Don't Unlock/Rescind Approval when converting to Order" and "Don't Unlock/Rescind Approval when converting to Invoice". [Build: 4.11]
	233. ConnectWise 2022.2 is now supported! [Build: 4.11]

Version 5.7 Build 3 (released July 8, 2022)

	234. Completely redesigned Act! for Web integration. It no longer requires that you are self-hosted or the additional installation on your IIS server. QuoteWerks can now integrate directly with all versions of Act! that can be accessed through a browser. The integration with Act! for Web includes the ability to search for contacts, create/update Opportunities, create/update activities, and upload quote attachments to Act! for Web. DataLink is supported for Contacts, Companies, Opportunities and Opportunity Products. In the setup window for Act! for Web, the activities priority, ring alarm, duration, and details can have default settings. Attachments and activities can either be saved under the contact or opportunity. If a contact does not have an address, the company address location can be used. Additionally you can attach files to Act! for Web from the PDF Preview window, the Links tab, and the Print window. There is a button on the SoldTo/ShipTo tab to display the contact in Act! for Web, and also links on the links tab that you can click to view the SoldToContact, ShipToContact, BillToContact, and Opportunity in Act! for Web. Additionally, emails sent from QuoteWerks are logged in Act! for Web notes tab. Act! versions 21 and higher are supported with this new integration. The Corporate Edition of QuoteWerks is required to integrate with Act! for Web. [Build: 3.16]
	235. SugarCRM version 12.1 is now supported! [Build: 3.16]
	236. SugarCRM version 12.0 is now supported! [Build: 3.16]
	237. Maximizer CRM 2022 R1 is now supported! [Build: 3.16]
	238. GoldMine 2022.2 is now supported! [Build: 3.16]
	239. On the Print Preview window when choosing to Save as PDF, it used to display a simple file selection dialog, now the SaveFile dialog is displayed giving you more save options. [Build: 3.16]
	240. The SaveFile Dialog has a new "[] Append subfolder" option. You can configure this subfolder on the Misc tab of Tools->Options, under "Save File Dialog Append SubFolder". When saving a file on the FileSave dialog, the Append Subfolder option will be generated using this macro. Macros support enables this file name to be different based on information in the document like &DH_SoldToCompany or &SoldToCompany\&DH_DocType. Since the full path is concatenated with these options there is now a preview of the full path on this dialog. Also this dialog will now auto-create any specified folder path if it does not exist. There is also a new option under the Misc.General tab of Tools->My Preferences "Save File Dialog Append SubFolder". When set this will default the "Append" checkbox to checked on the SaveFile Dialog. [Build: 3.16]
	241. For ConnectWise Manage users, when converting from Quote to Order if you are using ConnectWise Manage as a Secondary CRM, and on the Settings tab of the ConnectWise Setup, the "Display Export to ConnectWise window on each Save" option is set, the Export to ConnectWise window will now appear after the conversion to order. [Build: 3.16]
	242. For QuickBooks Online Users in New Zealand, the Global Tax Calculations on Purchase Orders is now supported. [Build: 3.16]
	243. Under Tools->My Preferences, General tab added new QWW options of "Enable AutoSave in QWW", and "Enable AutoSave for UNSAVED documents in QWW". [Build: 3.16]
	244. There is a new option "Backup existing data in product database before importing" on the Misc tab of the Tools->Options menu. [Build: 3.16]
	245. For QuickBooks Desktop users, you can now select a SoldToCompany from QuickBooks that includes a companyname:job and the JobName option on the Transaction.QuickBooks tab of the QuickBooks setup will then create a "subjob". [Build: 3.16]
	246. When manually editing the OpenWindowGridSettings user setting and adding the SubTotal column, it will now be formatted as currency. [Build: 3.16]
	247. The Opportunity DataLink can now be used to populate the QuotWerks PreparedBy field. [Build: 3.16]
	248. For MSCRM users, the MS CRM Setup window now has a 'MSCRM UserName Mappings' button for users to map QuoteWerks UserNames to MSCRM UserNames. [Build: 3.16]
	249. For MSCRM users, when retrieving the MSCRM Opportunity Ownername field using the DataLink and populating QuoteWerks PreparedBy or SalesRep field, the 'MSCRM UserName Mappings' will map the MSCRM UserName to the QuoteWerks user name. [Build: 3.16]
	250. The web browser "quotewerks:" protocol handler now supports passing in &SoldToAddress1, &SoldToAddress2, &SoldToAddress3, &ShipToAddress1, &ShipToAddress2, &ShipToAddress3, &BillToAddress1, &BillToAddress2, &BillToAddress3. The whole concept of SoldToAddress1,2,3 individual fields was a QuoteWerks design. Most CRMs would just have a single SoldToAddress with multiple line data in it, so the protocol handler supported passing in a &SoldToAddress and then it would parse out multiple lines. Now you can specify which lines you would like the address data to go to individually. [Build: 3.16]
	251. For QuoteValet users, when a quote has been accepted by the customer and you make changes to it, the messages that warns you that QuoteValet will not be updated with these changes now has an option on the dialog of "Don't show me this message again.". This is remembered per user. [Build: 3.16]
	252. The DocType label has been moved so that it will always be visible no matter what tab you have selected on the Quote Workbook. [Build: 3.16]
	253. On the Purchasing window, when receiving an item from a native product database vendor, there is an option "Receive into Inventory (Quantity in Stock)" that you can check to increase your Product database Availability number of the quantity in stock. On the Installation tab of the Tools->Options menu, there is a new option "Allocate Inventory On Item Receipt" that you can use to set the default for the "Receive into Inventory (Quantity in Stock)". [Build: 3.16]
	254. On the Open Document window, there is now a maximize/minimize button for the results grid which will expand the results grid to fill the entire window. [Build: 3.16]
	255. Added option "Hide Documents Bar" under the Misc.General tab of Tools->My Preferences. When set this will hide the Documents Bar on the main QuoteWerks window. This is useful for minimizing vertical space used on laptops with small vertical resolution. [Build: 3.16]
	256. Added option "Hide Quick Lookup toolbar" under the Misc.General tab of Tools->My Preferences. When set this will hide the Quick Lookup Bar on the main QuoteWerks window. This is useful for minimizing vertical space used on laptops with small vertical resolution. [Build: 3.16]
	257. Added option "Hide 'Totals for All Items' frame" under the Misc.General tab of Tools->My Preferences. When set this will hide the 'Totals for All Items' frame on the Document Items tab of the Quote WorkBook. This is useful for minimizing vertical space used on laptops with small vertical resolution. [Build: 3.16]
	258. Added option "Hide Main Toolbar" under the Misc.General tab of Tools->My Preferences. This is useful for minimizing vertical space used on laptops with small vertical resolution. [Build: 3.16]
	259. Added "Show/Hide window elements" dropdown toolbar button to the Grid Toolbar on the Document Items tab of the Quote WorkBook. With this you can Show/Hide various elements on-the-fly with the intent to free up vertical space when using QuoteWerks on laptops with small vertical resolution. The elements included are "Show/Hide Main Toolbar", "Show/Hide Quick Lookup Toolbar", "Show/Hide Documents Bar", and "Show/Hide Totals For All Items". Also available are "Show All Elements", and "Hide All Elements (minimal mode)". [Build: 3.16]
	260. On the Opportunities Dashboard you can now filter on PreparedBy. [Build: 3.17]
	261. On the Zoom window which is available when editing Memo text fields like Description, CustomMemo, etc, you can now highlight lines and press CTRL-SHIFT-L to turn the selected lines into a bulleted list. One caveat is that when the bulleted text wraps to additional lines, the additional lines are not indented to align with the bullet symbol. [Build: 3.21]
	262. On the SaveFile dialog when saving a PDF from the Preview window, the "Attach to CRM" file title will now automatically change to match the File name (minus the file extension) if you start manually changing the file name on this window. [Build: 3.21]
	263. For Autotask users, Autotask is sunsetting the SOAP API, which required a a complete rewrite of the entire Autototask integration to use their newer REST API. [Build: 3.21]
	264. On the Apply to tab of the User Properties, the "Commissions tab" entry is now renamed to "Sales tab" and will also copy the Monthly quota. [Build: 3.21]

Version 5.7 Build 2 (released April 7, 2022)

	265. AutoRecover has replaced AutoSave. AutoRecover and AutoSave are both ways to prevent loss of your in-progress work due to a variety of reasons including power loss, computer lock ups, network disconnect, SQL server timing out, etc. AutoSave permanently saves any changes you make to your document as you are making the changes. The downside of this is that you can't open up a document and just make some "hypothetical" or "what-if" to see what it looks like because the AutoSave just made those changes permanent. Also, often we want to open up an existing document, make changes and then just save those changes as a new document, but you can't do that with AutoSave either because it just made those changes permanent to the original existing document. AutoRecover is a superior solution. It just quietly saves a temporary backup of your in-progress work. If you choose not to save the changes, or just close the document, it discards those changes. If QuoteWerks quit unexpectedly for the above reasons, then when you re-launch QuoteWerks it will ask you if you want to recover the in-progress changes. Additionally, AutoRecover has been implemented when the feature to "Terminate Running Instance" is used. Previously it would save copies of all quotes that were open on the terminated instance. Now it just creates AutoRecover documents for them all. If AutoRecover sounds amazing, its because it is! Microsoft Word Desktop has had an AutoRecover feature for decades. For Developers, the addition of AutoRecover will require some changes. The AutoRecover document is stored in the DocumentHeaders and DocumentItems tables just like a regular document, however there is a new DocumentHeaders.IsAutoRecoverDocForDocRecGUID field. If this field is populated then this is an AutoRecover document. If querying the database you will want to make sure that you filter these documents out with IsAutoRecoverDocForDocRecGUID=''. In fact, when looking for documents you will aready want to apply the filter of TemplateType=0 AND Superceeded=0 AND IsAutoRecoverDocForDocRecGUID='' so that the query excludes templates, superseded documents and AutoRecover documents. We also renamed UserSettings KeyName='EnableAutoSave' to KeyName='AutoRecoverEnabled' and UserSettings KeyName='AutoSaveInterval' to KeyName='AutoRecoverInterval'.Also, since an AutoRecover can replace the previously saved document, changing the DocumentHeaders.ID value, it is recommended to query a specific document based on the DocumentHeaders.RecGUID. [Build: 2.11]
	266. For QuoteValet payment users, Stripe Checkout is now supported! Stripe Checkout differs from our standard Stripe Payments integration in that the customer is redirected to Stripe's own servers during the payment process. This offloading to Stripe ensures compliance across a full range of European regulatory requirements (PSD, PSD2, SCA, 3DS, 3DS2 etc). Setup requires only a few additional steps beyond the standard Stripe configuration (including adding a Webhook entry in Stripe's Dashboard and then pasting the corresponding signing secret into the Payment Setup in QuoteWerks). [Build: 2.11]
	267. POItems now have Custom fields that you can populate with information pulled from the quote. They are poiCustomText01, poiCustomText02, poiCustomText03, poiCustomText04, poiCustomText05, poiCustomNumber01, poiCustomNumber02, poiCustomMemo01, and poiCustomDate01. You can map which information gets copied into these fields from the Purchasing tab of the Tools->Options menu. Supports &DH_, &DH_, &APP_, and &SYS_ macros. It does not support &DH_&XXX or &DI_&XXX macros. [Build: 2.11]
	268. For Autotask users, Autotask Service Bundles can now be searched from the Product Lookup window. [Build: 2.11]
	269. For Autotask users, when searching by Description with Autotask Service Bundles lookup, the Invoice Description will now also be searched. [Build: 2.11]
	270. For Autotask users, you can now map the Invoice Description field when doing a Service lookup. [Build: 2.11]
	271. For Autotask users, when searching by Description with Autotask Service lookup, the Invoice Description will now also be searched. [Build: 2.11]
	272. For Autotask users, users can now see the Inventory on Hand for products on the Product Lookup window. This feature is accessed by right clicking on a product search result and selecting 'Show Autotask Inventory On Hand' [Build: 2.11]
	273. For Autotask users, when creating new products, the Vendor name will now be added to the product. [Build: 2.11]
	274. For Autotask users, a Won/Loss Reason combobox was added to the Won/Loss Opportunity window. [Build: 2.11]
	275. For Autotask users, a Close Description textbox was added to the Won/Loss Opportunity window. [Build: 2.11]
	276. For Autotask users, you can now specify a default Tax Code when using Autotask Service Bundles. [Build: 2.11]
	277. For Autotask users, you can now specify a default Item Type when using Autotask Service Bundles. [Build: 2.11]
	278. On the Print Preview window, if the user requires approval to "SavePDF", then when selecting the "Attach to CRM" action, this approval will be required before you can perform the "Attach to CRM" action. [Build: 2.11]
	279. When creating a Purchase Order in QuickBooks Online, If the Checkbox is not checked to use the QuoteWerks Vendor Maintenance Email Address for the Vendor in the QuoteWerks QuickBooks Online setup, the Primary Email Address for the Vendor/supplier in QuickBooks Online will be used. This mimics the behavior when manually creating a Purchase Order for a Vendor / Supplier in QuickBooks Online. Prior to this change, the email address would be blank if the checkbox was not checked. [Build: 2.11]
	280. For QuickBooks Online users, when creating a new Item in QuickBooks Online (In addition to just the Purchase Order), the PO Description / Purchasing Description mapping set in the QuickBooks Online Settings window will be used for the Purchasing Description if the mapped field is different than the Description Field mapping. [Build: 2.11]
	281. Expansion of PrintTime macros. When printing from a layout or a word document, you can use macros like &DH_SoldToCompany in the IntroductionNotes, ClosingNotes, PurchasingNotes, InternalNotes, and DynamicNotes fields that will be replaced with their actual values in the print output only. Now you can also use the PrintTime macros in the CustomText01-CustomText28 and CustomMemo01-CustomMemo04 fields. [Build: 2.11]
	282. For Peachtree users, on the Export to Peachtree window, clicking on the DocDate column will now sort by date. [Build: 2.11]
	283. For VendorRFQ users, when clicking on the [Update] button on the Product Sourcing Panel when a VendorRFQ vendor is selected, you will now be prompted if you want to just update the line item with the current price from the selected RFQ vendor, or if you want to do that and also award the vendor the bid which closes out the bidding for all the other RFQ vendors. [Build: 2.11]
	284. In the Settings Manager, you can now highlight and copy text from the Section Name and Key Name text boxes when editing/viewing a setting. All the text boxes are now wider as well. [Build: 2.11]
	285. The Tools->Refresh Item Details now supports updating the UnitCost, UnitPrice, UnitList, CostModifier, and PriceModifier fields. When updating these fields from the Refresh Item Details window, you have more advanced control over the pricing fields as opposed to the Get Latest Pricing feature. When using Refresh Item details, if you update the Price, the PriceModifier will be cleared just like when you manually enter a price in the line item through the Document Items grid. Same for the Cost and CostModifier. There is an option "[] Display Adjust Price Dialog if cost is changed" which will give you a chance to apply a UnitCost change and also determine the UnitPrice should be affected if the UnitPrice was being calculated by a PriceModifier. Using Refresh Item Details, it simply updates individual specified fields without any regard to the relationships between these Pricing fields. In contrast, the Refresh item w/Latest Pricing behaves differently depending upon if there is a CostModifier and/or PriceModifier. If there is no PriceModifier, then it will update all the pricing fields including the UnitCost, UnitPrice, and UnitList fields, however if there is a Price Modifier, it will update the UnitCost and UnitList and then ask how you want to handle the UnitPrice that is being affected by the change in UnitCost. [Build: 2.14]
	286. You can now set Access Rights for more than one Literature file at a time. To do this, From the File->Print window, you need to check the "Administration mode" checkbox, and then place a checkmark next to every Literature file that you want to set the same Access rights for, then right click and choose "Set Access Rights for all checked items". [Build: 2.14]
	287. You can now enter an ItemType for a Section Header type line item. This gives you more control over not including this type of line item when calculating Deposit Required summing. It is not recommended to use this to Include the Section Header total, but rather to disclude it from the summing action. [Build: 2.14]
	288. The [Request Approval] button on the Print window will now be enabled even if the customer has accepted the quote through QuoteValet. The reason is that after the acceptance, maybe the sales rep needs to change a Purchasing Notes field or similar field and with this button enabled they can now request the approval again. [Build: 2.14]
	289. When one or more line items are selected in the Quote WorkBook and you press the down or up arrow key, these selections will be cleared. Also on the Edit->Line Attributes window, pressing ENTER while on any field will perform the same action as clicking on the OK button. [Build: 2.14]
	290. When using Tools->Refresh pricing w/Latest if the item pricing method was P or M, and the realtime pricing vendor returned a list price and the list price will now be updated. [Build: 2.14]
	291. GoldMine 2022.1 is now supported! [Build: 2.22]
	292. SugarCRM version 11.3 is now supported! [Build: 2.22]
	293. For SugarCRM users, you can now create a new SugarCRM Account and Contact record from the QuoteWerks SoldTo/ShipTo tab using the information already entered on the SoldTo/ShipTo tab. For the feature to be enabled, the Contact field cannot already be populated with a contact that was retrieved from SugarCRM. Also, the Company, and Contact must be populated. This feature is available on the toolbar above the SoldTo, ShipTo, and BillTo areas of the Quote WorkBook. There is also an Access Right "CannotCreateCRMContact" that you can set if you do not want specific users to be able to use this feature. [Build: 2.22]
	294. For salesforce.com users, discount line items will now be included in Opportunities. [Build: 2.22]
	295. For MS CRM users, when using Data Links, custom ListType fields now return the Name field instead of the numeric Value. [Build: 2.22]
	296. When Saving as Next Revision, if there is an existing CRM Opportunity associated with this quote, the opportunity will be updated. [Build: 2.27]
	297. ConnectWise 2021.3 is now supported! [Build: 2.11]
	298. For Autotask users, when adding a product to an Autotask quote, the Autotask product description field can now include Document Item macro fields. Ont he Autotask integration Setup window, under the Opportunities.Quote Products tab the Mappings section includes a Description tab. [Build: 2.36]
	299. For Autotask users, when retrieving recurring products from Autotask, there is a new setup option to choose if the First Payment should be included. In the QuoteWerks Autotask setup, this option is found by navigating to the Opportunities tab and then to the Quote Products sub-tab. The check box is named "First Payment Included in Document Totals for Recurring Products". [Build: 2.36]
	300. For Autotask users, there is now a Contains and Begins with search option on the Lookup contact window. [Build: 2.36]
	301. For Autotask users, default Status, Staging, Close Reason, and Close descriptions can be added for the various stages of a quote. These settings can be found by navigating to the Opportunities tab and then to the Stages sub-tab. [Build: 2.36]
	302. For ConnectWise users, product lookup searches that return lots of results are now significantly faster. [Build: 2.36]
	303. The Utilities->Document Transport File Diagnostics window has been redesigned and combined with the Utilities->Document Backup Manager. The result is that now there is just a Utilities->Document Transport File Manager menu. This new Document Transport File Manager has a begins with search feature useful for locating a dtf file in the list. There is now a [Restore] button that makes it easy for you to restore the database version of the quote from a DTF file version of the quote. There is also a Right click "Open Document in DB" menu. The Utilities->Document Transport File Manager now shows more details about the .bxx, .dtf, or .dta file, including details like GrandTotal and number of line items, and about the DB version of the document if it exists. [Build: 2.39]
	304. The Import Document now shows more details about the selected .bxx, .dtf, or .dta file, including details like GrandTotal and number of line items, and about the DB version of the document if it exists. [Build: 2.39]
	305. The File->Document Properties window now shows more details about the selected .bxx, .dtf, or .dta file, including details like GrandTotal and number of line items, and about the DB version of the document if it exists. [Build: 2.39]
	306. When placing an Online Order With Tech Data, Ingram Micro, SYNNEX, or D&H, none of them support supplying a ShipToEmailAddress for the electronic order. However we've added a ShipToEmailAddress field to these distributors order screens so that after the order is placed and the QuoteWerks PO is saved in QuoteWerks this ShipToEmailAddress will be populated in the QuoteWerks PO. [Build: 2.39]

Version 5.7 Build 1 (released December 23, 2021)

	307. SugarCRM version 11.2 is now supported! [Build: 1.03]
	308. GoldMine 2021.2 is now supported! [Build: 1.03]
	309. QuickBooks Desktop USA version 2022 is now supported! [Build: 1.03]
	310. Management Reports capabilities have been greatly expanded. In addition to reporting on the Documents and Product Databases, you can now create reports on Purchase Orders (purchasing), Payments, Contacts, Vendors, Bundles, Configurations, Required Items, and Optional Items. For the Purchasing reports, you can create a report that includes and links the POHeaders, POItems, FulfillmentItems, DocumentHeaders, and DocumentItems all together resulting in very powerful reporting! The Payments table is auto-joined with the DocumentHeaders table. All Management Reports have the ability to Export the report data to text file output, so now all this data can be easily exported and then imported into any other system. [Build: 1.03]
	311. New VendorRFQ product release, including integration with QuoteWerks. VendorRFQ enables customers to communicate with their vendors, discussing and negotiating pricing and details for goods and services, collecting and organizing this information from one or all of their vendors. Your purchasing team will be able to compare and find the lowest prices to purchase available specific goods and services, while knowing at any given time which vendors have received the request for quote, and which have responded. All purchasing and procurement information is available in a centralized location for your team. Under the Utilities->Vendor maintenance menu you will want to setup your vendors, and make sure to enter your account number, the vendor sales rep name, email address, and phone. From the Quote Workbook, simply select an item and click on the VendorRFQ action button to create an RFQ and invite vendors. You can also do this from the Purchasing window. VendorRFQ requires the Corporate Edition of QuoteWerks, a SQL backend (either QuoteWerks DB Hosting subscription, or a SQL database that vendorrfq.com server can access), and a VendorRFQ subscription. VendorRFQ is only supported in master installations, it is not supported in Remote Site or Remote PC installations. The VendorRFQ integration is also supported in the Quote Workbook in QuoteWerks Web. A Misc Access right of "CannotUseVendorRFQLicense" is implemented to control the use of licenses per user. Under the Utilities->View Logs menu, in the Event log, events for "Licensing.VendorRFQLicenseCountExceeded" will be recorded. [Build: 1.03]
	312. Product Sourcing Panel. What used to be the "Etilize panel" now will show product sourcing information even if you do not have an Etilize subscription, and specifically will display any Vendor RFQs for the selected item and also will show any product data source matches if that option has been setup under the Misc tab of the Tools->Options menu. There is now a [Refresh] button, and a new orange indicator that is displayed next to the vendor that is currently the vendor for the line item in the quote. [Build: 1.03]
	313. For Maximizer CRM users, Maximizer CRM 2021 R3 is now supported! [Build: 1.03]
	314. For Product Content Subscribers, added support for Amazon Business pricing. When credentials are setup, searching for products in the Product Lookup Amazon source will return products using the Amazon Business API rather than the Amazon PAPI (Product API) which has the benefit of returning Amazon Business pricing based on your Account versus generic Amazon pricing. [Build: 1.03]
	315. Tech Data France Real-time Pricing & Availability is now supported! [Build: 1.03]
	316. For ConnectWise Manage users, when writing Recurring Forecast Lines or Products to the ConnectWise Opportunity, if the Start and End Dates are not specified, there is now a setup option to default the dates to be "one month" or "one year" from the Opportunity Close Date. The previous behavior would set the recurring end date to be one year from the Opportunity Close Date. This option is useful because ConnectWise Manage takes the value of the contract (ie 12 months * price) when setting the value of the opportunity line item which inflates the value of the opportunity at a glance. [Build: 1.03]
	317. For Zoho CRM users, there is now an option to create quotes in Zoho CRM that are associated with the Zoho CRM Deal. These Quotes are populated with line item detail from the QuoteWerks quote. Line Item detail in Zoho Quotes, is only available in the Professional, Enterprise, and Ultimate editions of Zoho CRM. [Build: 1.03]
	318. For Zoho CRM users, bi-directional Data Linking is now supported for Zoho CRM Quote Headers. Field information can be copied from QuoteWerks into the Zoho CRM Quote and then fields can also be copied from the Zoho CRM Quote Item into QuoteWerks. This happens when QuoteWerks creates or updates an Zoho CRM Quote. This can be done on the Quote level with the EventAction of "CRMQuoteHeader_CreateUpdate". [Build: 1.03]
	319. For Zoho CRM users, bi-directional Data Linking is now supported for the Zoho CRM Quote Items. Field information can be copied from QuoteWerks into the Zoho CRM Quote Item and then fields can also be copied from the Zoho CRM Quote Item into QuoteWerks. This happens when QuoteWerks creates or updates an Zoho CRM Quote. This can be done on the Quote Item level with the EventAction of "CRMQuoteItem_CreateUpdate". [Build: 1.03]
	320. For Zoho CRM users, when creating or updating a Zoho CRM quote, the Sold To, Bill To, and Ship To addresses will be populated in the quote. This functionality can be disabled in the Settings Manager, byval setting SystemSettings\ZohoCRM\DontSetSoldToContactInQuote=-1 SystemSettings\ZohoCRM\DontSetShipToContactInQuote=-1 SystemSettings\ZohoCRM\DontSetBillToContactInQuote=-1 [Build: 1.03]
	321. For Zoho CRM users, in the Zoho CRM Setup in QuoteWerks, when on a Mapping Window, lists of the mappings can now be copied to the Windows Clipboard. If you double click on the left column header, you will be prompted if you want to copy the mapped pairs to the clipboard. If you double click on the right column header, you will be prompted if you want to copy all of the available mappings to the clipboard. Copying the available mappings to the clipboard is helpful, because you can use this data to import into F2 Lookup values including the ItemType in QuoteWerks. [Build: 1.03]
	322. There is a now a Utilities->Customer / Product Price Profile Matrix Maintenance menu that enables you to setup the Price Modifiers to map to each combination of Customer profile and Product profile. This has existed for many years, but was only accessible when editing a native product. Now it is available through this main menu, so that it is easily accessible for the new Etilize Category mappings to Product Profiles. This is very useful for setting up pricing of products without having to explicitly set a Price Modifier for every single part number. Instead you can assign each part number a product price profile like "HARDWARE", "LABOR", "SERVERS", "WORKSTATIONS", etc. Next you specify the Price Modifier to use for each combination of product profile and customer profile like "GOLDLEVEL", "SILVERLEVEL", etc. [Build: 1.03]
	323. For Product Content Subscribers, in addition to being able to setup the Etilize Category mapping to a Price Modifier, you can now map it to a Product Price Profile like "SERVERS". This can then be used with the Customer Profile and Product Profile Matrix which is now accessible through the Utilities->Customer / Product Price Profile Matrix Maintenance menu. [Build: 1.03]
	324. On the System tab of the Help->About window, Double clicking on a system information value will display the value and also copy it to the Windows Clipboard. [Build: 1.03]
	325. The Payments table now has an ByProxy field and the card ref is no longer encrypted and will look like "VISA x1111 exp 12/21". These changes will be more useful now that you can run management reports on the Payments table. [Build: 1.03]
	326. For QuickBooks Online Users in the United States, added support for Automated Sales Tax calculations (PartnerTax) allowing QuickBooks Online to automatically calculate the tax for the jurisdiction rather than specifying a specific tax code. [Build: 1.03]
	327. For Autotask users, in the Autotask Setup in QuoteWerks, when on a Mapping Window, lists of the mappings can now be copied to the Windows Clipboard. If you double click on the left column header, you will be prompted if you want to copy the mapped pairs to the clipboard. If you double click on the right column header, you will be prompted if you want to copy all of the available mappings to the clipboard. Copying the available mappings to the clipboard is helpful, because you can use this data to import into F2 Lookup values including the ItemType in QuoteWerks. [Build: 1.03]
	328. For Act! users, in the Act! Setup in QuoteWerks, when on a Mapping Window, lists of the mappings can now be copied to the Windows Clipboard. If you double click on the left column header, you will be prompted if you want to copy the mapped pairs to the clipboard. If you double click on the right column header, you will be prompted if you want to copy all of the available mappings to the clipboard. Copying the available mappings to the clipboard is helpful, because you can use this data to import into F2 Lookup values including the ItemType in QuoteWerks. [Build: 1.03]
	329. For HubSpot users, in the HubSpot Setup in QuoteWerks, when on a Mapping Window, lists of the mappings can now be copied to the Windows Clipboard. If you double click on the left column header, you will be prompted if you want to copy the mapped pairs to the clipboard. If you double click on the right column header, you will be prompted if you want to copy all of the available mappings to the clipboard. Copying the available mappings to the clipboard is helpful, because you can use this data to import into F2 Lookup values including the ItemType in QuoteWerks. [Build: 1.03]
	330. For SugarCRM users, in the SugarCRM Setup in QuoteWerks, when on a Mapping Window, lists of the mappings can now be copied to the Windows Clipboard. If you double click on the left column header, you will be prompted if you want to copy the mapped pairs to the clipboard. If you double click on the right column header, you will be prompted if you want to copy all of the available mappings to the clipboard. Copying the available mappings to the clipboard is helpful, because you can use this data to import into F2 Lookup values including the ItemType in QuoteWerks. [Build: 1.03]
	331. For salesforce.com users, in the salesforce.com Setup in QuoteWerks, when on a Mapping Window, lists of the mappings can now be copied to the Windows Clipboard. If you double click on the left column header, you will be prompted if you want to copy the mapped pairs to the clipboard. If you double click on the right column header, you will be prompted if you want to copy all of the available mappings to the clipboard. Copying the available mappings to the clipboard is helpful, because you can use this data to import into F2 Lookup values including the ItemType in QuoteWerks. [Build: 1.03]
	332. For salesforce.com users, in the salesforce.com Setup in QuoteWerks, when the associated contact does not have any shipping information, you can specify if the Billing address or the Shipping address of the account should be used. [Build: 1.03]
	333. There is now a QuoteWerks Web button on the main toolbar to facilitate getting into QuoteWerks Web from within QuoteWerks Desktop. [Build: 1.05]
	334. The Select Vendors window now has the spotlight search capability and it will now show the total number of selected vendors, and will show a list of all the selected vendors at the bottom of the dialog, and the tooltip text will display the complete list in the event the list is so long it gets cutoff. [Build: 1.05]
	335. On the product Sourcing panel, if the vendor part number exceeds 17 characters, the full 40 character Vendor Part Number will be displayed in the Tooltip text when hovering over the Vendor Part Number control. [Build: 1.05]
	336. For QuickBooks Online users, there is now an [Ok for All] button that can be used when automating the creation of Items in QuickBooks, remembering and applying all the Item Type and Account selections. Very useful when exporting larger quotes over to QuickBooks and also when exporting Purchase Orders over to QuickBooks. Without this feature, if the integration creates 50 items in QuickBooks, you would have to click OK 50 times. [Build: 1.03]
	337. For ConnectWise Manage users, there is a new option when configuring the QuoteWerks integration to ConnectWise to determine what the taxable status of a group header will be when sent to ConnectWise. The taxable status can be fixed as taxable, not-taxable, or calculated based on if any group member is taxable or not. With the last option, if any group member is taxable, the group header will be taxable. If no group members are taxable, the group header will not be taxable. This option is configured on the Bundles sub-tab of the Products Tab on the ConnectWise Manage Setup. [Build: 1.08]
	338. On the Misc.Printing tab under Tools->My Preferences menu, there is now an option "Paper Size when saving from HTML" [Build: 1.08]
	339. For Zoho CRM users, you can now select a default Deal Pipeline on the Deal tab in the Zoho CRM Integration Setup window. [Build: 1.08]
	340. For Zoho CRM users, you can now select a default Deal Layout on the Deal tab in the Zoho CRM Integration Setup window. [Build: 1.08]
	341. For Zoho CRM users, you can now select a Layout and Pipeline on the Create/Update Deal window. [Build: 1.08]
	342. The Online Ordering grid for Tech Data, Ingram Micro, SYNNEX, D & H, and Dell now display the ManufacturerPartNumber column. [Build: 1.08]
	343. SalesLogix (Infor CRM) 8.5 is now supported! [Build: 1.03]

Version 5.6 Build 5 (released September 24, 2021)

	344. Product Import templates are no longer saved as .pit files. The .pit data is now stored in the SystemSettings table under the SectionName="Product Import Templates". Each template will now be stored under the KeyName equal to what the .pit file base name used to be. Also, the import log will no longer be written out as a .log file, instead a new EventViewer record will be written under the category of "ProductImport". This .log file would be replaced on each successive import. An advantage of this new change is that every time the product import is run, it saves and preserves the import log for every time an import is run and the import log will contain a list of all the settings used in the import. If you used the command line option like /i:"ACME Product Inventory.pit", you will still need to include the ".pit" postfix at the end of the template name. When the import templates used to be files, you could simply copy the file to another installation if needed. With the changes you will need to go into the Settings Manager and right click on an import template and choose Copy SET command. For more details see the documentation on the Settings Manager. [Build: 5.10]
	345. Contact Import templates are no longer saved as .cit files. The .cit data is now stored in the SystemSettings table under the SectionName="Contact Import Templates". Each template will now be stored under the KeyName equal to what the .cit file base name used to be. Also, the import log will no longer be written out as a .log file, instead a new EventViewer record will be written under the category of "ContactImport". This .log file would be replaced on each successive import. An advantage of this new change is that every time the contact import is run, it saves and preserves the import log for every time an import is run and the import log will contain a list of all the settings used in the import. If you used the command line option like /i:"New Customers.cit", you will still need to include the ".cit" postfix at the end of the template name. When the import templates used to be files, you could simply copy the file to another installation if needed. With the changes you will need to go into the Settings Manager and right click on an import template and choose Copy SET command. For more details see the documentation on the Settings Manager. [Build: 5.10]
	346. Vendor Import templates are no longer saved as .vit files. The .vit data is now stored in the SystemSettings table under the SectionName="Vendor Import Templates". Each template will now be stored under the KeyName equal to what the .vit file base name used to be. Also, the import log will no longer be written out as a .log file, instead a new EventViewer record will be written under the category of "VendorImport". This .log file would be replaced on each successive import. An advantage of this new change is that every time the vendor import is run, it saves and preserves the import log for every time an import is run and the import log will contain a list of all the settings used in the import. If you used the command line option like /i:"Updated Vendors.vit", you will still need to include the ".vit" postfix at the end of the template name. When the import templates used to be files, you could simply copy the file to another installation if needed. With the changes you will need to go into the Settings Manager and right click on an import template and choose Copy SET command. For more details see the documentation on the Settings Manager. [Build: 5.10]
	347. Paste Special templates are no longer saved as .qii files. The .qii data is now stored in the SystemSettings table under the SectionName="Paste Special Templates". Each template will now be stored under the KeyName equal to what the .qii file base name used to be. When the paste special templates used to be files, you could simply copy the file to another installation if needed. With the changes you will need to go into the Settings Manager and right click on an template and choose Copy SET command. For more details see the documentation on the Settings Manager. [Build: 5.10]
	348. Synchronization Profiles are no longer saved as .qsp files. The .qsp data is now stored in the SiteSettings table under the SectionName="Synchronization Profiles". Each profile will now be stored under the KeyName equal to what the .qsp file base name used to be. If you used the command line option like /sync:"Chicago Sync Profile.qsp", you should no longer include the ".qsp" postfix at the end of the profile name, but for backwards compatibility, if you do, it will still work. When the synchronization profiles used to be files, you could simply copy the file to another installation if needed. With the changes you will need to go into the Settings Manager and right click on a synchronization profile and choose Copy SET command. For more details see the documentation on the Settings Manager. [Build: 5.10]
	349. SugarCRM 11.1 is now supported! [Build: 5.10]
	350. Act! v24 is now supported! [Build: 5.10]
	351. Sage 50 Accounting 2022 (Peachtree) is now supported! [Build: 5.12]
	352. Act for Web v24 is now supported! [Build: 5.12]

Version 5.6 Build 4 (released August 11, 2021)

	353. When running Management Reports with the DocumentItems table, the &Picture field is now available. [Build: 4]
	354. GoldMine 2021.1 is now supported! [Build: 4.06]
	355. For Maximizer CRM users, Maximizer CRM 2021 R2 is now supported. [Build: 4.06]
	356. For GoldMine users, there is now an option to have QuoteWerks close the GoldMine opportunity as Won for you when completing the forecasted sale to a completed sale. At that time you can specify the Status and Win reason. Similarly, when converting to a Lost Sale, there is now an option to have QuoteWerks close the GoldMine Opportunity as Lost. [Build: 4.06]
	357. For GoldMine users, when manually creating a GoldMine Opportunity through the QuoteWerks "Create/Update Forecasted Sale" window or the "Create/Update Completed Sale" window, if you create a new GoldMine Opportunity, but then choose to cancel the creation of the Forecasted or Completed Sale respectively, you will be warned that you will be orphaning the GoldMine Opportunity you just created, it will not be linked to the QuoteWerks document. [Build: 4.06]
	358. For GoldMine users, when the SoldTo is already linked to contact in GoldMine and you try to link a different GoldMine contact to the SoldTo, you will now receive a warning that if you do this, it will orphan an existing records in GoldMine related to this SoldTo (like linked documents, follow up calls, forecasted sales, etc). [Build: 4.06]
	359. For GoldMine users, on the Forecasted/Completed Sales tab of the GoldMine Integration Setup window there is now a "Update Goldmine Opportunity Name" option. When selected, the GoldMine Opportunities are renamed when the docno or docname changes. [Build: 4.06]
	360. For GoldMine users, on the complete sale window the opportunity status will now default to Won or Lost depending upon the action. [Build: 4.06]
	361. For GoldMine users, if you save changes to an order after the Completed Sale was created, the GoldMine Opportunity Closed amount will now be updated. [Build: 4.06]
	362. For Zoho CRM users, when searching for a contact, if selecting a contact and the contact address is empty, the address will be filled out with the address from the Account. [Build: 4.06]
	363. For HubSpot users, you can now select a Deal Pipeline on the HubSpot Deal window. [Build: 4.06]
	364. For HubSpot CRM users, you can now create a new HubSpot CRM Company and Contact record from the QuoteWerks SoldTo/ShipTo tab using the information already entered on the SoldTo/ShipTo tab. For the feature to be enabled, the Contact field cannot already be populated with a contact that was retrieved from HubSpot CRM. Also, the Company, and Contact must be populated. This feature is available on the toolbar above the SoldTo, ShipTo, and BillTo areas of the Quote WorkBook. There is also an Access Right "CannotCreateCRMContact" that you can set if you do not want specific users to be able to use this feature. [Build: 4.06]
	365. For HubSpot users, you can now select a default Deal Pipeline on the Deal tab in the HubSpot Integration Setup window. [Build: 4.06]
	366. The Product Import wizard now displays an estimated number of total records to be imported and also displays the estimated remaining time until import completion. [Build: 4.06]
	367. For ConnectWise Manage users, when retrieving recurring products from ConnectWise Manage, there is a new setup option to choose if the First Payment should be included in the Document Totals. In the QuoteWerks ConnectWise Manage setup, this option is found by navigating to the Product Tab and then to the Product List sub-tab. There check box is named "First Payment Included in Document Totals for Recurring Products". [Build: 4.06]
	368. When editing the cell contents in the Document Items grid, pressing CTRL+RIGHT ARROW will move the cursor to the beginning of the next word and similarly, pressing CTRL+LEFT ARROW will move the cursor to the beginning of the previous word. If the entire contents of the cell is selected, this will not happen. [Build: 4.06]
	369. On the Misc.General tab of the Tools->My Preferences window, there is now a new option of "Select contents when clicking in grid cell". When this set and you click in a grid cell on the Document Items tab, the entire contents of the cell will be selected. If this is not set, the cell contents will not be selected, and the cursor will appear in the cell at the position you clicked. [Build: 4.06]
	370. When Saving a PDF file from the File->Print window, when choosing the option to "Attach to CRM", there is now an option to set the Title for the CRM file attachment. The default Title will be the DocName. [Build: 4.06]
	371. From the Print Preview window, when clicking on the "Attach to CRM" toolbar button, there is now an option to set the Title for the CRM file attachment. The default Title will be the DocName. [Build: 4.06]
	372. For QuoteValet users, there is now an option on the General tab of the QuoteValet Setup window, for "[] On QuoteValet Page, Auto-Update Totals on changes". [Build: 4.06]
	373. Real-time Pricing and Availability is now available for UK Distributor ProVu Communications ( www.provu.co.uk ) if you have an account with this distributor and credentials are entered into QuoteWerks. Also, this real-time pricing is displayed on the Etilize Panel. [Build: 4.06]
	374. Added macro &PaymentOptions_SelectedType. Use this macro to return the Type of payment option that is selected. [Build: 4.06]
	375. Added macro &PaymentOptions_LeaseApplicationID. This macro is useful for GreatAmerica Financial customers that submit Lease Applications via QuoteWerks. Use this macro to return the Application ID returned from GreatAmerica when submitting a Lease Application. [Build: 4.06]
	376. On the Synchronization tab of the Tools->Options menu, if the "Look for synchronized data in dtf files" is checked, but you have not linked a contact/company to the quote, the "[] Create/update linked document" checkbox on the save window will not be checked and disabled like it normally would be if the quote is linked to a company/contact. [Build: 4.06]
	377. On the SoldTo/ShipTo tab toolbar, in addition to the "View Contact in Contact Manager" button there is now a "View Company in Contact Manager" button. [Build: 4.06]
	378. On the Links tab of the Quote WorkBook in the Auto-Links area, in addition to the "View Contact in CRM", there is now an additional link to "View Company in CRM". [Build: 4.06]
	379. ConnectWise 2021.2 is now supported! [Build: 4.06]

Version 5.6 Build 3 (released May 27, 2021)

	380. HubSpot CRM integration! The integration with HubSpot CRM includes the ability to search for contacts, create/update Deals, and upload quote attachments to HubSpot CRM. DataLink is supported for Contacts, Accounts, Deals and LineItems. The HubSpot CRM Product Database is available on the Product Lookup. You can attach files to the HubSpot CRM Deal from the PDF Preview window, the Links tab, and the Print window. There is a button on the SoldTo/ShipTo tab to display the SoldToContact, ShipToContact, or BillToContact in HubSpot CRM, and also a link on the Links tab that you can click to view the HubSpot CRM Deal in HubSpot CRM. Additionally, emails sent from QuoteWerks are logged in HubSpot CRM history. QuoteWerks integrates with all editions of HubSpot CRM, however, if you want to integrate with the HubSpot Deal Line Items, then HubSpot Professional edition or higher is required. The Professional or Corporate Edition of QuoteWerks is required to integrate with HubSpot CRM. [Build: 3.19]
	381. ACT! Desktop version 23 is now supported! [Build: 3.19]
	382. ACT! for Web version 23 is now supported! [Build: 3.19]
	383. Added new Tools->View/Edit Item in Product Database menu. You can use this to select a line item on a quote and quickly display the product definition in the Product Database for this item. From there you can just view all the details of the item or you can make changes to it. You can select multiple line items in the quote, and the Edit Item window will be displayed for each selected item, one by one. This new feature enables you to skip so many steps. Previously you would have to open the Product Lookup window, choose the Product Database, type in a search value and click search, then double click on the Item to view it. [Build: 3.19]
	384. When editing a Report Layout in the Report Layout Designer, you can now select the "Save & Preview" toolbar button to preview your changes. Once you close the preview you will be placed back into Report Layout Designer for you to easily make more changes. [Build: 3.19]
	385. On the Edit Report window, the [Save, Close, & Preview] action no longer has to close the Edit Report window, so it has been renamed to [Save & Preview] or [Save & Export] depending upon the report type. This is huge time saver, it lets you make changes and view the output and leaves you in the Edit Report window for you to easily make more changes. [Build: 3.19]
	386. When placing online orders, the QuoteWerks PO Item now records the StandardUnitCost which is populated from realtime pricing. It also records the UnitCost from the QuoteWerks order or the negotiated price override that you enter when placing the electronic order. If the UnitCost does not match the StandardUnitCost, there will be an additional display in the Cost column on the Purchase Orders and Ordered Items tabs of the Purchasing window. It will display, for example, " $179.83 ($539.49)" on the first line, and "$199.95 ($599.85) STD" on the second line. The number in the parenthesis is the extended Cost, and the second line that has the "STD" postfix indicates this is the standard price. [Build: 3.19]
	387. For MS CRM users, you can now retrieve account level OR contact level DataLink values for a SoldTo, ShipTo, or BillTo contact through QuoteWerks Datalinking. [Build: 3.19]
	388. There is now a [New Line] button on the Edit Required Items window. You can use this to create Required Items that are not from a product database, like comments, headings, etc. [Build: 3.19]
	389. On the Email tab of User Preferences, you can now setup QuoteWerks Web Oauth email options. [Build: 3.19]
	390. For salesforce.com users, you can now specify the backend login url to use. This is helpful for any user that is having problems logging into salesforce with the Salesforce "My Domain" feature enabled. You can specify this url in the Settings Manager, by setting SystemSettings\Contact Managers\SFLoginOverrideURL={your url} [Build: 3.19]
	391. For Product Content Subscribers, the Manufacturer Part Number will be copied to the Windows Clipboard when Double-Clicking on the Manufacturer Part Number below the Product Image on the Etilize View. [Build: 3.19]
	392. For Product Content Subscribers, when performing an Etilize search and returning results from Native Product Sources, the Last Modified date for the item Definition will be displayed. [Build: 3.19]
	393. For TechData, Ingram Micro, SYNNEX, and D&H Online Ordering users, added F2Lookup (including a button) for the End User Email address. This can be a great time saver if you often choose to supply the distributor with your email address rather than the End User's. [Build: 3.19]
	394. When a Master Installation has its database hosted through the QuoteWerks Database hosting subscription, it is now possible for a Remote Site or Remote PC to synchronize with it. [Build: 3.19]
	395. For Arbitech and Westcon users there is now a "Disable" option. This is useful in debugging. [Build: 3.19]
	396. ConnectWise 2020.4 is now supported! [Build: 3.19]
	397. When running Management Reports with the DocumentItems table, the &Picture field is now available. [Build: 3.20]
	398. For QuoteValet users, all operation initiations now take one second less. [Build: 3.22]
	399. The Select Special search field now supports all visible columns, and lists the fields with their customized name first. [Build: 3.22]
	400. For Zoho and Maximizer Web users, when searching for a contact, the search field is now remembered. [Build: 3.22]
	401. There is now a "View/Edit Item in Product Database" grid toolbar button. This toolbar button can be hidden just like the Tools->View/Edit Item in Product Database menu. [Build: 3.22]
	402. The DepositAmount column will now be displayed in the Open Document window grid. [Build: 3.22]
	403. For QuoteWerks Web users, added new email template macro &DH_&URLToOpenDocumentInQWW. This can be used to include a link in emails (typically for peer review and approval) to open the document in QuoteWerks Web. [Build: 3.22]
	404. The DocumentHeaders->&QuoteValetTotalPaymentsMade field is now available in Management Reports. [Build: 3.22]
	405. On the Edit E-mail signature window, there is now a [Reset to Default] button. [Build: 3.22]
	406. -New: The "Select E-Mail Recipient(s) default list" option on the Email.Defaults tab of the Tools->My Preferences menu has been removed. In the Select Email Address window, the last selected list is now remembered per user and per context of what type of email is being sent. [Build: 3.22]
	407. Added [Export to Clipboard] button in Event Viewer. [Build: 3.22]
	408. For ConnectWise Manage Users, there is a new 'QuoteValet' subtab in the ConnectWise Setup. This setup Tab is located on the main 'Opportunities' Tab. There are new options that control what QuoteValet Links to attach to the ConnectWise Manage Opportunities. There are options for 'Attach QuoteValet EXTERNAL Viewing Link', 'Attach QuoteValet INTERNAL Viewing Link', and 'Attach QuoteValet Sales Rep Facing Page Link'. By default, the option to attach all of the links will be set for backwards compatibility. [Build: 3.22]
	409. For ConnectWise Manage Users that also have a QuoteValet subscription, the QuoteValet Acceptance Package can automatically be uploaded and attached to the ConnectWise Manage Opportunity when the QuoteValet quote is accepted and converted to an Order in QuoteWerks. This setting is on the QuoteValet tab on the ConnectWise Manage setup in QuoteWerks under Opportunities. [Build: 3.22]
	410. For Kaseya BMS Users that also have a QuoteValet subscription, the QuoteValet Acceptance Package can automatically be uploaded and attached to the Kaseya BMS Opportunity when the QuoteValet quote is accepted and converted to an Order in QuoteWerks. This setting is on the QuoteValet tab on the Kaseya BMS setup in QuoteWerks. [Build: 3.22]
	411. For Maximizer CRM users, Maximizer CRM 2021 R1 is now supported. [Build: 3.25]
	412. For HubSpot CRM users, if the contact address is empty, the company address will be used when doing a search on the Lookup window. [Build: 3.25]
	413. For ACT! users, the Opportunity field Name can now be written to ACT! with DataLinking from QuoteWerks. [Build: 3.25]
	414. For ACT! users, the Opportunity Line Item field Name can now be written to ACT! with DataLinking from QuoteWerks. [Build: 3.25]
	415. For Autotask users, the Opportunity fields Rating, Title and Promotion Name can now be written to Autotask with DataLinking from QuoteWerks. [Build: 3.25]
	416. For Autotask users, the Quote Line Item fields Description and Name can now be written to Autotask with DataLinking from QuoteWerks. [Build: 3.25]
	417. For MSCRM users, the Opportunity fields RatingCode, Name and Description can now be written to MSCRM with DataLinking from QuoteWerks. [Build: 3.25]
	418. For MSCRM users, the Quote Line Item field Description can now be written to MSCRM with DataLinking from QuoteWerks. [Build: 3.25]
	419. For Zoho CRM users, the Deal fields NextStep, Title, Description, CampaignSource, Type and LeadSource can now be written to Zoho CRM with DataLinking from QuoteWerks. [Build: 3.25]
	420. For SugarCRM users, the Opportunity fields Name, Type, LeadSource, LikelyCase, NextStep, Campaign and Team can now be written to SugarCRM with DataLinking from QuoteWerks. [Build: 3.25]
	421. For SugarCRM users, the Revenue Line Item fields Name, Type, LeadSource, LikelyCase, NextStep, Campaign and Team can now be written to SugarCRM with DataLinking from QuoteWerks. [Build: 3.25]
	422. In the Paste Special Wizard, if you had set a default CostModifier or default Price modifier for Document Items, if you map a UnitCost or UnitPrice in the Paste Special Wizard, these respective Modifiers will now be cleared. Also if you are importing a line that has both a UnitPrice and a PriceModifer value mapped, the UnitPrice will be used and the PriceModifier will be cleared. Similarly, if you are importing a line that has both a UnitCost and a CostModifer value mapped, the UnitCost will be used and the CostModifier will be cleared. [Build: 3.25]
	423. Kaseya BMS v5.1 is now supported! [Build: 3.36]
	424. For Zoho CRM users, quotes can now be created from inside Zoho from a create button. [Build: 3.36]
	425. For salesforce.com users, if the contact address is empty, the account address will be used when doing a search on the Lookup window. [Build: 3.36]
	426. The Event Log will now record when a user runs the Product Import Wizard, and will record when the user confirms the option to 'Confirm DELETION of ALL existing products'. The Event Log will now record when a user runs Contact Import Wizard, and will record when the user confirms the option to 'Confirm DELETION of ALL existing contacts'. The Event Log will now record when a user runs Vendor Import Wizard, and will record when the user confirms the option to 'Confirm DELETION of ALL existing vendors'. [Build: 3.32]
	427. For Access backend users, When importing products into an existing product database, a backup is always made of the product database. The backup file name will have the same base name as the product database file but with a .bxx extension. This backup feature now also happens for SQL backend users but is implemented a little differently. The backup is a tab delimited text file backup of the database and will be saved to a file with the same base name as the product database SQL table name like "Products_OurProducts" and will have a .bxx file extension. This is not a replacement for proper full SQL database backups, but rather an extra resource in case accidental changes are applied to a product database. [Build: 3.32]
	428. Kaseya BMS v5.0.0 is now supported! [Build: 3.32]
	429. For Autotask users, if the contact address is empty, the company address will be used when doing a search on the Lookup window. [Build: 3.32]
	430. For Autotask users, there is a new 'QuoteValet' tab in the Autotask Setup. There are new options that control what QuoteValet Links to attach to the Autotask Opportunities. There are options for 'Attach QuoteValet EXTERNAL Viewing Link', 'Attach QuoteValet INTERNAL Viewing Link', and 'Attach QuoteValet Sales Rep Facing Page Link'. By default, the option to attach all of the links will be set for backwards compatibility. [Build: 3.32]
	431. For Autotask users that also have a QuoteValet subscription, the QuoteValet Acceptance Package can automatically be uploaded and attached to the Autotask Opportunity when the QuoteValet quote is accepted and converted to an Order in QuoteWerks. This setting is on the QuoteValet tab on the Autotask setup in QuoteWerks. [Build: 3.32]
	432. For SugarCRM users, SugarCRM version 11.0 is now supported. [Build: 3.32]
	433. For SugarCRM users, if the contact address is empty, the company address will be used when doing a search on the Lookup window. [Build: 3.32]
	434. For Tech Data customers, using the "Import Tech Data SAP Quote (JSON)" feature, when importing the Tech Data quote that contains Sub Items that are not a "Zero Dollar SKU", will be displayed in the preview and added to the quote in QuoteWerks. [Build: 3.32]
	435. ConnectWise 2021.1 is now supported! [Build: 3.25]

Version 5.6 Build 2 (released February 15, 2021)

	436. OAuth 2.0 Authentication is now supported when sending emails through Gmail/GSuite mail servers. [Build: 2.07]
	437. OAuth 2.0 Authentication is now supported when sending emails via SMTP through the Microsoft Office 365 mail server. [Build: 2.07]
	438. OAuth 2.0 Authentication is now supported when sending emails via SMTP through a Microsoft Live mail server. Microsoft Live mail servers host email addresses ending in '@hotmail.com', '@live.com', and '@outlook.com'. [Build: 2.07]
	439. Added MAPI support for sending emails. This will send emails created in QuoteWerks via the default Windows Mail Client. A limitation of the MAPI protocol is that the message body in an email can only be plain text - not HTML. There is a setup option to display the email in the email client before sending the email. MAPI support is useful for those that do not use Outlook and do not want to send via SMTP - like Groupwise and Thunderbird. [Build: 2.07]
	440. For Product Content Subscribers, when searching Etilize or using the Etilize Panel with the Multiple Database Search via the Product Lookup window, you can now choose to also have Native and External Product Data Sources also searched for the same product and the results will be displayed along with the returned real-time vendor results. The Manufacturer Part Number is used to find the product. If a product is not returned from Etilize or the PartLocator, a Product Data Source search will not occur. On the Product Content Subscription tab of the Real-time setup window, the QuoteWerks Administrator can specify which Product Data Sources to use with the Etilize Search, this setting is a site wide setting. [Build: 2.07]
	441. For Kaseya BMS users, you can now create a new Kaseya BMS Company and Contact record from the QuoteWerks SoldTo/ShipTo tab using the information already entered on the SoldTo/ShipTo tab. For the feature to be enabled, the Contact field cannot already be populated with a contact that was retrieved from Kaseya BMS. Also, the Company, Contact, Email, and Phone fields must be populated. This feature is available on the toolbar above the SoldTo, ShipTo, and BillTo areas of the Quote WorkBook. There is also an Access Right "CannotCreateCRMContact" that you can set if you do not want specific users to be able to use this feature. [Build: 2.07]
	442. For QuickBooks Online users, if the option to "[ ] Convert grouped items to single item" is not set on the Mappings.Items tab of the QuickBooks Setup window, and the new option "[] Include Group Header as a Comment when not converting grouped items into a Single Item." is set, the description of the Group Header line will be inserted as a comment line above the group member lines when exported to QuickBooks. [Build: 2.07]
	443. For QuickBooks Online users, when exporting to QuickBooks, if the option to "[x] Convert grouped items to single item" was set on the Mappings.Items tab of the QuickBooks Setup window, and the new option "[x] Include Group Items as Comments" is set, then the descriptions of all the group member line items will be added as comment lines below the group header line when exported to QuickBooks. [Build: 2.07]
	444. For Ingram Micro users that use the Quote Importer, the Ingram Micro Quote Number, Expiration Date, and the Line Item Comments can now be mapped to the imported QuoteWerks line item's CustomText or CustomMemo fields. [Build: 2.07]
	445. For Tech Data users that use the Quote Importer (including the Cisco Quote Importer), the Tech Data Quote Number and Expiration Date can now be mapped to the imported QuoteWerks line item's CustomText or CustomMemo fields. [Build: 2.07]
	446. For SYNNEX users that use the Quote Importer, the SYNNEX Quote Number can now be mapped to the imported QuoteWerks line item's CustomText or CustomMemo fields. [Build: 2.07]
	447. For ConnectWise Manage Users, there are new options on the ConnectWise Setup Window to include all Document Attachments and include all Notes from the Opportunity when converting a ConnectWise Opportunity to a ConnectWise Service Ticket. This does not affect creating one off Service Tickets in ConnectWise. [Build: 2.07]
	448. For Zoho users, there is now a "View Sold to" link on the Links tab of the Quote WorkBook that you can click to view the Contact in Zoho CRM. [Build: 2.07]
	449. For Zoho users, if two words are entered when doing a Name search on the Lookup window, a match with the first word for the first name and the second word for the last name will be used. [Build: 2.07]
	450. For Zoho users, you can now create a new Zoho Company and Contact record from the QuoteWerks SoldTo/ShipTo tab using the information already entered on the SoldTo/ShipTo tab. For the feature to be enabled, the Contact field cannot already be populated with a contact that was retrieved from Zoho. Also, the Company, and Contact must be populated. This feature is available on the toolbar above the SoldTo, ShipTo, and BillTo areas of the Quote WorkBook. There is also an Access Right "CannotCreateCRMContact" that you can set if you do not want specific users to be able to use this feature. [Build: 2.07]
	451. For MS CRM users, the tax amount now comes over for a line item on a Quote. [Build: 2.07]
	452. For MS CRM users, if you select a different contact for an existing Opportunity, you are now given the option to clear out the existing Opportunity link data. [Build: 2.07]
	453. For MS CRM users, you can now choose the Status for new Opportunities. The default Status can be set with the MSCRMOppStatusCodeOpen setting. [Build: 2.07]
	454. For MS CRM users, you can choose the owner of an Opportunity on the Create Opportunity window in QuoteWerks. [Build: 2.07]
	455. For MS CRM users, you can choose the default owner for an Opportunity in the MS CRM Setup Window. The Owner can either be the logged in user or the Sales Rep. The Sales Rep name must match the MS CRM user name to be selected. [Build: 2.07]
	456. For SugarCRM users, a Call will now be saved to a contact if an account is not selected. [Build: 2.07]
	457. For SugarCRM users, there is now a "View Call" link on the Links tab of the Quote WorkBook that you can click to view the Call in SugarCRM. [Build: 2.07]
	458. For SugarCRM users, there is now a "View Opportunity" link on the Links tab of the Quote WorkBook that you can click to view the Opportunity in SugarCRM. [Build: 2.07]
	459. For SugarCRM users, there is now a "View SoldTo" link on the Links tab of the Quote WorkBook that you can click to view the Contact in SugarCRM. [Build: 2.07]
	460. For SugarCRM users, files can now be attached to opportunities from the Opportunity creation window. [Build: 2.07]
	461. For SugarCRM users, Opportunities can now have their name set by the user. [Build: 2.07]
	462. For SugarCRM users, the SugarCRM connection will be reconnected automatically if the session is expired. [Build: 2.07]
	463. For Maximizer CRM users, Enum fields in Maximizer CRM are now supported in the QuoteWerks DataLink. [Build: 2.07]
	464. When entering a PO NUmber when creating an Online Order or a Manual PO, you will now be warned if you are entering a PO number that already exists in QuoteWerks. It is not recommended to use the same PO Number for multiple purchase orders. [Build: 2.07]
	465. SugarCRM 10.3 is now supported! [Build: 2.07]

Version 5.6 Build 1 (released January 4, 2021)

	466. Added new "Enable individual Resource security" option on the Security tab of Tools->Options. When this option is set, you can specify File Access Rights for individual files like Cover Pages, Print Layouts, and Literature. Print Layouts support View and Modify. Cover Pages and Literature support View only. To set these File Access Rights, right click on a Print Layout or Literature file and choose "Set Access Rights...". This right click menu is not available on the 'Additional' Layouts tab, all Access Rights for layouts must be set through the 'Primary' tab. For a Cover Page, select the Cover Page, and click on the [Set Access Rights] button next to the Cover Page drop down list. You will be able to set these File Access Rights if you are a user with Master Rights or if you have the new Misc Access right of "NonMasterRightsUser_CanAdministerDeliverables". When this "Enable individual Resource security" option is activated, no users will be able to see any Cover Pages, Print Layouts or Literature files. To see these files and assign Access Rights, you will need to be a user with Master Rights (or have the Misc Access right of "NonMasterRightsUser_CanAdministerDeliverables"), and you will need to check the "[] Administration Mode" checkbox on the Print window. This will show all the Cover Pages, Print Layouts and Literature files. In this mode, any files that do not have any Access Rights set for them will be displayed in red (meaning they will not be visible by any users). For Files that do have Access rights set for them, you will see an indicator prefix like [ 02 ] in front of the name of the Cover Page, Print Layout or Literature file. This will indicate how many different users or groups have access to see this Cover Page, Print Layout or Literature file. When the "[] Administration Mode" checkbox is checked, you will be able to select multiple layouts at the same time by holding down the SHIFT or CTRL key while clicking on each individual Layout. The Access Rights that you set will be applied to all the selected layouts. Any previous rights set for these selected files will be replaced. The default rights to apply to all the files will be the ones for the layout that you right clicked on. [Build: 1]
	467. You can now show/hide individual toolbar buttons on the Document Items tab Grid Toolbar. These buttons can be hidden per user under the Menus tab of the User Properties window. There is a new "Grid Toolbar" hive in the treeview. Of note, some of the actions are available through a Menu and a Toolbar button. You will need to Show/Hide these actions separately. [Build: 1]
	468. For Maximizer users, Maximizer CRM 2020 R2 is now supported [Build: 1]
	469. For MS CRM users (Microsoft Dynamics), OAuth2 authentication is now supported. This is helpful for Microsoft Dynamics CRM customers that have Multifactor Authentication (MFA) / Two Factor Authentication (2FA) enabled in Dynamics. [Build: 1]
	470. For QuickBooks Desktop and QuickBooks Online users, you can now re-export Purchase Orders to QuickBooks. On the Purchase Orders tab of the Purchase window, right click on a Purchase Order and choose "Re-Export PO to 'QuickBooks'". [Build: 1]
	471. For Peachtree/Sage 50 US Edition users, you can now re-export Purchase Orders to Peachtree/Sage 50 US Edition. On the Purchase Orders tab of the Purchase window, right click on a Purchase Order and choose "Re-Export PO to 'Peachtree'". [Build: 1]
	472. For ConnectWise Manage users, you can now re-export Purchase Orders to ConnectWise Manage. On the Purchase Orders tab of the Purchase window, right click on a Purchase Order and choose "Re-Export PO to 'ConnectWise'". [Build: 1]
	473. For Autotask users, you can now re-export Purchase Orders to Autotask. On the Purchase Orders tab of the Purchase window, right click on a Purchase Order and choose "Re-Export PO to 'Autotask'". [Build: 1]
	474. For Product Content Subscribers using Etilize as a Product Source, the Etilize "My Favorites" now supports Folders. This will enable you to organize your commonly quoted products in folders and sub-folders instead of scrolling through an unorganized list of products. [Build: 1]
	475. For Product Content Subscribers using Etilize as a Product Source, under the Etilize Product Source, there is now a "Public Favorites" folder. This feature is similar to the Etilize "My Favorites", but can be seen by all users. At a site level, you can organize your commonly quoted products in folders and sub-folders to make it easy for your sales people to quote the items you want them to quote without having to search Etilize for them. [Build: 1]
	476. For Product Content Subscribers using Etilize as a Product Source, there is a new Etilize "Workspace" feature. The new feature is very useful when doing research. You can easily add products that you are considering selling to your customer, or products that you might want to sell, but need to do some more research on. Products that you add into the Workspace folder are remembered the next time you run QuoteWerks, so you can easily come back to the products you have been working with. Each user has their own Workspace. This Etilize Workspace folder is different than the Etilize "My Favorites" folder and Etilize "Public Favorites" folder. [Build: 1]
	477. The Product Content Subscription now has PartLocator support for Arlington. We've negotiated an arrangement with Arlington to host their parts list to provide our mutual customers with a better ability to locate Arlington part numbers when quoting. For Toner and other related searches both the Brand Name item and the Remanufactured item will be available in the results. [Build: 1]
	478. For QuickBooks Online users, on the Mappings.Items tab of the setup there is now an option to choose which field from the QuoteWerks line item that is used for the QuickBooks Item Description. You can choose Description, CustomMemo01, CustomMemo02, CustomMemo03, CustomMemo04, CustomMemo05. [Build: 1]
	479. For QuickBooks Online users, on the Mappings tab of the setup, there is now an option to choose which field from the QuoteWerks line item that is used for the QuickBooks Purchasing Description on Purchase Orders (POs). You can choose Description, CustomMemo01, CustomMemo02, CustomMemo03, CustomMemo04, CustomMemo05. [Build: 1]
	480. For QuoteWerks Web users, there is now a [Refresh] button on the File Links tab of the Quote WorkBook. Use this to synchronize layout, cover page, literature, spec sheet, image, lease rate files, etc. to/from QuoteWerks Web. After the synchronization is performed, the File Links list will be reloaded so that you can see any new files as a result of the synchronization process. Having this button located on the File Links tab is very useful as it lets regular users easily initiate the synchronization of the files when they need to. The Misc Access Rights of "CannotUseQuoteWerksWebSyncUp" and "CannotUseQuoteWerksWebSyncDown" have been added as a way to control user access to this feature. This synchronize and refresh feature can also be accessed with the new [Sync QuoteWerks Web] button on the Print window. [Build: 1]
	481. Added new Product->Lookup window, right click menu "Associate item(s) with Folder..." This will now prompt you to choose a product database folder from a folder selection dialog. This can make this activity faster than the existing way of selecting products, then Copying them, then navigating to a folder and right clicking and choose the "Associate copied items with this folder". [Build: 1]
	482. On the Product Lookup window, when right clicking on a native product database folder, the option to "Associate copied item(s) with this folder" will now indicate how many copied items are in the clipboard. The Disassociate feature has the same improvement. [Build: 1]
	483. Added new Product->Lookup window, right click menu, "Disassociate selected items from this Folder..." [Build: 1]
	484. For Tech Data customers in USA, using the "Import Tech Data SAP Quote" feature, there is now an additional "Import Tech Data SAP Quote (JSON)" feature if you setup your Tech Data JSON API credentials. Using this newer JSON API version you will be able to see Tech Data quotes that start with a '1', in addition to the Tech Data quotes that start with the number '4'. [Build: 1]
	485. For Tech Data customers in USA, there is a new "Import Tech Data CCW Quote (JSON)" feature if you setup your Tech Data JSON API credentials. With this new feature you can retrieve Cisco CCW Deals, CCW Estimates, CCW Quotes, and CCW Renewal Quotes. When you request these Cisco CCW quotes, behind the scenes the Tech Data API requests them from Cisco and copies them into a Tech Data SAP quote which is then returned to be imported into QuoteWerks. QuoteWerks automates this entire workflow. Your CCW account must be linked to your Tech Data account to use this functionality. On the Tech Data Website, go to the 'Buy -> Cisco 1' Source Menu. Under the 'Quote Creator' Section, if you see 'Connect To CCW' in a big yellow button, your account is not linked to Cisco. [Build: 1]
	486. For Tech Data Online Ordering users, the special instructions field length was increased from 55 to 132 characters. [Build: 1]
	487. Dicker Data Realtime Pricing and Availability now available for customers in Australia and New Zealand. A Dicker Data API Token is required to use this feature. If no API token is entered, the Part Locator Price will be used when performing an Etilize search. Real-time Module required for Realtime Pricing and Product Content Subscription required for PartLocator. [Build: 1]
	488. For SYNNEX Users in USA and Canada, you can now Import quotes from SYNNEX. These can be Quotes that you create on the SYNNEX website or that your SYNNEX Sales Rep creates for you. Simply enter your quote number and you can preview the quote items before importing them into your QuoteWerks Quote Workbook. [Build: 1]
	489. For ConnectWise Manage Users in Canada, there is a new mapping on the ConnectWise Setup Window for Taxable Products in the ConnectWise Manage Product Catalog. The mapping enables a taxable item to be set as PST Only, GST Only, or Both GST and PST. For users outside of Canada, the only option is 'Y' for taxable. [Build: 1]
	490. When a document is locked, you will now be able to select text in the individual fields so that you can copy text out of the fields on the Quote WorkBook. [Build: 1]
	491. Added new "Zoom Description" button to the grid toolbar on the Document Items tab of the Quote WorkBook. [Build: 1]
	492. In the Vendor Import Wizard, you can now import into the "Notes" field. [Build: 1]
	493. When a user deletes a products folder, it there will now be an Audit Trail record of it in the event.log. [Build: 1]
	494. There is a now an Edit->Paste Line Attributes menu. To use this, select a single line item, and right click and choose copy. Then you can select one or many line items, and right click and choose 'Paste Line Attributes' to paste the line attributes from the copied line item into the selected line items. This will paste all the Line Attributes as seen on the Edit->Edit Line Attributes window. [Build: 1.03]
	495. For QuickBooks Desktop and Online users, on the Export to QuickBooks window, when clicking on the [Find DocNo] button, you can now enter the % symbol for "Begins with" (AAAQ1%), "Ends with" (%100), or "Contains" (%Q%) searches. [Build: 1.03]
	496. Peachtree/Sage 50 US Edition users, on the Export to Peachtree window, when clicking on the [Find DocNo] button, you can now enter the % symbol for "Begins with" (AAAQ1%), "Ends with" (%100), or "Contains" (%Q%) searches. [Build: 1.03]
	497. When inserting/adding Section Header or Heading Line, when you are prompted for the description, you can now double-click in the description field to bring up the F2 Lookup in addition to pressing the F2 key. This is activated as long as the user preference of "Enable double-click to bring up F2 Lookup in text boxes" is set. [Build: 1.03]
	498. For QuoteValet users, when sales rep uploads a file to the Upload Area on the QuoteValet document the customer will receive a notification e-mail alerting them to this new upload for them. Since sales reps may upload multiple files before delivering the quote to the customer, the customer will only receive notifications of file uploads AFTER the customer has viewed the quote at least once. [Build: 1.04]
	499. There is now a Payment Option Recurring Phrase Display Macro setting on the Payment tab of the Tools->Options menu called "Payment Option Recurring Phrase display macro". The default is ", [plus %RecurringCycleSubtotalWithTax% %RecurringCycleWord%]". You can use this to customize the recurring portion of the text that appears in the Payment Options text. While the words for the "%RecurringCycleWord%" macro default for English users to weekly, monthly, quarterly, and annually, you can change these in the Settings Manager with these settings: SystemSettings\System\PaymentOptionWeeklyRecurringCycleWord, SystemSettings\System\PaymentOptionMonthlyRecurringCycleWord, SystemSettings\System\PaymentOptionQuarterlyRecurringCycleWord, and SystemSettings\System\PaymentOptionAnnuallyRecurringCycleWord. [Build: 1.04]
	500. The Configurator now has a description preview panel (with scrollbar), so now can see the entire description of a product when selected. [Build: 1.04]
	501. For QuoteValet users, to provide context, the PAYMENT notification email subject line will now display the payment reference (like Deposit), and also the remaining balance. For Example: QuoteValet: PAYMENT: 'Deposit' Payment of $106.95 made (remaining balance is $536.05) - ABC Computer #AAAQ1001. [Build: 1.04]
	502. On the Send E-mail window there is now a toolbar button [Copy QuoteValet Customer Facing URL from] button. This will let you search for another quote to copy the QuoteValet Customer Facing URL from so that you can paste it into the current e-mail you are composing. In the situation where you have prepared more than one quote for your customer relating to the same project, and you want to just send them one QuoteValet notification email that contains the QuoteValet links to all of these quotes, this new feature helps you do this efficiently. [Build: 1.04]
	503. Added [Copy Customer facing URL] button to the QuoteValet tab. [Build: 1.04]
	504. In the Configurator, the prompt text display area now has a scrollbar. [Build: 1.04]
	505. On the Apply Multi-line changes window, the customized label names for all fields, not just Custom fields will be displayed. These changes have also propagated to other areas. [Build: 1.04]
	506. For QuoteValet users, there is a new search option for "DocNo contains" on the Reporting tab of the QuoteValet Dashboard. [Build: 1.04]
	507. When using the built-in QuoteWerks contact database as the CRM, you can now search for contacts by "Postal Code". [Build: 1.04]
	508. For QuoteValet users, when adding/editing a QuoteValet video, the Title and Video URL text boxes now support the F2Lookup ( F2 key and double-click). [Build: 1.04]
	509. On the Misc.General tab of the Tools->My Preferences window, there is now a new option of "" for the "Document Search Defaults". The benefit of this option is that the time it takes to load the Open Document window will be reduced dramatically since it will not run a default query every time it loads, before you have even entered in search criteria that you want to search for. [Build: 1.04]
	510. On the Purchase Orders tab of the Purchasing window, adding and removing tracking numbers is handled more robustly now. When deleting the last tracking number, the ShipVia (Carrier), is also cleared so that you can specify it when adding the first tracking number back. There is now also a warning about manually adding tracking numbers to a realtime order. [Build: 1.04]
	511. On the Purchase Orders tab of the Purchasing window, the right click "Change ShipVia" menu for a PO Item now will warn you, but then let you change the ShipVia (Carrier), even for a realtime order. [Build: 1.04]
	512. You can now use the DataLink to retrieve a field value into the SoldToCompany, SoldToAddress2, and SoldToAddress3 fields. [Build: 1.09]
	513. When on the Product Lookup grid, you can now press the F5 key to refresh the grid with the underlying data in case that was just changed outside of QuoteWerks. This now works for Native Product Databases, MS SQL, ODBC, OLEDB, Excel, and Access data sources, in addition to QuickBooks, Peachtree, Zoho, and Salesforce.com. [Build: 1.09]
	514. The Act! Desktop search now remembers the last contact search method, either current contact, or search contact, per user. [Build: 1.09]
	515. The Paste Special Wizard now has a new step of "Additional Data Mappings". Here you can map in some static values or expressions. So if the data that you are pasting from the clipboard does not have a Vendor column, you can use this new capability to specify a static value like "Tech Data" to be set as the Vendor for all the pasted rows. Also, you can enter an expression like "The color of item is " and the values for Column3 and Column6 will be inserted into the text as it is pasted into the quote. [Build: 1.09]
	516. When creating a PO in QuoteWerks manually or through an electronic order, there is now a new "PO Created" dialog that appears. On this dialog you can choose to [Save PO as PDF] or [E-mail PO]. You no longer have to find the PO after you create it to then save it as a pdf, etc. The result text can be highlighted and copied to copy PO# from QuoteWerks, Distributor, and Accounting systems from this dialog. [Build: 1.09]
	517. There are now Audit Trail entries for when a User is deleted, a Group is deleted, a Group is created, or when a Group is renamed. [Build: 1.09]
	518. On the Save as Revision window, the "Delete previous revision" and "Update Expiration Date" checkboxes now remember their last setting per user. [Build: 1.09]
	519. On the Product Price History window, if the user has the Misc Access Right of "CannotSeeCostOnAddItemAssistant", then the Cost column data will only show "n/a". [Build: 1.09]

Version 5.5 Build 6 (released September 25, 2020)

	520. QuickBooks Desktop 2021 USA, Canada, and UK is now supported! [Build: 6.06]
	521. SugarCRM 10.2 is now supported! [Build: 6.06]
	522. ConnectWise 2020.3 is now supported! [Build: 6.06]
	523. For ConnectWise Manage Users, in the ConnectWise Manage Settings in QuoteWerks, you can default the Source when QuoteWerks Creates a new ConnectWise Service Ticket. If the setting is left blank, the default Source in ConnectWise Manage will be used when creating a Service Ticket. When creating the Service Ticket, there is a drop down for the Source that can still be manually changed. [Build: 6.06]
	524. For ConnectWise Manage users, on the ConnectWise Manage setup window, there is an option to set the 'Status' for new purchase orders created by QuoteWerks in ConnectWise Manage. If the setting is left blank, the default status in ConnectWise will be used. If no Default is setup in ConnectWise, 'New' will be set as the PO Status. [Build: 6.06]
	525. For ConnectWise Manage Users, when QuoteWerks creates a new catalog item (product) in ConnectWise Manage, the Vendor and Vendor Name will now be populated if populated in the QuoteWerks line item. This feature is available in ConnectWise Manage 2020.1 and higher. [Build: 6.06]
	526. For ConnectWise Manage Users, in the ConnectWise Manage Setup in QuoteWerks, when on a Mapping Window, lists of the mappings can now be copied to the Windows Clipboard. If you double click on the left column header, you will be prompted if you want to copy the mapped pairs to the clipboard. If you double click on the right column header, you will be prompted if you want to copy all of the available mappings to the clipboard. Copying the available mappings to the clipboard is helpful, because you can use this data to import into F2 Lookup values including the ItemType in QuoteWerks. [Build: 6.06]
	527. For ConnectWise Manage Users, the QuoteWerks PreparedBy Field can now be mapped to the ConnectWise Inside Sales Rep field when Creating/updating a ConnectWise Manage Opportunity. There is an option to enable/disable this functionality in the ConnectWise Setup in QuoteWerks. [Build: 6.06]
	528. For ConnectWise Manage users, there is a new option in the ConnectWise Manage Setup in QuoteWerks 'Rename ConnectWise Opportunity When QuoteWerks Document is Renamed'. When this option is enabled, whenever the document in QuoteWerks is renamed, the Opportunity in ConnectWise Manage will also be renamed. [Build: 6.06]
	529. For ConnectWise Manage Users, on the ConnectWise Manage Setup in QuoteWerks, under the 'Purchasing' section, a label will now display if the instance of ConnectWise Manage has the Purchasing Module enabled. This is helpful because if you do not have the ConnectWise Manage Purchasing Module, you will not be able to create purchase orders in ConnectWise Manage. [Build: 6.06]
	530. For QuickBooks Online Users, there is a new setup option for when "If the Customer Does Not Exist" to Prompt to Create or just to Create. [Build: 6.06]
	531. QuickBooks Online Users, there is a new setup option for PO Item Billable Status. The options are 'Billable', 'NotBillable', and 'HasBeenBilled'. The default setting will be 'NotBillable'. [Build: 6.06]
	532. Normally when clicking into a Document Items grid cell, the entire contents of the cell will be selected. Now, if you hold down the CTRL key while clicking in the cell, it will not select the entire contents of the cell and it will position the cursor in the cell where you clicked. [Build: 6.06]
	533. On the Product Lookup window when clicking on a Product Data Source, and pressing a letter, it will cycle through selecting the Product Data source that start with that letter with each repeated keypress of the same letter. [Build: 6.06]
	534. The View->Associated Documents window, now includes the "Superseded" column and is wider. [Build: 6.06]
	535. On the Document Items tab of Tools->Options, added option "When setting item as Recurring default to 'Include First Payment in Document Total'" [Build: 6.06]
	536. When previewing a document (not a management report) and choosing to Attach to CRM, the Enter File Name dialog will now create a default file name int he same way it does when doing a Save as PDF from the Print window. [Build: 6.06]
	537. For Tech Data Online ordering users, new Reseller My Order Tracker notifications of "Sales Review", "Credit Review", "Backorder", and "New Estimated Ship Date" are now supported! The defaults for these events can be set on the MyOrderTracker tab of the Tech Data Online Ordering Options Setup window. [Build: 6.06]

Version 5.5 Build 5 (released August 19, 2020)

	538. New "Apply Multi-Line Changes" menu under the Edit menu. This enables you to apply the same change to a specified column for every line that is selected in the Document Items grid. Certain columns have some special features, like the QtyBase, you can enter "*3" to multiply the Qty value by 3. Also, you can enter "++5" to add 5 to the value. You can also enter "++5%" to add 5% to the value. Using "--" will subtract the values. Similarly, the UnitCost, UnitPrice, UnitList support the "++5%", "++5", "--5%", "--5" features. This window remembers last column the changes were applied to, and remembers per field what value the field was last set to. There is also a "Apply Multi-Line Changes" toolbar button on the grid toolbar. [Build: 5.01]
	539. Added new integration to Kaseya BMS! The integration with Kaseya BMS includes the ability to search for contacts, create/update Opportunities, create/update Quotes, create/update Activities, and upload quote attachments to Kaseya BMS. The Kaseya BMS Product and Service Databases are available on the Product Lookup. Contact DataLink is supported. You can attach files to the Kaseya BMS Opportunity from the PDF Preview window, the Links tab, and the Print window. There is a button on the SoldTo/ShipTo tab to display the contact in Kaseya BMS. On the Links Tab, Auto Links are available for the SoldToContact, ShipToContact, BillToContact, Opportunity, Activity, and Quote that you can click to view the selected entity in Kaseya BMS. The Corporate Edition of QuoteWerks is required to integrate with Kaseya BMS. [Build: 5.01]
	540. SugarCRM 10.1 is now supported! [Build: 5.01]
	541. For QuoteValet users, when setting the Deposit Method or Request Payment there is now the option "In QuoteValet, allow customer to pay full amount / remaining balance at any time." so that a customer can pay either the minimum deposit or the full amount. [Build: 5.01]
	542. For Ingram Micro USA and Canadian Customers, you can now view and import Ingram Micro Quotes created by Ingram Micro's sales reps for you, or created by yourself on the Ingram Micro website. You can choose from a list of Ingram Micro quotes created over the last 45 days, or enter in a specific Ingram Micro quote number. Once found, you can import all the quote details into the QuoteWerks quote, saving time and reducing data entry error. To use this feature, click on the IM button located on the grid toolbar on the Document Items tab. This functionality uses new Ingram Micro API Credentials which you will need to obtain on the https://developer.ingrammicro.com website. [Build: 5.01]
	543. For Autotask users, the Autotask Products Data Source on the Product Lookup window now displays a Categories folder which has a hierarchal tree view of all the Autotask Products Category levels. In Autotask, the Product Search does not have this treeview category search feature, so it will be easier to look for products based on category in QuoteWerks as opposed to Autotask! [Build: 5.01]
	544. For Autotask users, the Autotask Quote URL will now be available under the Auto-Links on the Links tab for Autotask Quotes the QuoteWerks Creates/Updates. [Build: 5.01]
	545. For Autotask users, an opportunity description field was added to the opportunity. [Build: 5.01]
	546. For Autotask users, QuoteWerks ItemType can now be mapped to Autotask categories when a new product is created in Autotask. [Build: 5.01]
	547. For Autotask users, QuoteWerks ItemType can now be mapped to Autotask serialized when a new product is created in Autotask. [Build: 5.01]
	548. For Autotask users, categories can now be mapped from Autotask to QuoteWerks when creating a new Autotask product data source. [Build: 5.01]
	549. For ConnectWise Manage Users, when adding Group/Bundle Members to a ConnectWise Manage Bundle, if the items had a Vendor or Vendor Part Number set in QuoteWerks, it will now be set in ConnectWise Manage as well. [Build: 5.01]
	550. For MS CRM (Dynamics CRM) users, the MS CRM Quote URL will now be available under the Auto-Links on the Links tab for MS CRM Quotes the QuoteWerks Creates/Updates. [Build: 5.01]
	551. For QuickBooks Desktop users, QuickBooks GROUP type items are partially supported. When you use a part number in a QuoteWerks line item that matches a QuickBooks part number that is already setup in QuickBooks as a GROUP type item, the description, price, and taxability from the QuoteWerks line item will not be used and will defer to those values as defined in the QuickBooks GROUP part number. When this happens, you will receive a warning to ensure you are aware this has happened. [Build: 5.01]
	552. For QuickBooks Desktop users, when exporting documents to QuickBooks, if for some reason the GrandTotals do not match, you will receive a warning message. This can happen when the tax rate specified in QuoteWerks is not matched with the tax rate item in QuickBooks. This can also happen when using a part number that is a QuickBooks GROUP type item. [Build: 5.01]
	553. Clicking in a cell in the Document Items grid now selects all the text in the cell by default. [Build: 5.01]
	554. You can now select the contents of the Qty column, and enter "*3" to multiply the Qty value by 3. Also, you can enter "++5" to add 5 to the value. You can also enter "++5%" to add 5% to the value. Using "--" will subtract the values. [Build: 5.01]
	555. Added CustomNumber03, CustomNumber04, CustomNumber05 DocumentHeader fields to Custom tab of Quote WorkBook. [Build: 5.01]
	556. A Grouped Bundle definition can now have a VendorPartNumber. [Build: 5.01]
	557. A Grouped Configuration definition can now have a VendorPartNumber. [Build: 5.01]
	558. On Open document window, added [F2Lookup] buttons for CustomText01 - CustomText06, and other various fields on the "More" tab. Double-clicking in these fields now just highlights text instead of brining up the F2Lookup. The same changes were applied to the Document Name field on the Save window. [Build: 5.01]
	559. ACT! for Web version 22 is now supported! [Build: 5.05]
	560. Another change to the behaviors of key presses in the Document Items grid. With the new changes where the contents of the cell are automatically selected when the cell receives focus, you can now press the HOME or END key which will de-select all the text and position the cursor at the beginning or end of the text respectively. Also, when all the cell text is selected and you press SHIFT-LEFT or SHIFT-RIGHT it will de-select all the text and position the cursor at the beginning or end of the cell respectively. Separately, when editing in the cell, holding the SHIFT key while using the LEFT or RIGHT arrow key will select the text in the respective direction. [Build: 5.05]
	561. The CustomDate01, CustomDate02 defaults from the Document tab of the Tools->Options menu now support the, for example, {+14} macro to default to today's date plus 14 days. [Build: 5.05]
	562. Tech Data's new Excel quote file format is now supported by the Import Tech Data Quote feature. [Build: 5.06]
	563. For Kaseya BMS users, on the Quote tab of the Kaseya BMS setup window, there is now an option to set the status of a "New", "Closed-Won", and "Closed-Lost" Quote in Kaseya BMS. These were hard-coded previously. [Build: 5.06]
	564. For Zoho users, users using the integration in Australia are now supported. [Build: 5.09]
	565. When no documents are open there are a limited number of menus available. In this context, there is now a File->Login as another User menu. [Build: 5.13]
	566. Goldmine version 2020.1 is now supported! [Build: 5.21]
	567. For Tech Data online ordering users, there is now a new "Flooring Account" default value that can be setup under the Tech Data Online Ordering Options window. [Build: 5.21]
	568. On the Templates area of the Open Document window, you can now search for templates by Template Name. Additionally there is now a selectable Header Field and Item Field search. You can now search for Templates based on any DocumentHeader or DocumentItem field in the database. The search fields can be text, number, or date, fields and you can do advanced searches like Contains, Greater than or equal, etc. You can also use the "Search Query" operator to do advanced search like '"good deal" -dell', searching for phrases and also excluding phrases. It also remembers, per user, the last fields you searched on and defaults them for next time. Additionally the value text box is now a drop down list showing all the unique values for this field in the database! This is especially useful for locating old part numbers in templates that need to be updated. [Build: 5.21]
	569. Added Spotlight search text box on the View->Customize columns window to assist in finding one of the 105 columns. The spotlight feature will highlight in bold all matching list entries and will ghost all entries that do not match. You can also press the DOWN arrow key or the F3 key to move the highlight to the next match. You can also press the UP arrow key or SHIFT-F3 to highlight the previous match. [Build: 5.21]
	570. For QuickBooks Desktop users, when exporting a Purchase Order, you can now use the [Map PO Header Custom Fields] mappings on the Mappings.CustomFields tab to map data to be copied from the QuoteWerks Document to the QuickBooks PO. If you create a Purchase Order that includes items from more than one QuoteWerks Document, then you will be notified, and no mapping data will be copied into the QuickBooks Purchase Order. [Build: 5.21]
	571. For QuickBooks Desktop users, you can now create multiple level Customer/Jobs like "ABC Company:Renovations:Family Room:AAAQ1001". [Build: 5.21]
	572. For QuickBooks Desktop users, when exporting a document, if the Customer does not exist in QuickBooks, you will now be asked if you want to create the customer in QuickBooks. If you choose not to, the export will be cancelled. The "If the Customer does not Exist" option of "Prompt to create" or "Create" on the Transaction.QuickBooks tab of the QuickBooks setup window controls this. [Build: 5.21]
	573. Sage 50 Accounting 2021 US Edition (Peachtree) is now supported! [Build: 5.21]

Version 5.5 Build 4 (released May 13, 2020)

	574. Support for new Aspire Hosted Database subscription. In the initial offering of our Aspire Database Hosting we partnered with Amazon setting up individual Amazon RDS Instances for each customer. We have now migrated this offering into an internal Azure platform. This enables us to procure the database immediately, lower costs, reduce the pricing, and offer flat rate per user pricing. The new Aspire Hosted Database will be available for immediate use from the moment the subscription is purchased. The Rehost wizard now can automatically connect and rehost to the Aspire Hosted Database, and ip address whitelisting is now automatic and dynamic (no static ip addresses are required). Aspire Hosted Database subscription license count must match QuoteWerks Desktop license count. [Build: 4]
	575. The backend.ini now supports the ini entry of SQLEncryptConnection=-1. This can be used to establish an encrypted connection with the SQL server. If the SQL Server itself is set to "Force Encryption" then an encrypted connection will be automatic. [Build: 4]
	576. The System tab of the Help->About menu now displays the "SQL Provider" and "SQL Encrypt Connection" settings. [Build: 4]
	577. The nsetup.exe has a new option to "Install Microsoft SQL Server 2012 Native Client". This SQL Provider needs to be used to establish TLS 1.2 only SQL Database connections. Also, the installers of sqlClient2012_32bit.msi and sqlClient2012_64bit.msi are now installed in the QuoteWerks folder so they can be run separately at any time. Once this is installed on each machine that is running QuoteWerks, the backend.ini can be modified with these entries: SQLProvider=SQLNCLI11 and SQLEncryptConnection=-1 to fully activate a TLS 1.2 encrypted connection. [Build: 4]
	578. On the Product Data Sources window, there is now a right click "Manually Disable/Enable Link" menu. This is useful when there is a temporary issue in connecting to a product source. Normally you can manually disable a link when you edit the product data source, but when the product data source is not available, you are unable to edit the entry preventing you from accessing the "Disable product data source" checkbox. Also the Status column was widened to better display disabled status text. [Build: 4]
	579. The Product Price History window now displays Average Cost and Average Price of the item. [Build: 4]
	580. For SugarCRM users, SugarCRM 10.0 is now supported. [Build: 4.01]
	581. For Maximizer CRM users, v18.0 (2020 R1) is now supported! [Build: 4.04]
	582. When closing a quote that you made changes to that has previously been uploaded to QuoteValet and has already been Accepted or Lost in QuoteValet, you would be asked if you wanted to close the quote without having uploaded the changes to QuoteValet. Since it is not possible to save changes to QuoteValet once the quote has been Accepted or Lost, you will now receive a message stating so, instead of a message asking if you want to save the changes to QuoteValet. [Build: 4.04]
	583. Added new "Delete 0 Quantity Items from the document" button on the Document Items grid toolbar. This will delete Product/Service items and if a Group Header has a quantity of 0 it will delete the Group Header and all the Group Members. [Build: 4.06]
	584. When editing a Grouped Bundle or Grouped Configuration, the Picture File selection box now has a [Clear] button. [Build: 4.06]
	585. When selecting a picture for a Grouped Bundle or Grouped Configuration, it will now default the "PrintPicture" attribute to Yes. [Build: 4.06]

Version 5.5 Build 3 (released April 6, 2020)

	586. For salesforce.com users, when creating/updating a salesforce.com Opportunity the Contact Role can now be set. [Build: 3.04]
	587. For salesforce.com users, a default contact role can be set for the opportunity contact through the Opportunity Setup window. [Build: 3.04]
	588. For salesforce.com users, the DataLink now supports salesforce.com Contacts in addition to the Account. [Build: 3.04]
	589. For salesforce.com users, the salesforce.com Product Data Source now supports custom fields. If a custom field is named "Manufacturer__c" or "VendorPartNumber__c" these custom fields will automatically be mapped when a new Product Data Source is setup. If you already have an existing salesforce.com Product Data Source, you will need to edit it and manually map these fields. When these fields are mapped, you can also search on those fields on the product lookup window. [Build: 3.04]
	590. The Opportunities Dashboard is now resizable! [Build: 3.04]
	591. On the Opportunities Dashboard, the last selected User (or group) will now be remembered and also the date range, including a Custom date range from and to. [Build: 3.04]
	592. On the Opportunities Dashboard, there are now 2 "Header Field" selections that you can use to filter the Opportunities. You can choose which ever 2 document level fields you would like to filter on. They can be text, number, date, or logic fields and you can do advanced searches like Contains, Greater than or equal, etc. It also remembers, per user, the last fields you searched on and defaults them for next time. [Build: 3.04]
	593. For Zoho CRM users, products in Zoho can now be searched through the Product Lookup window in QuoteWerks. You can add this new Product Data Source from the Products->Setup Product Data Sources menu. [Build: 3.04]
	594. For Autotask users, you can now enable or disable Impersonation mode under the Settings tab in the Autotask Setup window. [Build: 3.04]
	595. For Autotask users, more than two of the same services can now be added to a quote. [Build: 3.04]
	596. On Purchasing tab of Purchasing window, added new "Cust PO#" column. [Build: 3.04]
	597. Added options "Auto-generate dynamic '(Categories)' folder." and "Auto-generate dynamic '(Item Types)' folder." to the setup of a Native Product database which control if these dynamically generated folders appear in the Product Lookup window for this Product Data Source. [Build: 3.04]
	598. For QuoteValet users, on the Open Document window, added right click menu "E-mail QuoteValet customer notification...". This is a fast and easy way to do follow ups and sending the customer a reminder e-mail or follow up e-mail. [Build: 3.04]
	599. On the Open Document window, added new right click menu "Display Contact in Contact Manager." [Build: 3.04]
	600. For QuickBooks Online users in Australia and UK, added a Purchase Order Tax Calculation option to the 'Vat Tax' Tab in the QuickBooks Online Settings. If this option is set, the setting will be used when exporting Purchase Orders to QuickBooks Online. If the option is not set (left blank), it will be ignored when creating a Purchase Order in QuickBooks Online. [Build: 3.04]
	601. On the Purchase orders tab of the Purchasing window, when saving the purchase order as a PDF file, it will now remember (per user) the last folder you selected. [Build: 3.04]
	602. On the "Add Shipping rate item" window, the ShipFrom selection list will include each Vendor that is on the quote. This will pull the address information from the Vendor record under the Utilities->Vendor Maintenance menu. [Build: 3.04]
	603. On the "Add Shipping rate item" window, added "Our Location" as a ShipTo selection. [Build: 3.04]
	604. For UPS realtime shipping rate users, added a new "Use Negotiated Rates" option on the "Add Shipping rate item" window. Use this when you have negotiated non-standard special rates with UPS to return these rates. On this window, you can toggle this option to see the standard published rates vs your negotiated rates. [Build: 3.04]
	605. When creating a manual or electronic purchase order on the Purchasing tab of the Purchasing window, if you have specified for the vendor a minimum amount required for free shipping (Under Utilities->Vendor Maintenance), then in addition to displaying this information on the window, it will also now prompt you to proceed if you have not met the minimum. [Build: 3.04]
	606. On the Save as Revision window, there is now an [x] Update Expiration Date option. When checked, this will updated the Expiration Date based on the macro that is used to create the Expiration Date when creating a new document. [Build: 3.04]
	607. On the Management Reports window, the [Edit] button will now open the Report Properties window and select the Filter tab. [Build: 3.04]
	608. On the Management Reports window, added a new [Edit Output] button that will open the Report Properties window and select the Output tab. [Build: 3.04]
	609. On the Purchase Orders and Ordered Items tabs of the Purchasing window the extended cost of the item will be displayed in parenthesis if the quantity ordered is greater than 1. [Build: 3.04]
	610. When deleting a Purchase Order, from the Purchase Orders tab of the Purchasing window, it will now also remove the PONumber, OrderDate, and DistributorSONumber from Document Items that were on this PO. [Build: 3.04]
	611. On the Purchase Orders tab of the Purchasing window, there is now a right click menu of "Copy PO Number". [Build: 3.04]
	612. When creating a Purchase Order from the Purchasing tab of the Purchasing window, the Document Item that the PO Item came from is updated with the SONumber from the PO. If the Document Item already has an SONumber in it, you will now be prompted to choose if you want to overwrite it. [Build: 3.04]
	613. On the Picture tab of the Edit Product window, if you select a picture file, the Print Picture checkbox will now be automatically checked. [Build: 3.04]
	614. For QuoteWerks Web users, added an [Open in QuoteWerks Web] button on the Open Document window in QuoteWerks Desktop. [Build: 3.04]
	615. For Configurator users, you can now select an item from the "Selected Items" list and press the R key to remove it in addition to clicking on the [] button. [Build: 3.04]
	616. For QuickBooks Desktop users, on the Mappings.Items tab there is now an option to choose which field from the QuoteWerks line item that is used for the QuickBooks Item Description. You can choose Description, CustomMemo01, CustomMemo02, CustomMemo03, CustomMemo04, CustomMemo05. [Build: 3.07]
	617. Configurations can now include static items that do not have to be retrieved from a product database to be included in a configuration. There is a new "[] Retrieve from Product Database" checkbox. When un-checked, this feature is designed to be used to add Comments, Subtotal, Running Subtotal, Heading, or Section Header lines into your configurations. [Build: 3.07]
	618. On the Configurator, Bundles and Add Item Assistant windows the "Under" drop down now has two new options of "" and "" that lets you create these lines from these windows. [Build: 3.07]
	619. For Configurator users, when adding an item to the selected items list, the item will be bolded in the available items list to indicate that you have already added it. Additionally the items in the selected items list that were just added in the current step will also be bolded. [Build: 3.07]
	620. For Configurator users, if you cancel the configuration process, it will return you back to the Configurations window. [Build: 3.07]
	621. For Configurator users, double-clicking on an item in the selected items list will remove it. [Build: 3.07]
	622. For Configurator users, pressing the F9 key will move to the next step and pressing F8 will move back to the previous step. [Build: 3.07]
	623. For Configurator users, there is now a breadcrumbs display to show you all the steps you have completed, along with your current step. Also, the Step number is more prominently displayed. [Build: 3.07]
	624. There is now a new View->Opportunities Dashboard menu and Opportunities icon on the main toolbar. [Build: 3.07]
	625. For QuoteValet users, on the QuoteValet Dashboard Inbox, there is now an icon to indicate if a quote has been recalled. [Build: 3.07]
	626. Added "Auto-close window" option to the Print window. This will auto-close the window after a print, preview, peer review, approval, or quotevalet operation. This same option is also on the Misc.Printing tab of the Tools->My Preferences menu. Having this option on the Print window will make it easier to turn this option on and off while performing different kinds of activities from the Print window. [Build: 3.07]
	627. On the Document Items grid, when pressing ENTER while in a grid cell that is not a memo column, the cursor will be moved to the cell on the row below, similar to Microsoft Excel behavior. Now the contents of the cell will be automatically selected making it easier to type in a replacement value. [Build: 3.07]
	628. The Product Data Source Setup window now displays the database file size for sources that are an actual file. [Build: 3.07]
	629. For Sugar CRM users, there is now an "Enable SugarIdentity" option on the Contact Manager tab of the Tools->My Preferences menu. This can be controlled per user. [Build: 3.07]
	630. There is now a new option of "On item double-click, advance to next configuration step" on the Settings tab of the Configuration Setup window. This option lets you control this behavior per each configuration. This is useful when the configuration only needs to have one item selected per configuration step. [Build: 3.07]
	631. ConnectWise 2020.1 is now supported! [Build: 3.07]
	632. ConnectWise 2020.2 is now supported! [Build: 3.07]

Version 5.5 Build 2 (released January 23, 2020)

	633. For Zoho CRM users, QuoteWerks now supports follow up calls for a Deal. [Build: 2.01]
	634. For QuickBooks Online users, the Purchasing Description field is now available in the QuickBooks Product Data Source in the Product Lookup when using QuickBooks Online as a Product Data Source. [Build: 2.01]
	635. For ConnectWise Manage users, while in the ConnectWise Manage Setup, the Data Mapping windows are now resizable. [Build: 2.01]
	636. SugarCRM 9.3 is now supported! [Build: 2.03]

Version 5.5 Build 1 (released December 16, 2019)

	637. SugarCRM 9.2 is now supported! [Build: 1.07]
	638. ConnectWise 2019.5 is now supported! [Build: 1.07]
	639. Goldmine 2019.1 is now supported! [Build: 1.07]
	640. QuickBooks Desktop 2020 USA and Canada is now supported! [Build: 1.07]
	641. Multi-Factor Authentication is now supported by QuoteWerks Web. This is setup on the Login tab of the User Properties window. It currently supports a text message method and will send the authentication text message to the QuoteWerks User's Mobile number as specified on the Personal tab of the user's Tools->My Preferences menu. [Build: 1.07]
	642. For QuoteValet users, QuoteValet now supports the ability for customers to upload multiple files to the QuoteValet Quote. When they upload a file, by default the name will be the file name that was selected, but the customer can rename the "file" once it has been uploaded to QuoteValet. The sales reps will receive email and dashboard notifications when the customer uploads files. The e-mail notification will include a link to download the file and also a link to take the sales rep to the File Upload Area on the QuoteValet quote. Customers will not be able to delete files once they have been uploaded, however a sales rep can delete the files. This is by design, since anyone with this link can view the quote (as it has always been), but just being able to view the document has never given the person the ability to delete information. The Sales Rep can also visit the QuoteValet page and upload files themselves. There will be two tabs in the "Uploads Area", "Customer Uploads" and "SalesRep Uploads". This lets the sales rep upload extra files or literature instead of having all that material included in the singular QuoteValet quote PDF. When the Customer or Sales Rep uploads a file there is an option for them to be prompted to specify a Category, Like "PO", or "Artwork". These categories are customizable. The Customer can also include notes for the Sales Rep with the uploaded file. The "Upload Area" is a "control" that can be included in a quote template, and also in the Acceptance template depending upon your workflow. The names of the tabs and the default tab can be customized. There is a 2GB limit on the amount of storage each tenant can use that is included with the standard QuoteValet pricing. This 2GB includes the tenant's database, site files, PDF files, line item pictures, sales rep headshots, and any files upload by the Sales Rep or Customer, etc. [Build: 1.07]
	643. For QuoteValet users, added new "Do not send view notifications if viewed from these IP address(s):" option on the Activity Notifications tab of the QuoteValet Setup window. Use this to enter a comma separated list of IP addresses. This is useful to prevent view notifications from being triggered by your own internal email scanning systems that follow all links in an email and erroneously trigger customer view notifications. [Build: 1.07]
	644. There is now a new Line Item Attribute of "Allow QV Qty Change". When set, this will allow the Customer to change the Quantity of the line item while viewing the quote on QuoteValet. This new attribute is available in the Edit->Edit Line Attributes menu, Edit Required Item, Edit Optional Item, Edit Bundle Item, Edit Configuration Item, and the Edit Product window on the General tab. This field is also available in the layout designer as "&LineAttributeAllowQVQuantityChange". [Build: 1.07]
	645. Converting documents from QUOTE to ORDER to INVOICE is now handled more robustly. We've added 3 new fields ConvertedFromOn, ConvertedFromBy, and ConvertedFromRef in addition to the existing ConvertedOn, ConvertedBy, ConvertedRef fields. The existing fields are now used to store the ConvertedTo information. With these changes, you will no longer get the confusing message when converting an Order to an Invoice. When looking at the Order, you will be able to see the Quote the Order came from and also the invoice that it became. For example, you will see "Converted From FLAQ2386 by John Lewe on October 23, 2019", and also "Converted to FLAI1693 by Brian Laufer on October 27, 2019". [Build: 1.07]
	646. On the Misc.General tab of the Tools->My Preferences menu there is now a "New Document Default" option. When the "New" button on the main toolbar is clicked or the "Start with new document" option is checked this setting will control the new document generation. If a template is selected, then the logged in user will start with a template as opposed to starting with an empty document. If "System Default" is selected then a new document will be created with the defaults from the Documents tab including the "Document Type" setting. If "Blank QUOTE" is selected, then a new document will be created with the defaults from the Documents tab (except the "Document Type" setting). If "Blank ORDER" is selected, then a new document will be created with the defaults from the Documents tab (except the "Document Type" setting). If "Blank INVOICE" is selected, then a new document will be created with the defaults from the Documents tab (except the "Document Type" setting). [Build: 1.07]
	647. On the Misc.General tab of the Tools->My Preferences menu added new option "When using document templates, refresh item prices", when selected [Build: 1.07]
	648. For the "TOTALING: Add up multiple matching line items in the document" feature in the Deposit, Summary Line, and Formula Line, there is now a second filter available. You can, for example, set one filter to total product and charge 100%, the other filter can be set to total labor and charge 50%! [Build: 1.07]
	649. Grouped Bundles can now be setup with Custom fields CustomText01-20, CustomMemo01-05, CustomNumber01-05, and CustomDate01-02. [Build: 1.07]
	650. Grouped Bundles now support the ability to include a picture for the header line of the group! [Build: 1.07]
	651. You can now specify a Unit Price Override amount for the Bundle in the Bundle definition. This behaves the same way as the "Group Header Unit Price manual override". The Unit Price of a Group Header line is automatically calculated by adding up the non-recurring group member line items. When you override the price, the difference will be applied proportionally across the individual group member prices. [Build: 1.07]
	652. On the Products->Bundles window you can now search for bundles based on the Name, Description, or Notes or a combination of them. It supports Begins With, Contains, Search Query and more search types. Really useful for searching for a Bundle based on a word or words in the notes of the Bundle definition. Also the Description column was added to the grid display. [Build: 1.07]
	653. On the Products->Bundles window you can now resize and re-arrange the columns which will be remembered per user. You can also click each column header to sort the grid by that column. [Build: 1.07]
	654. Grouped Configurations can now be setup with Custom fields CustomText01-20, CustomMemo01-05, CustomNumber01-05, and CustomDate01-02. [Build: 1.07]
	655. Grouped Configurations now support the ability to include a picture for the header line of the group! [Build: 1.07]
	656. You can now specify a Unit Price Override amount for a Configuration in the Configuration definition. This behaves the same way as the "Group Header Unit Price manual override". The Unit Price of a Group Header line is automatically calculated by adding up the non-recurring group member line items. When you override the price, the difference will be applied proportionally across the individual group member prices. [Build: 1.07]
	657. On the Products->Configurations window you can now search for Configurations based on the Name, Description, or Notes or a combination of them. It supports Begins With, Contains, Search Query and more search types. Really useful for searching for a Configuration based on a word or words in the notes of the Configuration definition. Also the Description column was added to the grid display. [Build: 1.07]
	658. On the Products->Configurations window you can now resize and re-arrange the columns which will be remembered per user. You can also click each column header to sort the grid by that column. [Build: 1.07]
	659. All the "&PreparedBy" macros are now available for use in QuoteValet HTML templates. [Build: 1.07]
	660. For SugarCRM users, QuoteWerks now supports the "Ultimate" edition. [Build: 1.07]
	661. On the Items with Options window and the Items with Requirements window, double-clicking on an item will perform the [Edit] function. Also, holding CTRL while double-clicking will perform the [Edit Items] function. [Build: 1.07]
	662. When right clicking on a UserSettings entry in the Settings Manager and holding down the SHIFT key while clicking on the Copy Set Command menu, you will be given choices to override the UserName in the SET command with the %AllUsers% macro, which enables you to SET a setting for all users in a single command. [Build: 1.07]
	663. On the Purchasing window, when adding tracking numbers by clicking on the "Add" hyperlink, the "Add" hyperlink would be removed once the number of tracking numbers you entered match the quantity of the item you ordered. We've changed this to leave the "Add" hyperlink to account for situation where you order a single item like a computer that includes a monitor and the vendor ships you the computer and the monitor is separate boxes, generating 2 tracking numbers for 1 item. [Build: 1.07]
	664. On the Document Items grid, when pressing ENTER while in a grid cell that is not a memo column, the cursor will be moved to the cell on the row below, similar to Microsoft Excel behavior. If ENTER is pressed while on the last row, a new row will be created. Previously, pressing the ENTER key would just tab to the next cell to the right. [Build: 1.07]
	665. Added CustomMemo03, CustomMemo04, and CustomMemo05 columns on the Document Items tab of the Quote Workbook. Also added respective "Link CustomMemoXX Column to Product field." checkboxes on the "Field Links" tab of the Tools->Options menu. [Build: 1.07]
	666. Added CustomMemo03, CustomMemo04, and CustomMemo05 fields to the Edit Product window. To fit them a new "Custom Memo" tab was created and they are located on it. [Build: 1.07]
	667. The layout designer (fpc files) now supports DocumentHeaders->&SoldToFirstName, DocumentHeaders->&SoldToLastName, DocumentHeaders->&ShipToFirstName, DocumentHeaders->&ShipToLastName, DocumentHeaders->&BillToFirstName, DocumentHeaders->&BillToLastName. [Build: 1.07]
	668. Added CustomMemo01, CustomMemo02, CustomMemo03, and CustomMemo04 to the Custom tab of the Quote WorkBook. Also added the Misc Access rights of CannotManuallyModifyFieldValue:DH_CustomMemo01, CannotManuallyModifyFieldValue:DH_CustomMemo02, CannotManuallyModifyFieldValue:DH_CustomMemo03, CannotManuallyModifyFieldValue:DH_CustomMemo04. [Build: 1.07]
	669. On Tools->Options Documents tab, there are now subtabs of General, Custom, and Custom Memo. You can now set defaults for all the CustomText, CustomNumber, CustomDate, and CustomMemo fields. Previously you could only set defaults for CustomText01-14. [Build: 1.07]
	670. On the Open Document window added 2 more "Search Item" areas bringing the total to 3 "Search Item" filters. [Build: 1.07]
	671. For Autotask users, when a quote has been uploaded to QuoteValet, the Autotask Opportunity will now have additional links of "QuoteValet Customer Facing Page (For INTERNAL viewing) - Quote AAAQ1001" and "QuoteValet Customer Facing Page (For EXTERNAL viewing) - Quote AAAQ1001" [Build: 1.07]
	672. For ConnectWise Manage users, when a quote has been uploaded to QuoteValet, the ConnectWise Opportunity will now have additional links of "QuoteValet Customer Facing Page (For INTERNAL viewing) - Quote AAAQ1001" and "QuoteValet Customer Facing Page (For EXTERNAL viewing) - Quote AAAQ1001" [Build: 1.07]
	673. For ConnectWise Manage users, added new Opportunity defaults when creating a new Opportunity in ConnectWise Manage for Rating and Sales Stage. These are available to set on the Opportunities -> General Tab of the ConnectWise Setup window. [Build: 1.07]
	674. The Edit->Change Line now supports changing a line type to a Section Header. [Build: 1.07]
	675. The line type of "Section Header" can now be specified for Required Items, Bundle Items and Configuration Items. [Build: 1.07]
	676. You can now search the QuoteWerks Contact Database by First Name. [Build: 1.07]
	677. There is now a "Select E-Mail Recipient(s) default list" option on the Email.Defaults tab of the Tools->My Preferences menu. You can use this to choose "Document" or "Manual Recipient List". [Build: 1.07]
	678. Added option to set an email Reply-To setting per user. This is usually used by the system administrator to make sure that even though an email was sent from a sales rep, when the customer replies the system administrator wants the customer reply going to a ticketing system where the customer can see their own response, and also so that everyone else on the team is kept in the loop. There is no user interface for this setting. In the Settings Manager,for example, you can set UserSettings\UserEmail\Reply-To=Ticket System . From Settings Manager you can also set this for all users at once with this SET command: SET:UserSettings:UserEmail:%AllUsers%:Reply-To=Ticket System . In this setting you can also use the macros like "&APP_LoggedInUserFullName " and "&APP_&LoggedInUserFullNameOrUserName " [Build: 1.07]
	679. The E-Mail Templates have the ability to specify and include TO, CC, and BCC email addresses in the e-mail template. Now there is a separate option for TO, CC, and BCC to control if these email addresses replace the existing email addresses in the e-mail, or just get appended to the list. [Build: 1.07]
	680. QuoteWerks macros are now available for use in the TO, CC, and BCC fields, which can be specified for the email template under the Tools->Customize E-mail Templates menu. A good example to use here would be &DH_&PreparedByEmail. [Build: 1.07]
	681. Added new macros &DI_&Line1Vendor, and &POVendorName which are available for use in email subject lines and the email body. [Build: 1.07]
	682. On the Misc tab of Tools->Options, there is now a "Follow Up Call Regarding" in the CRM Defaults frame. You can use macros here to control the text that is automatically generated for the Regarding field of a CRM activity. The default is now "&DH_DocName (#&DH_DocNo)". Currently this feature is only implemented for Act!. [Build: 1.07]
	683. For Act! users, there is now an option to choose if you want the Act! Activity that QuoteWerks creates to be attached to the Act! Contact or Opportunity record. This setting is on the Activities tab of the Act! Setup window. [Build: 1.07]
	684. For Act! users, there is now an option to choose if you want the DTF file attachment to be attached to the Act! Contact or Opportunity record. This setting is on the Attachments tab of the Act! Setup window. [Build: 1.07]
	685. For Act! users, when creating the Act! Opportunity, you can now choose the Record Manager for the Opportunity. [Build: 1.07]
	686. For Act! users, there is now an option "When creating CRM records, set the Owner to" on the Act! Setup window that let's you choose "QuoteWerks Logged In User (mapped to Act! UserName)" or "QuoteWerks Sales Rep (mapped to Act! UserName)". If you choose the QuoteWerks SalesRep option, then you need to make sure you specify the Act! UserName for each Sales Rep under that Sales Rep's User Preferences window. This feature is really useful when you have one person that prepares quotes for a sales rep, so the preparer is logged into QuoteWerks and Act!, but you want to create opportunities and schedule calls for the Sales Rep, not the Preparer. [Build: 1.07]
	687. For Act! users, the Opportunity name max length on the Opportunity window in QuoteWerks now matches the customized length (if you have customized the length of this field in Act!). Previously this field length was always hard coded to the default 64 characters. [Build: 1.07]
	688. Added "PO Item macros" option on the Mappings.Items tab of the QuickBooks Setup window. The macros &POI_SONumber and &POI_&DistributorSONumber are available. The macro text will be appended to the end of the PO Item description. A good example would be " (SO# &POI_SONumber, DistSO# &POI_&DistributorSONumber)". [Build: 1.07]
	689. On the Purchase orders tab of the Purchasing window, added new right click menu for the PO Items of "Change Distributor SO Number...". [Build: 1.07]
	690. Added new &DI_&LineNumberActualPadded field. Useful for the DataLink CRMOppItem_CreateUpdate event. Act! does not respect the order in which line items are written into the Act! Opportunity, so with this feature, you can map this macro to a custom text field in the Act! Opportunity Line item and then when viewing the Act! Opportunity in Act! you can click on the column heading to sort by the line number. [Build: 1.07]
	691. When creating manual Purchase orders in QuoteWerks, there are now "SO Number" and "Dist SO#" fields. The values you enter in these fields will be applied to ALL the line items in the Purchase order. Also, the SONumber and DistributorSONumber column in the Order's line item is updated with this information from the Purchase order, if those values are empty in the Order's line item. [Build: 1.07]
	692. For Ingram Micro online ordering users, there is now a new "Flooring Account" default value that can be setup under the Ingram Micro Online Ordering Options window. [Build: 1.07]
	693. For QuickBooks Desktop users, there is now an [Ok for All] button that can be used when automating the creation of Items in QuickBooks, remembering and applying all the Item Type and Account selections. Very useful when exporting larger quotes over to QuickBooks and also when exporting Purchase Orders over to QuickBooks. Without this feature, if the integration creates 50 items in QuickBooks, you would have to click OK 50 times. [Build: 1.07]
	694. For Sage 50 Accounting US Edition (Peachtree) users, there is now an [Ok for All] button that can be used when automating the creation of Items in Peachtree, remembering and applying all the Item Type and Account selections. Very useful when exporting larger quotes over to Peachtree and also when exporting Purchase Orders over to Peachtree. Without this feature, if the integration creates 50 items in Peachtree, you would have to click OK 50 times. [Build: 1.07]
	695. Added new [Ok for All] button on the Tools->Refresh item w/Latest Pricing menu. When the Best Pricing runs it also calls the Latest Pricing where you can also use this new [Ok for All] button. [Build: 1.07]
	696. When using the Tools->Refresh item w/Best Pricing feature, if the Vendor being compared existed as a Product database and also as a realtime pricing source, QuoteWerks would look in the product database searching by manufacturer part number to find the Vendor Part Number to use when performing the realtime pricing lookup. If that manufacturer part number was not found in the product database (probably because the product database data was older), then QuoteWerks would not attempt to get realtime pricing from the vendor even though realtime pricing was available. If this item had been added to the quote using Etilize and Vendor Sourcing information was cached for that item, that information will now be looked at first and used if a vendor part number for that vendor is found. [Build: 1.07]
	697. When running Tools->Refresh item w/Latest Pricing or Tools->Refresh item w/Best Pricing an UNDO point is now set so that if you selected to update multiple lines with pricing, clicking the UNDO button will undo the changes made to all line items in that single operation. [Build: 1.07]
	698. For Salesforce.com users, there is now a "Use Salesforce Files instead of Attachments" option on the Salesforce.com Setup window. When checked, quotes will be saved under the 'Files' section of an Opportunity instead of the 'Notes & Attachments' section. [Build: 1.07]
	699. For Salesforce.com users, QuoteWerks can now create/update a follow up call that is attached to the Salesforce.com Opportunity and appears under the Open Activities section of the Opportunity. [Build: 1.07]
	700. For Autotask users, the Fulfillment Date can now be entered on the Opportunity window. [Build: 1.07]
	701. For Autotask users, version 1.6 of the Autotask API is now supported. [Build: 1.07]
	702. For Autotask users, when creating or updating an Autotask quote, the Sold To, Bill To, and Ship To addresses will now be populated and linked to the associated contact(s) in Autotask. This functionality can be disabled in the Settings Manager, byval setting SystemSettings\Autotask\DontSetSoldToContactInQuote=-1 SystemSettings\Autotask\DontSetShipToContactInQuote=-1 SystemSettings\Autotask\DontSetBillToContactInQuote=-1 [Build: 1.07]
	703. For Autotask users, bi-directional Data Linking is now supported for the Autotask Quote Items. Field information can be copied from QuoteWerks into the Autotask Quote Item and then fields can also be copied from the Autotask Quote Item into QuoteWerks. This happens when QuoteWerks creates or updates an Autotask Quote. This can be done on the Opportunity Item level with the EventAction of "CRMOppItem_CreateUpdate". [Build: 1.07]
	704. For Autotask users, QuoteWerks can now use Autotask impersonation. Without impersonation, when QuoteWerks created Opportunities in Autotask, the Opportunity user would be "QuoteWerks API User", no matter who was logged in. Now, with the impersonation setup, the Autotask user specified for the logged in user in QuoteWerks will be used. [Build: 1.07]
	705. For Autotask users, a new DataLink macro was added for retrieving the contact. The Contact->&TaxRate macro will retrieve the tax rate based off the contact's account's TaxRegionID. [Build: 1.07]
	706. For QuickBooks Online users, when exporting a PO to QuickBooks Online, the Vendor Email address as configured in the Utilies->Vendor Maintenance window can now be sent to the QuickBooks Purchase Order. This option is enabled in the QuickBooks Online Setup in QuoteWerks. [Build: 1.07]
	707. For ConnectWise Manage users that use ConnectWise Manage as a Secondary CRM, when exporting to ConnectWise, there is now a 'Remove Link' button. This is useful if you need to change the ConnectWise Manage Contact that the document it linked to. [Build: 1.07]
	708. For ConnectWise Manage Users with the ConnectWise Manage Purchasing Module, when QuoteWerks creates a Purchase Order in ConnectWise, if all of the items on the Purchase order come from the same QuoteWerks Document and the ShipToAddress was retrieved from ConnectWise Manage, there will be option to Drop Ship the order to the customer. The "Enable 'Drop Ship' Option on Purchase Orders" must be checked in the ConnectWise Mange Setup in QuoteWerks to enable this feature. [Build: 1.07]
	709. There is now a QuoteWerks Web AutoLink on the Links tab of the Quote Workbook that when clicked will open the document currently open in QuoteWerks Desktop in QuoteWerks Web. [Build: 1.07]
	710. For ConnectWise Manage users, when winning the Connectwise Opportunity, QuoteWerks can now convert all items or specified items on the Opportunity to a new or existing Project in ConnectWise Manage. [Build: 1.07]
	711. For ConnectWise Manage users, when winning the Connectwise Opportunity and creating a service ticket in ConnectWise Manage, there is a new option to include "All Line Items". Previously, there were options for "Products and Services", "All Products", "All Services", and "Each Service." This new option will enable "Agreement" and "Other" items to be sent to the Service Ticket. [Build: 1.07]
	712. For ConnectWise Manage Users, when searching the ConnectWise Product Catalog from the QuoteWerks Product Lookup Window, a Description search will now search both the Description and the Customer Description fields in ConnectWise. [Build: 1.07]
	713. For customers rehosted to SQL that want to turn off TLS 1.0 and TLS 1.1 support on their SQL Server, and use only TLS 1.2, you can now run QuoteWerks in this environment. You must be running SQL Server 2014 or higher and in the backend.ini file under the [Backend] section, enter the ini key of SQLProvider=SQLNCLI11 [Build: 1.07]
	714. On the Misc tab of Tools->My Preferences menu, added new Document Search Default of "DocumentsPreparedByMe". [Build: 1.07]
	715. On the Document Items Toolbar there is now an "Invert Row Selection" icon. It is very useful when used in conjunction with the Edit Select Special, you can use this to select various line items and apply a price modifier, and then use the new Invert Row Selection to then apply a different price modifier to all the other line items. [Build: 1.07]
	716. Added a monitor icon to the status bar on the bottom right of the main QuoteWerks window. You can now double-click this icon to move and tile all open QuoteWerks windows to primary monitor. [Build: 1.07]
	717. On the Save File Window there is now a [Up one folder] button. [Build: 1.07]
	718. On the Inbox tab of the QuoteValet Dashboard the "Show activity" checkbox will now remember the setting per user. [Build: 1.07]
	719. For ConnectWise Manage Users, when using ConnectWise as "Not Primary CRM", there is a new "Display Tools->Export to ConnectWise window on each Save" option. [Build: 1.09]
	720. Added a [Paste Plain Text] button to the Send Email window. This is useful when copying text from web pages and other HTML or rich text sources and then pasting into your own HTML formatted email that you are composing. Copying text from web pages copies all the text formatting (fonts, sizes, colors, background colors, CSS code, etc) and when normally pasted into your own email will apply a mixture of all these formatting options with your own usually resulting in an undesirable result. This feature will convert the formatted text in the clipboard with plain text, so that when you paste into your email it will just paste in plain text. [Build: 1.09]
	721. Added a [Convert Clipboard to Plain Text] button to the Send Email window. Copying text from web pages copies all the text formatting (fonts, sizes, colors, background colors, CSS code, etc) and when normally pasted into your own email will apply a mixture of all these formatting options with your own usually resulting in an undesirable result. This feature will convert the formatted text in the clipboard with plain text, so that when you paste into your email it will just paste in plain text. [Build: 1.09]
	722. For QuoteValet users, when the customer or sales rep uploads a file to the Upload Area on the QuoteValet document, there is now an option on the Site Files tab of the QuoteValet Setup window, of "Display File Upload Edit window after upload" that when set will prompt the user to select a category or enter notes for the file being uploaded. [Build: 1.10]
	723. For QuoteValet users, you can now specify the list of File Categories displayed for selection when uploading a file to the Upload Area. You can do this on the Site Files tab of the QuoteValet Setup window. Separate the list of categories with a comma. [Build: 1.10]
	724. The Tools->Compare Prices between Vendors feature now follows a more advanced process. If it is a real-time only vendor then it looks for the VendorPartNumber is the VendorSourcingList cached from adding the item through Etilize (if available). If a local database for the vendor exists, it is searched to find a VendorPartNumber, and if found, if no realtime is available for this vendor, it used the price from the local database. If a local database for the vendor exists, it is searched to find a VendorPartNumber, and if found, if realtime is available for this vendor, it used the VendorPartNumber from the local database to get real-time pricing. If real-time pricing fails with that local database VendorPartNumber, then the VendorPartNumber from the VendorSourcingList cached from adding the item through Etilize is used (if available) to obtain real-time pricing. [Build: 1.10]
	725. You can now set new document defaults for the Purchasing Notes and Internal Notes (in addition to the Introduction and Closing Notes) fields under the Misc.Notes tab of the Tools->My Preferences menu. [Build: 1.10]
	726. ACT! version 22 is now supported! [Build: 1.12]
	727. On the Open Document window, when multiple documents are selected and the [Delete] button is clicked, you will now just receive one request for confirmation of the multiple deletion, instead of a confirmation for each selected document. [Build: 1.12]
	728. In the product lookup window, for QuoteWerks native product databases, there is now an auto-generated (ItemTypes) folder that automatically lists all the unique ItemTypes contained in the product database, and when an ItemType folder is clicked on, only the products with that ItemType will be displayed. There is also a new an auto-generated (Categories) folder. [Build: 1.13]
	729. For QuoteValet users, when a quote that has been uploaded to QuoteValet is accepted, an SMS text message can be sent to the notification user (typically the sales rep) in addition to the acceptance notification email. On the Misc.General tab of the Tools->My Preferences menu you can set the threshold amount of when a text message will be sent using the "On acceptance of Quote over X amount, send SMS (QuoteValet only)" option. The default is $10,000. This is useful for getting instant notification on the acceptance of larger quotes that you might want to react more quickly to. If you set this to 0, then no text notification will be sent. [Build: 1.14]
	730. On the Accounting tab of the Tools->Options menu there are now 8 fields (previously 4) to filter out ItemTypes from the Purchasing window. [Build: 1.14]
	731. For QuoteValet users, on the Inbox tab of the QuoteValet Dashboard, add a new menu option "Recall the Quote" under the [More] button drop down menu. [Build: 1.14]
	732. Maximizer CRM v17.4 now supported! [Build: 1.15]

Version 5.4 Build 7 (released August 23, 2019)

	733. QuoteWerks licenses (Standard/Professional/Corporate/Real-time) have traditionally been sold as an upfront one-time purchase with maintenance paid annually on those licenses. QuoteWerks now offers an optional subscription based model were you can pay monthly or annually to use QuoteWerks (also known as Software-as-a-Service or SaaS). In QuoteWerks you will enter an "X" License Key that will then be used to contact the QuoteWerks licensing server to obtain the licensing details. [Build: 7.03]
	734. For Product Content Subscribers, there is now an "In Stock Recently" checkbox and search results column for the Etilize Search on the Product Lookup Window. When checked, results will be limited to only products in which your distributors had stock in the last 24 hours. This really helps de-clutter your results by not showing items that haven't been in stock with your distributors for a while. This "in stock recently" is based on the last updated PartLocator data for Tech Data (US, UK, CA), Ingram Micro (US, CA, AU), D&H(US, CA), and SYNNEX (US, CA). The results will be based on your accounts with these distributors and region. [Build: 7.03]
	735. For Product Content Subscribers, there are new columns on the Etilize Search Results Grid for "List Price High" and "List Price Low". Seeing the List Price for all the result records in the initial search helps you narrow down your price point before individually retrieving realtime Pricing & Availability for each result. Distributors often have different list prices for the same item, so we show the Lowest and Highest List Price for reference. You can sort the Grid based on the List Prices. List prices are based on the last updated PartLocator data for Tech Data (US, UK, CA), Ingram Micro (US, CA, AU), D&H(US, CA), and SYNNEX (US, CA). The results will be based on your accounts with these distributors and region. [Build: 7.03]
	736. For Product Content Subscribers, it is significantly faster to search Etilize, search the Part Locator and retrieve realtime Pricing & Availability. Also the user experience is smoother with just a single query to do the Etilize and Part Locator search. [Build: 7.03]
	737. For Product Content Subscribers, when sourcing Etilize Items for Bundles and Configurations, the list price will now be returned even if the item is not available from Tech Data. [Build: 7.03]
	738. For ACT! users, we've completely re-engineered the ACT! Desktop integration, adding many new capabilities that have been requested by the ACT! community. In this process, we have discontinued support for ACT! 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, and 2009. QuoteWerks now integrates with ACT! 2010 and higher. [Build: 7.03]
	739. For ACT! users, you can now integrate with the running instance of ACT!, or you can specify the ACT! database PAD file and credentials to integrate with ACT even when it is not running. [Build: 7.03]
	740. For ACT! users, when ACT! activities (Calls/Meetings/To-dos) are created, they are linked to the ACT! Opportunity not the contact. [Build: 7.03]
	741. For ACT! users, when ACT! linked document DTF attachments are created, they are linked to the ACT! Opportunity not the contact. [Build: 7.03]
	742. For ACT! users, quotes can now be linked to an existing ACT! opportunity, rather than you always having to create a new opportunity in ACT! [Build: 7.03]
	743. For ACT! users, you can now set defaults for priority, ring alarm, duration, and details that are used when QuoteWerks creates ACT! calls, meetings, and to-dos. [Build: 7.03]
	744. For ACT! users, when creating/updating an ACT! Opportunity, there is now an Attachments tab on the Opportunity window that you can use to manually attach other files to the ACT! opportunity that QuoteWerk is creating/updating. [Build: 7.03]
	745. For ACT! users, bi-directional Data Linking is now supported for the ACT! Opportunity Header. Field information can be copied from QuoteWerks into the ACT! Opportunity and then fields can also be copied from the ACT! Opportunity into QuoteWerks. This happens when QuoteWerks creates or updates an ACT! Opportunity. This can be done on the Opportunity level with the EventAction of "CRMOppHeader_CreateUpdate". [Build: 7.03]
	746. For ACT! users, bi-directional Data Linking is now supported for the ACT! Opportunity Items. Field information can be copied from QuoteWerks into the ACT! Opportunity Item and then fields can also be copied from the ACT! Opportunity Item into QuoteWerks. This happens when QuoteWerks creates or updates an ACT! Opportunity. This can be done on the Opportunity Item level with the EventAction of "CRMOppItem_CreateUpdate". [Build: 7.03]
	747. For ACT! users, you can now create a new ACT! Contact record from the QuoteWerks SoldTo/ShipTo tab using the information already entered on the SoldTo/ShipTo tab. For the feature to be enabled, the SoldTo field cannot already be populated with a contact that was retrieved from ACT!. This feature is available on the toolbar above the SoldTo, ShipTo, and BillTo areas of the Quote WorkBook. There is also an Access Right "CannotCreateCRMContact" that you can set if you do not want specific users to be able to use this feature. [Build: 7.03]
	748. For ACT! users, Opportunities that QuoteWerks creates in ACT! can now be renamed at any time inside of ACT!. The ACT! Opportunity will be located using a record id instead of the name. [Build: 7.03]
	749. For ACT! users, Calls that QuoteWerks creates in ACT! can now be renamed at any time inside of ACT!. The ACT! Call will be located using a record id instead of the name. [Build: 7.03]
	750. For ACT! users, Meetings that QuoteWerks creates in ACT! can now be renamed at any time inside of ACT!. The ACT! Meeting will be located using a record id instead of the name. [Build: 7.03]
	751. For ACT! users, To-dos that QuoteWerks creates in ACT! can now be renamed at any time inside of ACT!. The ACT! To-do will be located using a record id instead of the name. [Build: 7.03]
	752. For ACT! users, the contact search window now allows you to do a "Begins with" or "Contains" search for ACT! Contacts. [Build: 7.03]
	753. For ACT! users, when selecting a secondary contact, if no company, phone, fax, or country was specified for the secondary contact, these fields will be filled in with data from the main contact record. [Build: 7.03]
	754. For Act! users, when choosing a secondary contact to pull into the quote, the DataLink is now supported. [Build: 7.03]
	755. For ACT! users, we've added incremental auto migration of old data. Linking ACT! activities (Calls/Meetings/To-dos) to the ACT! opportunity instead of the ACT! contact and also linking the DTF file attachment to the ACT! Opportunity instead of the ACT! Contact is a major change. For all the existing quotes that have their Calls, Meetings, To-dos, and Attachments linked to the ACT! Contact, when you open the quote in QuoteWerks and choose to create/update these, QuoteWerks will find the existing records (by name), including the Opportunity and move them to all be under the same opportunity. In this process, their record ids will be saved into the quote so that they will no longer be linked using their name. [Build: 7.03]
	756. For Supplies Network customers, added support for the new required API Key for realtime Pricing & Availability requests. [Build: 7.03]
	757. Added SoldToMobile, ShipToMobile, and BillToMobile fields to the list of QuoteWerks fields you can retrieve a Data Link value into. [Build: 7.03]
	758. For ConnectWise Manage Users, in the Settings Manager, you can set SystemSettings\ConnectWise\DontSetShipToContactInOpportunity=-1 AND SystemSettings\ConnectWise\DontSetBillToContactInOpportunity=-1. When set, QuoteWerks will not copy the ShipTo/BillTo from the Quote into the ConnectWise Opportunity. Instead, the ConnectWise Opportunity will use the ShipTo/BillTo default addresses specified in ConnectWise. [Build: 7.03]
	759. For ConnectWise Manage Users, in the Settings Manager, you can set SystemSettings\ConnectWise\DontFormatPhoneNumber=-1 to not format the phone number when retrieved from ConnectWise Manage. In most cases, the ConnectWise Manage API returns the Phone number as unformatted (ie no spaces or dashes). This is helpful for Australian Customers. [Build: 7.03]
	760. ConnectWise 2019.4 is now supported! [Build: 7.06]
	761. For Act! users, when creating/updating the Act! Activity, the regarding field can now be changed on the activity window. [Build: 7.06]
	762. SugarCRM 9.1 is now supported! [Build: 7.10]
	763. Sage 50 Accounting 2020 US Edition (Peachtree) is now supported! [Build: 7.10]
	764. For QuoteValet users, QuickBooks Payments is discontinuing support for the legacy payments API on November 12, 2019. We've added support for the new "QBMS Payments API", which also supports ACH (e-check) in addition to credit cards. [Build: 7.11]
	765. For SugarCRM users, in the Settings Manager, you can set SystemSettings\SugarCRM\DisableMD5Encryption=-1 in scenerios where this is needed. [Build: 7.11]
	766. For QuickBooks Online users, QuoteWerks Macro fields can now be used for the Customer Message and Memo fields when creating Estimates, Invoices, and Sales Receipts. This is configured on the Transaction tab of the QuickBooks Online Settings window. [Build: 7.11]
	767. For QuickBooks Online users, added PreparedBy and CustomText21 through CustomText28 as available fields to map to QuickBooks Online Custom Fields. This is configured on the Mappings tab of the QuickBooks Online Settings window. [Build: 7.11]
	768. For QuickBooks Online users, when exporting items to QuickBooks Online there is now a QuickBooks ItemName auto-generation feature. In the simplest scenario you can setup the link to just use a QuoteWerks part number like the Manufacturer field as the QuickBooks ItemName. As a starting point, the value from a specified field like the QuoteWerks ManufacturerPartNumber field is used. The auto-generation feature will allow for more than this when the InternalPartNumber or any CustomTextxx field is selected as the mapped field. This new auto-generation feature will allow for many scenarios of use, including the ability to maintain your own proprietary part numbers in QuickBooks and pull them from QuickBooks using the product data source link. You can even use the Etilize functionality in combination with your own proprietary parts in QuickBooks. There are 2 auto-generation options. With "Do not auto-generate", when exporting items to QuickBooks, if the mapped field is empty, this will stop and force you to specify your proprietary part number and re-export. If you pulled the part from QuickBooks, it will already have your proprietary part number from QuickBooks. This is useful when you have custom part numbers that are not based on any field or combination of fields. With "Do not auto-generate", when exporting items to QuickBooks, if the mapped field is empty, then you will be forced to manually specify an ItemName before proceeding. This is used when using your own proprietary part numbers. With "Auto-generate using macro:", when exporting items to QuickBooks, instead of just using a simple field value like the ManufacturerPartNumber to become the QuickBooks ItemName, you can choose to have the QuickBooks ItemName auto-generated using a macro like &DI_ItemType:&DI_ManufacturerPartNumber. [Build: 7.11]

Version 5.4 Build 6 (released May 29, 2019)

	769. E-Mail templates can now include TO, CC, and BCC email addresses. These email addresses will be appended to the email addresses in these fields when the template is used. [Build: 6.01]
	770. E-Mail Templates have the ability to specify and include TO, CC, and BCC email addresses in the e-mail template. Now there is an option to control if these email addresses replace the existing email addresses in the e-mail, or just get appended to the list. [Build: 6.01]
	771. On the E-Mail Template Manager window, there is now a Save & Close button you can use to quickly change a template, then Save & Close the window in one click. This is also available for saving a Snippet. [Build: 6.01]
	772. For QuoteValet users, added new Activity Notifications under the Activity Notifications tab in the QuoteValet setup under the QuoteValet tab of the Tools->Options menu. For the QuoteValet events "Customer Intends to Pay", "Payment Failed", "Comment Posted by Customer", "Comment Posted by Sales Rep" and "Expired Quote Viewed".In addition to the sales rep receiving these email notifications, you can specify additional users/email addresses to receive a CC or BCC of the notification. This is especially useful for keeping the accounting department and sales managers in the loop. [Build: 6.01]
	773. For Zoho CRM users, you can now clear out a user's saved credentials in QuoteWerks. [Build: 6.01]
	774. Added macros &APP_LoggedInUserCustomText01 and &APP_LoggedInUserCustomText02. [Build: 6.01]
	775. The list of macros to insert into an E-Mail template is now sorted. [Build: 6.01]
	776. In the Send E-Mail window you can now choose which user's templates appear in your list of E-Mail templates to choose from. There is a new "" option in the email template selection drop down that you can use to manage this list. [Build: 6.01]
	777. Maximizer CRM v17.3 now supported! [Build: 6.02]
	778. Maximizer CRM v17.2 now supported! [Build: 6.02]

Version 5.4 Build 4 (released April 26, 2019)

	779. For Amazon Business customers in the USA, you can now place orders directly with Amazon Business from the Purchasing Window in QuoteWerks. [Build: 4]
	780. For ConnectWise Manage users, when searching for a ConnectWise Manage contact on the SoldTo/ShipTo tab in QuoteWerks, you can now search by the Contact's Company's Territory. [Build: 4]
	781. SugarCRM 9.0 is now supported! [Build: 4.02]
	782. ConnectWise 2019.3 is now supported! [Build: 4.02]

Version 5.4 Build 3 (released April 2, 2019)

	783. Zoho CRM integration! The integration with Zoho CRM includes the ability to search for contacts, create/update Deals, and upload quote attachments to Zoho CRM. DataLink is supported. You can attach files to the Zoho Deal from the PDF Preview window, the Links tab, and the Print window. There is a button on the SoldTo/ShipTo tab to display the contact in Zoho CRM, and also a link on the links tab that you can click to view the Zoho Deal in Zoho CRM. Additionally, emails sent from QuoteWerks are logged in Zoho CRM history. The Professional or Corporate Edition of QuoteWerks is required to integrate with Zoho CRM. [Build: 3.05]
	784. ConnectWise 2019.2 is now supported! [Build: 3.05]
	785. In ConnectWise Manage 2018.4 and higher, the ManufacturerPartNumber field length for Catalog Items (Products) was increased in ConnectWise from 30 characters to 50 characters. The ManufacturerPartNumber field length in QuoteWerks is 40 characters. when QuoteWerks creates new Catalog Items (Products) in ConnectWise Manage, the Manufacturer Part Number will be populated with the QuoteWerks 40 character ManufacturerPartNumber. Of note, the QuickBooks Item Name field length is 31 characters. [Build: 3.05]
	786. SugarCRM 8.3 is now supported! [Build: 3.05]
	787. There is a new "Documents Bar" on the main QuoteWerks window. Each open document is represented on this Documents Bar. When you click on the "bar button" it will bring that document to focus. If you have lots of open documents, you will get little arrows on the right to pan through them. You can also use CTRL-TAB to cycle through the list of open documents, and also use the Window->Tile and Window->Cascade menus to interact with the open documents. [Build: 3.05]
	788. Document Side-by-Side feature. While holding the CTRL key and clicking on a second document on the Documents Bar, it will position and size the two documents side by side. Holding down CTRL-SHIFT and the clicking will maximize the QuoteWerks window and then position and size the documents. [Build: 3.05]
	789. Under the Misc tab of the Tools->My Preferences menu you can now set the AutoSave interval per user. The new default is 4 minutes. [Build: 3.05]
	790. For Outlook users, when using the DataLink for more than one DataLink field, the contact record would be searched for repeatedly for each field, now the record is searched for once and all the fields are retrieved from it. [Build: 3.05]
	791. Added option "Auto Display All OrderedItems On Purchasing Window" on the Misc tab of the Tools->My Preferences menu. [Build: 3.05]
	792. Effective April 1st 2019 Ingram Micro now requires all xml queries to be sent using the TLS 1.2 protocol. .NET Framework 4.5 or higher is now required to use the Ingram Micro integration with QuoteWerks. [Build: 3.05]
	793. Added macro &SYS_TodaysDateB which will be formatted like "March 13, 2019". [Build: 3.07]
	794. For MS CRM users, bi-directional data linking is now supported for MS CRM Quote Items. Field information can be copied from the QuoteWerks Line Item into the MS CRM Quote Item and then fields can also be copied from the MS CRM Quote Item into the QuoteWerks line item. [Build: 3.08]
	795. You can now select multiple bundles to add to the quote at the same time from the Products->Bundles menu. [Build: 3.10]
	796. The QuickBooks Desktop Export window now opens in non-modal mode meaning it can remain open allowing you to use the normal QuoteWerks functionality while it is open including opening documents, etc. If a document you are exporting is open, it will prompt you to save it, or if it does not need to be saved, it will just close it automatically and re-open it automatically after the export process. [Build: 3.10]
	797. For QuickBooks Desktop users, if the option to "[ ] Convert grouped items to single item" is not set on the Mappings.Items tab of the QuickBooks Setup window, the description of the Group Header line will be inserted as a comment line above the group member lines when exported to QuickBooks. [Build: 3.10]
	798. For QuickBooks Desktop users, when exporting to QuickBooks, if the option to "[x] Convert grouped items to single item" was set on the Mappings.Items tab of the QuickBooks Setup window, the descriptions of all the group member line items will be appended to the description of the single Group Header line that is exported to QuickBooks. [Build: 3.10]
	799. The Configurator will now prompt for a quantity after all the configuration selections have been made. There is also a user level setting "Prompt for Configurator Quantity" that can be changed on the Misc tab of the under the Tools->My Preferences menu. [Build: 3.10]
	800. When a document template is opened the text " - TEMPLATE" will now appear in the Title bar to indicate it is a template. Also the Document Type indicator will display, for example, "QUOTE TEMPLATE". [Build: 3.10]
	801. When a QUOTE type document is opened and it is past the expiration date of the quote the Document Type indicator will be red instead of grey. [Build: 3.10]
	802. When using the Document Purge Wizard, if a document has been accepted on QuoteValet, it will now be deleted from the database, but will be left on QuoteValet and will not display message boxes about this. If the document was uploaded to QuoteValet, but not accepted, both the document in the database and the document on QuoteValet will be deleted. [Build: 3.12]
	803. For Tech Data Online ordering users, added new shipping methods of "FedEx International Economy", and "FedEx International Priority". [Build: 3.15]
	804. For Tech Data Online ordering users, you can now select "VENDOR DIRECT" as a warehouse. [Build: 3.15]

Version 5.4 Build 2 (released February 5, 2019)

	805. For Product Content Subscribers in the United States, added support for a new Product Data Source - Amazon. You can Search Amazon from within QuoteWerks and see the Amazon Price, List, Description, Picture, if the item is prime, and more. Being able to search Amazon directly, rather than indirectly through the "Etilize" search is a major improvement because if you know you just want to search Amazon it is a faster search than running an Etilize search, and it will find all matching parts on Amazon even if they do not have a Manufacturer and Manufacturer part number which is required when doing the Etilize search in order to find the parts on Amazon. [Build: 2.02]
	806. For SugarCRM (Enterprise) users, when writing SugarCRM opportunity Line Items, you can specify a QuoteWerks macro or part number generation option for auto-generating a value for the "Revenue Line Item name", for example, &DI_ManufacturerPartNumber. [Build: 2.02]
	807. For SugarCRM (Enterprise) users, when writing SugarCRM Opportunity Line items (Revenue Line Items), they can be "rolled up" into a summary line item for the entire quote, or can be each individual line item from QuoteWerks. [Build: 2.02]
	808. For SugarCRM (Enterprise) users, bi-directional DataLink is now supported for SugarCRM Opportunity Line Items. Field information can be copied from the QuoteWerks Line Item into the SugarCRM opportunity line item and then fields can also be copied from the SugarCRM Opportunity Line Item into the QuoteWerks line item. [Build: 2.02]
	809. For Salesforce users, when choosing to write line items into the salesforce.com opportunity, "Use Profit Amount vs Sales Amount as Opportunity Amount" option will now be applied. Previously it only had an effect on writing to the opportunity when the option to write line items was not checked. [Build: 2.02]
	810. For Autotask Users that subscribe to QuoteValet, if the QuoteWerks Document is linked to an Autotask Opportunity, when uploading a document to QuoteValet, the QuoteValet SalesRep Facing URL will be added to a Note on the Autotask Opportunity. This will enable sales reps to have access to the Sales Rep facing view of a QuoteValet Document from within Autotask. [Build: 2.02]
	811. For Autotask users, when an Autotask Opportunity is created, a note in the Opportunity will be created that contains a link to open the QuoteWerks document in QuoteWerks Web. [Build: 2.02]
	812. The Purchasing window now opens in non-modal mode meaning it can remain open allowing you to use the normal QuoteWerks functionality while it is open including opening documents, etc. It also no longer requires that you close all the currently open documents before you can view the Purchasing window. Instead it will check to see if you have a document open at the time you select items to order and click on the button to create the PO or place the online order. [Build: 2.02]
	813. On the Purchasing tab of the Purchasing window there is now a right click menu of "Open Document". If you open a document from here and make changes to it, you will need to make sure to refresh the Purchasing tab to refresh it with new data from your changes. Also on the Purchase Orders and Ordered Items tab, the DocNo displayed is now a hyperlink, so clicking on it will open the document. [Build: 2.02]
	814. Added Customer PO Number search field on the "Ordered Items" tab of the Purchasing window. [Build: 2.02]
	815. Added Serial Number search field on the "Ordered Items" tab of the Purchasing window. When a serial number is searched on, all the other search criteria will be ignored. [Build: 2.02]
	816. On the Accounting tab of the Tools->Options menu added new [Setup Shipping Carrier Tracking URL Mappings] button. You can use this to add custom Shipping Carrier options to use with the Purchasing window when entering tracking numbers. In the mapping your shipping carriers tracking URL and use the macro %trackingnumber% where QuoteWerks should insert the tracking number. [Build: 2.02]
	817. On the Purchase Orders tab of the Purchasing window, when holding down SHIFT and clicking on a Serial Number, you now have two options: Edit and Delete/UnReceive. If the Serial Number was just manually added and was not received, the Serial Number will be deleted, if the Serial Number was added as a result of receiving the item, then and UnReceive process will be initiated. This is a manual override process and will not undo the overall ReceivedOn, LineStatus, or CRM integration actions. [Build: 2.02]
	818. On the Purchase Orders tab of the Purchasing window, when right clicking on a PO Item record, the "Remove FulfillmentItem record (Override)" menu is now enabled for Manually created Purchase Orders. This will remove all Serial numbers entered and remove all Received records. [Build: 2.02]
	819. On the Purchasing tab of the Purchasing window you can now re-arrange the columns and your changes will be remembered. [Build: 2.02]
	820. On the Inbox tab of the QuoteValet Dashboard there is now a "Show activity" checkbox. If you know you will be dismissing multiple notifications, or just don't need to see the activity detail, you can uncheck this box and it will speed up the operation significantly. [Build: 2.02]
	821. Added option "Apply initial quantity to required and optional items" on the Installation tab of the Tools->Options menu. This has an effect on the quantity of a required or optional item as it is initially added to the quote. Most noticeable when an item is added from the Add Item Assistant and the quantity on that window is changed to a number greater than 1. When the option is set, if you enter a quantity of 5 on the Add Item Assistant window, then if a required item with a quantity of 3 does not have it's quantity linked to the parent item, then the quantity will be set to 5x3=15. If the option is not set, then the quantity will be set to 3. [Build: 2.07]
	822. Maximizer CRM v17.1 now supported! [Build: 2.02]

Version 5.4 Build 1 (released December 19, 2018)

	823. Microsoft SQL Server 2019 is now supported! [Build: 1.08]
	824. ACT! version 21 is now supported! For ACT! v21 users, Swiftpage made a, non-backwards compatible, breaking change to the ACT! API. As a result, the DTF file attachment used to launch the document in QuoteWerks will be duplicated each time the quote is manually saved. ACT! has been made aware of this issue and we are awaiting a resolution from ACT! [Build: 1.08]
	825. Maximizer CRM v17.0 is now supported! [Build: 1.08]
	826. SugarCRM 8.2 is now supported! [Build: 1.08]
	827. Integration to ShareWerks web-based collaboration and communication system! With ShareWerks you can collaborate on this quote with your team, keeping all the communication in a single place rather than spread out over unstructured emails or chats. All the files and conversations relating to this quote will all be in one place where you can easily access them. At any time you can invite additional people into the discussion and immediately they will have access to all the previous messages and file uploads making it easy to get those people up to speed on the quote. Just use the [Discuss with ShareWerks] button on the Notes tab of the Quote WorkBook. [Build: 1.08]
	828. You can now manually override the automatically calculated Grouped Bundle Price. This is useful when, for example, your grouped bundle total is $5,043.23 and you would like to present it to the customer as a "cleaner looking" $5,000.00". Just type in the manual amount into the Grouped Bundle's Unit Price column and QuoteWerks will distribute the $43.23 difference across all the line items in the bundle in a proportional way. During this process any PriceModifiers for the bundle items will be cleared. [Build: 1.08]
	829. There is now a Find feature that lets you search the line items in the currently open quote. There are several ways to use this. First you can select the Edit->Find menu (or press CTRL-F) which launches the find window and sets the Find Column to which will search all the columns. While on that window you can choose to just search a single column. Alternatively, you can CTRL click on the column heading to search that specific column. You can search for things like, search for lines with a profit margin less than 10, search for lines with an empty cell, search for dates greater than specified date. When the search is run, it will find and highlight the first match, then you can successively press the [Find Next] button to highlight the next match. As matches are found, this is also a great opportunity to press the highlight button to set a highlight color for the row the match is on. [Build: 1.08]
	830. You can now sort Line Items on the Document Items grid. Just select the rows that you would like to sort and then click the column heading you want to sort the rows by. You can hold down the SHIFT key to do a reverse sort. Since quotes can have different line item types that are purposely meant to stay together, the sort will only sort the selection if it contains Product/Service, Comment, Heading, or Summary lines. You can select a contiguous range or lines, or can single select multiple lines. [Build: 1.08]
	831. For QuoteValet users, with the recent introduction of QuoteValet payments that can apply surcharges or discounts based on the payment method, we've added refinements to make it easier to understand the total amount of payments made vs the Surcharges/Discounts, and the balance remaining. These additional breakdowns are on the payments area of the QuoteValet tab, the Payments tab of the QuoteValet Dashboard, the main QuoteValet page (once a quote has been accepted), and also on the QuoteValet Payment page. [Build: 1.08]
	832. For Autotask users, bi-directional data linking is now supported for Autotask opportunity fields. Field information can be copied from QuoteWerks into the Autotask opportunity and then fields can also be copied from the Autotask Opportunity into QuoteWerks. [Build: 1.08]
	833. For MS CRM users, bi-directional Data Linking is now supported for MS CRM opportunity fields. Field information can be copied from QuoteWerks into the MS CRM opportunity and then fields can also be copied from the MS CRM opportunity into QuoteWerks. [Build: 1.08]
	834. For MS CRM users, retrieving the existing opportunities on the opportunity window is significantly faster. [Build: 1.08]
	835. For MS CRM users, the opportunity name can now be changed on the create new opportunity window. [Build: 1.08]
	836. For MS CRM users, the opportunity name now supports the Default Opportunity name Generation macro from the Misc tab of Tools->Options. [Build: 1.08]
	837. For MS CRM users, if a follow-up call was created, the link is now displayed under the links tab. [Build: 1.08]
	838. For MS CRM users, more than 250 users can now be loaded on the opportunity window. [Build: 1.08]
	839. For MS CRM users, the DataLink now retrieves a list of all the Contacts, Accounts, and Opportunities fields available from MS CRM. [Build: 1.08]
	840. For QuoteValet users, there is now a [Dismiss All] button on the Inbox tab of the QuoteValet Dashboard. [Build: 1.08]
	841. For QuoteValet users there is now a [View QuoteValet Users] button on the Logged In Users window that will show you the users that QuoteValet licenses are currently allocated to. [Build: 1.08]
	842. The Etilize subscription no longer requires that you enter an S License Key each year as the annual subscription expires. QuoteWerks will check with the Aspire Licensing Server to obtain Etilize subscription information. [Build: 1.08]
	843. Under Utilities->License Manager menu there is a new [Redeem Code] button that can be used to replace or add License Keys into QuoteWerks with a single Redemption Code. Especially useful and time saving for Edition Upgrades, License Relinquishments, and Fresh Installations. [Build: 1.08]
	844. For ConnectWise Manage users, the DataLink can now copy information from QuoteWerks into ConnectWise Manage opportunity fields when QuoteWerks creates or updates a ConnectWise Manage opportunity. This can be done on the opportunity level with the EventAction of "CRMOppHeader_CreateUpdate". Information can also be copied at the line item level when QuoteWerks is creating/updating ConnectWise Manage opportunity product items using the EventAction of "CRMOppItem_CreateUpdate". The DataLink is bi-directional so after the Opportunity is created/updated in ConnectWise Manage you can setup a DataLink mapping to copy information from the ConnectWise Manage opportunity back into the QuoteWerks quote for fields at the opportunity level. This functionality also is available when creating a new QuoteWerks quote from a ConnectWise Opportunity via the QuoteWerks Opportunity Dashboard or via the Quote button on the ConnectWise Manage Opportunity. As an example, At the Opportunity Item level, this new functionality enables you to control what QuoteWerks Line item field is mapped to the ConnectWise Manage Description and Customer Description fields. While At the Opportunity Header Level, this new functionality enables you to populate the ConnectWise Manage Opportunity Notes field from a QuoteWerks field and also exposes the Opportunity Custom Fields to be mapped as well. [Build: 1.08]
	845. For QuickBooks Online users, when searching for a QuickBooks Online Item from the QuoteWerks Product Lookup by Manufacturer Part Number, results will be returned by both the QuickBooks Item MFG Part number and the Item Name. [Build: 1.08]
	846. Added the Manufacturer field to the POItems table which can now also be used when emailing POs from the Purchasing window. [Build: 1.08]
	847. For QuoteValet users, support for the "Stripe" Payment Gateway has been added. [Build: 1.08]
	848. For QuoteValet users, the ability to view license allocation errors has been added to the QuoteValet Insight Usage Monitor. [Build: 1.08]
	849. For QuoteValet users, template support now includes [DH_&PreparedByFullName] and [DH_&SalesRepFullNameOrUserName]. [Build: 1.08]
	850. For QuoteValet users, the ability to receive email notifications indicating the total number of times a customer has viewed the quote is now available. Contact Technical Support to activate this feature. [Build: 1.08]
	851. On the Quote Workbook, the drop-down menu for Sales Rep and Prepared by will now seek the first matching name when pressing the first letter of the name on the keyboard. This enables you with a key press to select a name in the list. This is helpful when there are many names in QuoteWerks. [Build: 1.08]
	852. Added option "When adding or inserting a Comment Line, place cursor in Description column" under the Misc.General tab of the Tools->My preferences menu. You can uncheck this if you want the cursor to be placed in the Description Column of the Quote Workbook when inserting or adding a Comment Line to the document. [Build: 1.08]
	853. When using Microsoft Word documents with QuoteWerks, you can select DOCM files in addition to DOC and DOCX. [Build: 1.08]
	854. For ConnectWise Manage Users, when clicking on the Quote Button in the ConnectWise Manage Opportunity to create a new Quote in QuoteWerks, the ShipTo and Bill To Contact Address Information from the Opportunity will be brought over to the new QuoteWerks Document. This functionality requires a contact for each to be specified. [Build: 1.08]
	855. For ConnectWise Manage Users, on the My Summary tab of the QuoteValet Dashboard, when clicking on the "Create Quote for ConnectWise Opportunity", the ShipTo and Bill To Contact Address Information from the Opportunity will be brought over to the new QuoteWerks Document. This functionality requires a contact for each to be specified. [Build: 1.08]
	856. For ConnectWise Manage users, the ConnectWise Opportunity will now have a link to open the QuoteWerks document in QuoteWerks Web. [Build: 1.08]
	857. For ConnectWise Manage users, when setting up the DataLink for Retrieving SoldTo, ShipTo, or BillTo contacts, the Custom Field Names will now be returned for both the Company and Contact to map. Previous to this change, you would need to manually type in the custom field name in the datalink setup. [Build: 1.08]
	858. For the DataLink Setup, Added InternalNotes, IntroductNotes, ClosingNotes, and Purchasing Notes as fields that can be mapped when mapping to a "QuoteWerks Field as a Destination." [Build: 1.08]
	859. Added new "Remove Optional Attribute for Selected Items when converting." option on the Installation tab under the Tools->Options menu. This is used to remove the "Optional - SELECTED" attribute for items that the customer did select in the quote when converting the quote to an order. [Build: 1.08]
	860. On the Payments tab of the QuoteValet Dashboard, dbl-clicking on a payment now opens the document the payment is for. [Build: 1.08]
	861. Added new user settings to control when overriding the automatically calculated Alternate Unit Price. UserSettings\UserConfig\AlternateCurrencyPriceOverrideDisablePrompt=-1 UserSettings\UserConfig\AlternateCurrencyPriceOverrideDisableColoring=-1 UserSettings\UserConfig\AlternateCurrencyDefaultSelectedTotals=-1 [Build: 1.08]
	862. License Key addition, removal, and creation is now logged in the event.log [Build: 1.08]
	863. ConnectWise 2018.6 is now supported! [Build: 1.08]
	864. For ShareWerks users, when first starting a discussion, you can now choose which users to invite to the topic. [Build: 1.11]
	865. ACT! for Web version 21 is now supported! For ACT! v21 users, Swiftpage made a, non-backwards compatible, breaking change to the ACT! API. As a result, the DTF file attachment used to launch the document in QuoteWerks will be duplicated each time the quote is manually saved. ACT! has been made aware of this issue and we are awaiting a resolution from ACT! [Build: 1.17]
	866. For SugarCRM users, bi-directional data linking is now supported for the SugarCRM Opportunity Header. Field information can be copied from QuoteWerks into the SugarCRM opportunity and then fields can also be copied from the SugarCRM Opportunity into QuoteWerks. [Build: 1.17]
	867. For Sage 50 Accounting US Edition (Peachtree) users, the looking up and creation of items in Peachtree is up to 45 times faster! [Build: 1.17]
	868. For Sage 50 Accounting US Edition (Peachtree) users, the Unit Price is now displayed on the Create Peachtree item window. [Build: 1.17]
	869. The Notification Log window can now stay on the screen while working in the quote. Useful when Refreshing Item prices and looking through the Notification log for any issues to correct. Also the width of the Notification log was increased to display more information. The log also now shows up to the last 500 notifications. [Build: 1.17]
	870. ConnectWise 2019.1 is now supported! [Build: 1.17]

Version 5.3 Build 6 (released September 10, 2018)

	871. ConnectWise 2018.5 is now supported! [Build: 6.06]
	872. For ConnectWise Manage users, when creating or updating a ConnectWise Opportunity, the Ship To and Bill To contact information from the QuoteWerks Document will now be added to the Opportunity. The Contacts must be retrieved from ConnectWise. Manual address changes made in QuoteWerks will not be reflected in the ConnectWise Opportunity. ConnectWise Manage 2018.4 or higher is required for this feature. [Build: 6.06]
	873. For QuoteValet users, when an uploaded quote has a Deposit Required set, the payment options area will now show payment options for the Deposit Required Amount instead of the full Quote total amount. This was published on September 4, 2018. [Build: 6.06]
	874. For Product Content Subscribers using the Amazon consumer pricing feature, an Amazon Prime logo will appear next to the Amazon part number on the Etilize Panel when the item is Prime Eligible. If the item is not prime eligible, no icon will appear. [Build: 6.06]
	875. For QuickBooks Online users, payments received by QuoteValet can be imported as Customer Payments in QuickBooks Online and automatically applied to the customer that made the payment and also the applicable QuickBooks Invoice (if QuoteWerks created the Invoice in QuickBooks Online for the QuoteValet document). The QuoteValet payment methods can be mapped to different payment methods and deposit accounts in QuickBooks Online. [Build: 6.06]
	876. For QuickBooks Online Users, added support for TLS 1.2 and TLS 1.1 communication protocols used for communicating with the QuickBooks Online API to prepare for QuickBooks online upcoming changes. TLS 1.2 requires .NET Framework 4.5 or higher. [Build: 6.06]
	877. For QuickBooks Online users, added "Sync Received Payments to QuickBooks" option on Transactions.QuickBooks tab of the QuickBooks Online setup window. This is useful for QuoteValet users that have payment processing enabled and that use QuickBooks Merchant Services in conjunction with the QuoteValet payment processing. Since QuickBooks Merchant Services already creates a PaymentReceipt in QuickBooks, unchecking this option will prevent duplicate PaymentReceipt entries. [Build: 6.06]
	878. For ConnectWise Manage users, Inactive Members (users) will no longer be listed in QuoteWerks integration user lists. ConnectWise Manage 2018.1 or higher is required for this change. [Build: 6.06]
	879. For ConnectWise Manage users, when writing products to an opportunity, for recurring items, if the option is set to "Include First Payment in Document Total" for the line item, the Base Cost and Price and the Recurring Cost and Price will be set in the opportunity line item. If the option to "Include First Payment in Document Total" IS NOT SET for the line item, the Base Cost and Price will be set to $0.00 and the Recurring Cost and Price will be set in the opportunity line item. This is available for ConnectWise Manage 2018.4 and higher. [Build: 6.06]
	880. When there is recurring revenue like monthly recurring revenue in the quote and you have quoted a lease payment option, when you create the lease option if the "Add monthly recurring to lease payment" is not checked, then the text " [plus $99.99 monthly not included in payment]" will be appended to the lease payment display option when presented to the customer. [Build: 6.06]
	881. When creating or editing an F2Lookup value for DocumentHeader or DocumentItem fields, it will now check to make sure the value you enter is not longer than the underlying field size. [Build: 6.06]
	882. For QuoteValet users, support for payment gateway Converge (previously MyVirtualMerchant) has been added. [Build: 6.06]
	883. When emailing a management report and selecting an email address, the default list will be "Manual Recipient List" instead of "Document". This change is to limit the user from accidentally emailing a customer a management report. [Build: 6.06]

Version 5.3 Build 5 (released August 8, 2018)

	884. Maximizer CRM Live version 16.2 is now supported! [Build: 5]
	885. For ConnectWise Users, when using the QuoteWerks DashBoard Notification to create a new QuoteWerks Quote from a ConnectWise Opportunity, the recurring Billing Cycle of Recurring products on the ConnectWise Opportunity are now used to create recurring items on the QuoteWerks document. [Build: 5]
	886. On the Refresh Item Details window the Category field is now available. [Build: 5]
	887. Price History window enhancements. Added new DocDate field in addition to Last Modified and both columns are sortable now. Cost and Cust Pricing columns are also sortable now. This window has different features depending upon how it was launched. It can be launched from Tools->Find Quoted Item, Tools->Show Customer Product Price History, Tools->Show Product Price History, and also from Add Item Assistant "Price history for customer" and "Price history for Item". A Find button was added that appears when using this window from the Tools->Find Quoted Item menu so you can run another search from this window. You can now select multiple documents to open at the same time. [Build: 5]
	888. Added CustomText16, CustomText17, CustomText18, CustomText19, and CustomText20 fields to the Custom tab of the Edit Product window. [Build: 5]
	889. Added macro field %InstallPath% that can be used in paths specified in the siteboot.ini file like under the [Addons] section, or when launching an external application from a custom menu. [Build: 5]
	890. For Maximizer CRM users, Maximizer CRM On-Premise is now supported! [Build: 5]
	891. For Maximizer CRM Live users, UK data center accounts are now supported! [Build: 5]
	892. On the Open Document window the Header Field search has been expanded. Now, the value text box is now a drop down list showing all the unique values for this field in the database! [Build: 5]
	893. On the Open Document window the Item Field search has been expanded. You can now search on any DocumentItem field in the database, The search fields can be text, number, or date, fields and you can do advanced searches like Contains, Greater than or equal, etc. You can also use the "Search Query" operator to do advanced search like '"good deal" -dell', searching for phrases and also excluding phrases. It also remembers, per user, the last fields you searched on and defaults them for next time. Additionally the value text box is now a drop down list showing all the unique values for this field in the database! [Build: 5]
	894. The Tools->Find Quoted Item has been expanded. You can now search on any DocumentItem field in the database, The search fields can be text, number, or date fields and you can do advanced searches like Contains, Greater than or equal, etc. You can also use the "Search Query" operator to do advanced search like '"good deal" -dell', searching for phrases and also excluding phrases. It also remembers, per user, the last field and operator you searched on and defaults them for the next time. Additionally the value text box is now a drop down list showing all the unique values for this field in the database! [Build: 5]
	895. On the Utilities->Vendor Maintenance window you can now search for vendors based on the Name or Notes or a combination of them. It supports Begins With, Contains, Search Query and more search types. Really useful for searching for a vendor based on a word or words in the notes of the vendor entry. [Build: 5.01]
	896. For QuickBooks Desktop users, on the QuickBooks setup window under the QuickBooks (more) tab, added new options: Invoice Default 'Print Later', Invoice Default 'Email Later', Sales Order Default 'Print Later', Sales Order Default 'Email Later', Estimate Default 'Print Later', Estimate Default 'Email Later', Purchase Order Default 'Print Later', and Purchase Order Default 'Email Later'. [Build: 5.01]
	897. For Maximizer CRM users, doing a large Lookup contact search is over 380% faster. [Build: 5.02]
	898. Sage 50 Accounting 2019 US Edition (Peachtree) is now supported! [Build: 5.04]
	899. QuickBooks Desktop 2019 USA is now supported! [Build: 5.07]
	900. SugarCRM 8.1 is now supported! [Build: 5.07]

Version 5.3 Build 4 (released June 14, 2018)

	901. ConnectWise 2018.4 is now supported! [Build: 4]
	902. SugarCRM: 8.0 is now supported! [Build: 4]
	903. Reckon Accounts 2017 Desktop now supported! [Build: 4]
	904. For GreatAmerica Financial Services customers that quote leasing as a payment option in QuoteWerks, you can now submit a new credit application to GreatAmerica and check on the status of the application from within QuoteWerks. When you check on the status of the application, if the quote amount has increased above the last requested credit application amount, you will be prompted to resubmit and update the credit application. [Build: 4]
	905. For Ingram Micro Lease-It! customers that quote leasing as a payment option in QuoteWerks, you can now submit a new credit application and check on the status of the application from within QuoteWerks. When you check on the status of the application, if the quote amount has increased above the last requested credit application amount, you will be prompted to resubmit and update the credit application. [Build: 4]
	906. Improved payment options. On the Sale Info tab you can now select from the payment types of Credit Card, Check, eCheckACH, WireTransfer, CustomPaymentType1, and CustomPaymentType2. You can customize the display text for each of those payment options. You can specify that a % or fixed amount surcharge or discount be applied to the quote when that particular payment option is selected. Useful, for example, in charging the customer a 3% surcharge if they pay by credit card, or a 3% discount if pay by check, or a $15 fee if pay by wire transfer. There is also an option to automatically disable a payment method, for example, credit card when the quote total is over, for example, $3000. You can set defaults for each payment type such as if you will charge a surcharge, what amount, is it taxable, etc. When a quote is accepted, your customer will see only the payment options that you have to present to the customer for this quote. You can set defaults so that all new quotes start with default payment options, and then you can change the payment options to be unique for each quote based on your needs. When you use QuoteValet and have payment processing enabled, when you request a payment, you can specify which payment types you will accept for that payment, like only check, or credit card and check, etc. [Build: 4]
	907. For QuoteValet users, QuoteValet now supports Electronic Check (ACH) payment in addition to accepting credit card payment. Your customers can now pay you by entering their check information into the QuoteValet payment page instead of charging the payment to their credit card. Since accepting credit card payments costs you between 2% and 3% of the total charge in fees, using this new Electronic Check (ACH) payment method will reduce your costs when accepting payments for deposits, progress payments, and final payments. [Build: 4]
	908. The Paste Special wizard now has a new option for "Apply Required Items (if any) for items being pasted". [Build: 4]
	909. For Required and Optional Items, you can now specify that an item only has Required or Optional Items if the item was from a specific database. This enables you to specify that if the parent item comes from product database A, it will have different required items than if it comes from product databases B. [Build: 4]
	910. There is now a Category column on the Document Items tab. When adding a product to the quote, this column will be populated with the data from the Category field in the product database. [Build: 4]
	911. For QuickBooks users, added "Sync Received Payments to QuickBooks" option on Transactions.QuickBooks tab of the QuickBooks Desktop setup window. This is useful for QuoteValet users that have payment processing enabled and that use QuickBooks Merchant Services in conjunction with the QuoteValet payment processing. Since QuickBooks Merchant Services already creates a PaymentReceipt in QuickBooks, unchecking this option will prevent duplicate PaymentReceipt entries. [Build: 4]
	912. There is a new QuoteWerks Commands feature to pass %AllUsers% instead of a specific user name. This enables you to SET,GET, or DELETE a setting from all users in a single command! Examples: SET:UserSettings:UserConfig:%AllUsers%:AutoRetrieveTechDataSAPQuotesOnLoad=0 GET:UserSettings:UserConfig:%AllUsers%:AutoRetrieveTechDataSAPQuotesOnLoad DELETE:UserSettings:UserConfig:%AllUsers%:AutoRetrieveTechDataSAPQuotesOnLoad [Build: 4]
	913. When using Paste Special to paste from Excel by copying the data into the clipboard and individual Excel cells had line breaks in it, the line breaks will be carried over into QuoteWerks. Also if bullets were in the excel multi-line cell, the bullet character will be carried over into QuoteWerks. [Build: 4]
	914. Paste Special was improved to better handle data that is not CSV standards compliant. [Build: 4]
	915. On a selected payment option, you can now press the DEL key in addition to clicking on the [Remove] button. [Build: 4]
	916. There is now a UserSetting to not auto-retrieve the Tech Data SAP quotes. In the Settings Manager, you can set UserSettings\UserConfig\AutoRetrieveTechDataSAPQuotesOnLoad=0 [Build: 4]
	917. Re-organized the Contacts->DDE Center menu feature. It is now named Contacts->Macro Tester. The Macro tester now has two tabs a "CRM DataLink Macro Tester" and a new "QuoteWerks Macro Tester" tab. The new "QuoteWerks Macro Tester" tab enables you to see a list of all the supported QuoteWerks macros and retrieve their values. [Build: 4]
	918. Added new Macro value &App_LoggedInUserHasMasterRights. This returns 1 if true and 0 if false. [Build: 4]
	919. On the Site Files tab of the QuoteValet Setup window you can select multiple files to upload at the same time. [Build: 4]
	920. On the Site Files tab of the QuoteValet Setup window you can select multiple files to download at the same time. [Build: 4]
	921. On the Site Files tab of the QuoteValet Setup window you can select multiple site files to delete at the same time. [Build: 4]
	922. For API users, there is now a DocumentItems.DocumentLevelLineItemUniqueID field. This line item field has an id that is unique to the document for this line item. To locate a specific line item in the database you need to do a query like, for example, "SELECT * FROM DocumentItems WHERE DocID=99 AND DocumentLevelLineItemUniqueID='08C7C3E23C014B85819F52A0B93C315E'". [Build: 4]
	923. On Product Lookup window, for ManufacturerPartNumber search, added new "Contains" search option. [Build: 4.06]
	924. For QuoteValet users, if a quote has been accepted and no payment gateways are configured, when you open the quote, it will not check for updates from QuoteValet. This will speed up the time it takes to open a quote. Similarly, when opening an order from the accepted quote it will not check for updates from QuoteValet. Also if a quote has been accepted and there are payment gateways configured but all the payments have been received for the quote or order, it will not check for updates from QuoteValet. Clicking on the QuoteValet tab will always check for updates from QuoteValet. [Build: 4.06]
	925. Ingram Micro New Zealand real-time Pricing & Availability is now supported! [Build: 4.06]
	926. Added new Edit->Copy Cell Text menu. When the cursor is in a cell in the Document Items grid, selecting this menu will copy the entire contents of the cell into the Clipboard. [Build: 4.06]
	927. For ConnectWise users, TLS 1.2 and TLS 1.1 communication protocols were enabled for communicating with the ConnectWise API. This is useful for self-hosted ConnectWise installations that have disabled TLS 1.0 on their server for enhanced security. [Build: 4.06]
	928. On the Open Document window there are now 3 "Other" fields that you can use to search. You can choose which ever 3 document level fields you would like to search. They can be text, number, date, or logic fields and you can do advanced searches like Contains, Greater than or equal, etc. It also remembers, per user, the last fields you searched on and defaults them for next time. [Build: 4.08]
	929. Goldmine 2018.2 is now supported! [Build: 4.09]
	930. When cloning an FPC layout file, the default file name for the newly cloned layout will now be the file name from the FPC file being copied with a numeric sequence like "_01" appended to it. If the FPC file name being cloned is the non descriptive name like "layou01.fpc", the default FPC file name for the clone will be the name like "Quote (Standard)" with the spaces removed. There is also an "Auto generate from Name" option that will generate the file name based on what you type in the Name. All these changes also apply to Creating a new layout. [Build: 4.09]
	931. Added new Misc Access Right "CannotManuallyModifyFieldValue:DI_ManufacturerPartNumber". When this is assigned to a user, the user will not be able to type free text into the ManufacturerPartNumber cell on the DocumentItems tab, but they can choose from the drop down list in that cell. [Build: 4.09]

Version 5.3 Build 3 (released May 4, 2018)

	932. For Maximizer users, QuoteWerks now supports Maximizer CRM Live - the web version of Maximizer! The integration for Maximizer Desktop 10.0 and higher has been retained as well. With this new integration you can search for contacts, create/update sales opportunities, and upload quote attachments into Maximizer. DataLink is fully supported, along with the features to attach to the CRM record. There is a button on the SoldTo/ShipTo tab to display the contact in Maximizer CRM, and also a link on the links tab that you can click to view the Maximizer Opportunity in Maximizer CRM. Additionally, emails sent from QuoteWerks are logged in Maximizer CRM history. The Corporate Edition of QuoteWerks is required to integrate with Maximizer CRM Live. [Build: 3.01]
	933. MS CRM version 9.0 is now supported! [Build: 3.01]
	934. SalesLogix (Infor CRM) 8.4 is now supported! [Build: 3.01]
	935. SugarCRM 7.11 is now supported! [Build: 3.01]
	936. For BNG gateway customers, that use QuoteValet, we have enhanced our QuoteValet payments integration with them. QuoteValet has had an integration with the BNG Gateway through Network Merchants for many years. Now there is a "BNG/ConnectBooster - ACH and Credit Card" payment option. When this is used your customers will be able to pay with a credit card and also with ACH. Using the BNG platform, on the QuoteValet payment page, your customers will have access to their previously used payment methods to make the payment process even easier, but only if you are integrating QuoteWerks with Autotask, ConnectWise, salesforce.com, or GoldMine. All payment methods are stored in the BNG gateway's secure encrypted Customer Vault and tokenized for use (PCI Compliant). [Build: 3.01]
	937. For ConnectBooster customers, that use QuoteValet there is a "BNG/ConnectBooster - ACH and Credit Card" payment option. When this is used your customers will be able to pay with a credit card and also with ACH. On the QuoteValet payment page, your customers will have access to their previously used payment methods to make the payment process even easier, but only if you are integrating QuoteWerks with Autotask, ConnectWise, salesforce.com, or GoldMine. All payment methods are stored in the ConnectBooster secure encrypted Customer Vault and tokenized for use (PCI Compliant). [Build: 3.01]
	938. Added CustomText25, CustomText26, CustomText27, and CustomText28 fields to the Sale Info tab of the Quote WorkBook. [Build: 3.01]
	939. Under the Tools->Find Quoted Item menu there are now two options for "Search Documents" and "Search Templates". This is very useful for searching for discontinued items that are in templates, making it easy to find them and replace them. [Build: 3.01]
	940. On the Select E-mail recipients window there are now "Sold To (on document)", "Ship To (on document)",and "Bill To (on document)" options to choose from. [Build: 3.01]
	941. on QuoteWerks Purchase Order window added fields ShipToPhone and ShipToEmail. These fields are also available in the Purchase Order HTML template. [Build: 3.01]
	942. On the Site Files tab of the QuoteValet Setup window you can now upload .ico and .pdf files. The size restriction for PDF files is 300K and for all other files 150K. [Build: 3.01]
	943. On the Site Files tab of the QuoteValet Setup window pressing the DEL key will now delete a tenant site file. [Build: 3.01]
	944. On the Site Files tab of the QuoteValet Setup window you can now drag files into the list to upload those files to the tenant site. [Build: 3.01]
	945. On the Open Document window, when searching by Item, the search by text box F2Lookup will now show the list of F2Lookup items for the selected search column. [Build: 3.01]
	946. On the DataLink Mapping window, increased the width of the drop-down combo boxes that contain the field name lists. [Build: 3.01]
	947. On the DocumentItems tab, there is a new DistributorSONumber column to augment the SONumber column. This field has also been added to the POItem and FulfillmentItem tables. This is useful for tracking both the SO Number from your Distributor PO and also your internal SO Number. Any data currently in the Document Items SO Number column was moved to the DistributorSONumber column. [Build: 3.01]
	948. You can now search by the SONumber and DistributorSONumber fields on the Ordered Items of the Purchasing window. [Build: 3.01]
	949. You can now search by the SONumber field on the Purchasing tab of the Purchasing window. [Build: 3.01]
	950. There is now a PONotes memo field for a purchasing Purchse Order that you can use to provide detailed instructions about the PO to your distributor. This can be used when emailing the PO to your distributor, it cannot be used for an online order as the distributors do not support it. [Build: 3.01]
	951. On the Purchase Orders tab of the Purchasing window, double-clicking on the Purchase Order will now display the Edit Purchase Order window. [Build: 3.01]
	952. When receiving items on the Purchasing Window, the default quantity is 1. In the Settings Manager, you can set SystemSettings\Defaults\DefaultReceivedQtyToAll=-1. [Build: 3.01]
	953. In the Layout Designer, the right click menu now includes the Align, Spacing, and Sizing menus. [Build: 3.01]
	954. On the Purchase Orders tab of the Purchasing Window, added right click menu "E-Mail tracking number(s).." [Build: 3.01]
	955. There are now ExtendedShippingAmount and AlternateExtendedShippingAmount columns on the DocumentItems tab. With the addition of the ExtendedShippingAmount field we also added the option "Shipping Amount addition - Use Extended Shipping Amount" on the Installation tab of Tools->Options menu. With this option you can now total up the extended shipping amount vs the unit shipping amount. [Build: 3.01]
	956. On the Advanced tab of the Edit Product window you can now enter the ShippingUnitPrice. This value will copy into the ShippingAmount column on the Document Items tab. Also, you can use the product import wizard to import this field. [Build: 3.01]
	957. On the Documents tab of the Tools->Options menu added ShippingRate, Shipping Cost (manual) and Shipping Price (manual) defaults. [Build: 3.01]
	958. On the "Get shipping rate" window, and the "Add shipping rate item" window, the weight is now defaulted to the total weight from the quote. [Build: 3.01]
	959. The extended weight for the entire document is now displayed on the Shipping Amount window. [Build: 3.01]
	960. On Open Document window added [Documents Prepared by Me] shortcuts button. [Build: 3.01]
	961. Added [Copy settings from QuoteWerks Desktop] button to the QuoteWerks Web subtab of the Email.Sending tab of Tools->My Preferences. [Build: 3.01]
	962. On The File Links tab the right click menu of "Merge Word Document" now only appears if you are pressing the SHIFT key when right clicking. [Build: 3.01]
	963. When the Database Maintenance Reminder window appears there is now a button to [Open Medic Utility Now] so you can run maintenance. [Build: 3.01]
	964. On the Personal tab of the Tools->My Preferences menu added CustomText01 and CustomText02 fields. These are also available as &SalesRepCustomText01, &SalesRepCustomText02, &LoggedInUserCustomText01, &LoggedInUserCustomText02, &PreparedByCustomText01, and &PreparedByCustomText02 macros. [Build: 3.01]
	965. For QuickBooks Desktop users, in the QuickBooks Link setup, the macro "&DI_Manufacturer" is now available when using QuoteWerks Macros to generate the QuickBooks Item Name. This will enable QuoteWerks users to map to QuickBooks Item Names like "&DI_Manufacturer:&DI_ManufacturerPartNumber". [Build: 3.01]
	966. On the Add shipping rate item window, you can now save selections of packaging, weight, length, width, and height as options in a drop down list. To add a new selection, just enter in the information and click on the [Create package template]. You can delete a template by pressing the DEL key while on a selected template in the drop down. The template is created using the data in the current fields. If you leave the weight blank when saving the template, the weight box will not be changed when you select the template for use. [Build: 3.01]
	967. You can select select multiple line items that are not contiguous and drag drop them to a new location. [Build: 3.02]
	968. For ConnectWise users, when QuoteWerks completes the ConnectWise Opportunity, if options were selected to create a sales order, the ConnectWise SO Number will be saved into any QuoteWerks line items that were added to the ConnectWise Sales Order. This SONumber column in QuoteWerks can be searched on the QuoteWerks Open Document window and also on the QuoteWerks Purchasing window. [Build: 3.04]
	969. For Product Content Subscribers, the FontFamily for the Etilize Product Comparison and Etilize Product Spec Sheets can be controlled via the System Setting, Etilize, HTMLFontFamily. This will enable the output from QuoteWerks to have a unified font. [Build: 3.04]
	970. For salesforce.com users, the contact search now supports Related Contacts. [Build: 3.07]
	971. For Autotask users, Autotask Purchase orders created by QuoteWerks will now include the VendorPartNumber. [Build: 3.07]
	972. On the print selections list of the Print window, when a print selection is selected, you can press the 'R' key to remove it. [Build: 3.07]
	973. On the Groups tab of the User Maintenance window, there is now a "Show Inactive Users" checkbox. [Build: 3.10]
	974. On the Select E-mail recipients window there is now a "Document" option. This consolidates previous separate options of "QuoteWerks users (on document)", "QuoteWerks Vendors (on document), "Sold To (on document)", "Ship To (on document)", and "Bill To (on document)", and adds Sales Rep and Prepared By email addresses to this new Document option. You no longer have to switch between lists to gather all the email addresses you need. Also double clicking on an email address now will just add that email address into the list of selected email addresses, it will not close the Select Email Address window unless you also hold down the CTRL key. [Build: 3.10]
	975. Maximizer CRM Live version 16.1 is now supported! [Build: 3.14]
	976. When uploading a QuoteValet Shopping Cart Order Form, you can now choose which user will receive notifications when an order is placed. [Build: 3.16]
	977. When importing a QuoteValet Shopping Cart Order, you can now choose which SalesRep you want to assign the new order to. [Build: 3.16]
	978. The Amazon consumer pricing feature is now available again in the Product Content Subscription! We are now using an official Amazon API for this resulting in significant speed increases and continued support for this functionality. [Build: 3.17]
	979. For QuoteValet users, even when there are no Payment Gateway Accounts setup the [Make Payment by Proxy] button will be available. This enables you to record customer payments towards this document manually like when you receive a check from the customer or take their credit card information over the phone. [Build: 3.17]
	980. For QuoteValet users, on the Payment Process tab of the QuoteValet Setup window, there is now a Gateway Status column that indicates Enabled/Disabled. [Build: 3.17]
	981. ConnectWise 2018.3 is now supported! [Build: 3.01]
	982. Autotask now requires TLS 1.2. .NET Framework 4.5 or higher is now required to use the Autotask integration with QuoteWerks. [Build: 3.20]

Version 5.3 Build 2 (released January 23, 2018)

	983. For QuoteValet users, on the Reporting tab of the QuoteValet dashboard the DocType is now displayed. This is useful in determining when a quote has been accepted through QuoteValet but has not been converted to an order yet. [Build: 2]
	984. For QuoteValet users, we've added the fields QuoteValetStatusCode and QuoteValetAcceptedOn fields to the DocumentHeaders table making it possible to run reports on if a quote has been accepted through QuoteValet but has not been converted to an order yet. [Build: 2]
	985. For API Users, added new method DocFunctions.RefreshLists(). When called this will refresh the CostModifier and PriceModifier drop down lists. [Build: 2]
	986. For API Users, added new method Application.QuickLookupSetProductDataSource(ByVal sProductDataSourceName As String, ByVal sEnglishOperator As String) As Integer [Build: 2]
	987. For API Users, added new method Application.QuickLookupSetSearchField(ByVal sFieldName As String) As Integer [Build: 2]
	988. For API Users, added new method Application.QuickLookupSetSearchValue(ByVal sSearchValue As String) As Integer [Build: 2]
	989. ConnectWise 2018.2 is now supported! [Build: 2.02]
	990. For ConnectWise Users, if the option is selected to write the SoldToPONumber to ConnectWise, the SoldToPONumber is now also written to the Sales Order in addition to the Opportunity. [Build: 2.02]
	991. For ConnectWise Users that subscribe to QuoteValet, if the QuoteWerks Document is linked to a ConnectWise Opportunity, when uploading a document to QuoteValet, the QuoteValet SalesRep Facing URL will be added to the Attachment tab of the ConnectWise Opportunity. This will enable sales reps to have access to the Sales Rep facing view of a QuoteValet Document from within ConnectWise. [Build: 2.02]
	992. For ConnectWise users, on the Links tab, there is now a link for the ConnectWise Sales Order. This enables you to easily navigate to the created Sales Orders in ConnectWise. [Build: 2.02]
	993. For ConnectWise users, on the Links tab, there is now a link for the ConnectWise Agreement. This enables you to easily navigate to the created Agreements in ConnectWise. [Build: 2.02]
	994. On the Item Attributes, the selections are now colorized to indicate non-standard selections making it easier to quickly see if an item is set as non-taxable or optional, etc. [Build: 2.02]
	995. On the Print window you can now multi-select the print selections for actions like [Move Up], [Move Down], [Remove], and [View]. [Build: 2.02]
	996. When the AlternateUnitPrice column's automatically calculated price is manually overridden the cell will now have a red background color. [Build: 2.02]
	997. Added options "Generate new DocName using macro when duplicating" and "Generate new DocName when creating from template" on the Documents tab of the Tools->Options menu. [Build: 2.02]
	998. You can now set the timeout value for scripts. In the Settings Manager, set SystemSettings\System\VBScriptTimeout=10 for 10 seconds. That is the default. [Build: 2.02]
	999. For API users, the Installation.OpenDB method now supports opening QuoteWerks Native Product databases to view, edit and add product records. [Build: 2.02]
	1000. For API users, there is now an Installation.IsSQL property to indicate if the backend is rehosted to SQL. [Build: 2.02]

Version 5.3 Build 1 (released December 18, 2017)

	1001. ConnectWise 2018.1 is now supported! [Build: 1.04]
	1002. ConnectWise 2017.6 is now supported! [Build: 1.04]
	1003. ACT! version 20 is now supported! [Build: 1.04]
	1004. Sage 50 Accounting 2018.1 US Edition (Peachtree) is now supported! [Build: 1.04]
	1005. SugarCRM 7.10 is now supported! [Build: 1.04]
	1006. Updated the User Interface with a new flat look! [Build: 1.04]
	1007. The QuoteWerks Help system is now fully online rather than having a local copy of the Help File. This speeds up installation time significantly and updates to the Help Documentation are instantly seen by customers. [Build: 1.04]
	1008. Line item quantity linking. With this feature you can setup a quantity link between line items. Simple select a line item that you want to drive the quantity of other line items, and the hold down the CTRL key and select all the other line items that you want to have their quantity affected by the quantity of the Parent item. Then click on the [Set Dependent Quantity] toolbar button above the Document Items grid. You will be prompted to enter the relative quantity multiplier. So, for example, you can use this so that for each car sold, it requires 4 of the tire items. Once you setup this dependent quantity, when you change the quantity for the car line item, the quantity line item with the tires will automatically be changed to the quantity of cars times 4. If you manually change the quantity in a line item that is setup as a quantity child it will remove the quantity link. If all the quantity children line items are deleted, the quantity link will be removed. When selecting a line item that has a parent or child quantity link information about the quantity link will be displayed in the status bar area. Also you can select a quantity parent or quantity child line item and click on the "Highlight Dependent Quantity Parent" or "Highlight Dependent Quantity Child" Grid Toolbar button menu to highlight them in the quote for you to see. [Build: 1.04]
	1009. SimpleLabor feature. There is now a Simple Labor tab on the Edit Product window. Here you can enter basic information about the labor for the item including quantity, description, cost, price, manufacturer part number, item type, and tax code. When the product is added to the quote, this simple labor information will be added as an additional line item below it. This labor line item will be quantity linked to the product item so as you change the quantity of the main item, the simple labor item quantity will automatically change with it. If you need to enter more information for your labor item, you will need to just create a regular item and then set it as a required item with the quantity linked. There is a [Convert] button on the Simple Labor tab which will convert this simple labor information into a regular product item and make it a required item of the item. When importing products, you can import the Simple Labor information into the product with the fields: &LaborData.LaborQuantity, &LaborData.LaborDescription, &LaborData.LaborUnitCost, &LaborData.LaborUnitPrice, &LaborData.LaborTaxCode, and &LaborData.LaborLineAttributes. Since a Simple Labor item is not really an item, but rather fields of data in a host item, you cannot refresh pricing of the labor item once it is on the quote. [Build: 1.04]
	1010. Section Header feature. You can now create sections (similar to tabs) in your quote. Simply choose the Edit->Insert Section Header menu. While simple they are also powerful in that SubTotal lines normally reset once they encounter another Subtotal line. Now, they will also reset when they encounter a Section Header line making it possible to do subtotals within the Sections. Also, the Summary Line now has the new feature to be able to display values from any Section Header line like, for example, the Monthly Recurring Amount total for all the items within a specific section. [Build: 1.04]
	1011. Summary lines now have a new option to obtain their value from a Section Header line item field which make it easy to show Section Totals of monthly recurring and upfront amount on separate lines at the bottom of the section. Section Header Summary Lines can also display section totals from not just their own section that they are located in, but from any section in the quote. You can even use the TOTALING Summary Line to add up values from multiple sections and display that in a summary line. A percent discount line item can be used below a Summary Line item, but only if the Summary Line does not reference the section that the Percent discount line itself is in. [Build: 1.04]
	1012. On the Opportunity Dashboard you can select a user to see the opportunities related to that user. Now, you can select a group and see all the opportunities for all the users in the selected group! While the logged in user can select a group, the logged in user will only see opportunities that they have access to see. If the Misc Access right of "CannotViewOthersDocuments" has been set for the logged in user, then no groups will appear in the list. [Build: 1.04]
	1013. On the Open Document Window, the SalesRep and Prepared by search fields now have Groups as options in addition to sales rep names and . When a group is selected, the logged in user will only be able to see documents that they have rights to view. [Build: 1.04]
	1014. Added new Dynamic Notes memo field on the Notes tab. This field also has a new [Insert User/DateTime stamp text] button making it really easy for users to enter notes into this field that are stamped with who typed the note and the date/time the note was entered. Also the Introduction, Closing, Purchasing, and Internal Notes fields all resize with the window size now. [Build: 1.04]
	1015. QuoteValet templates now have access to more data macros like &SoldToLastName, &SalesRepInlineAddress, &LineAttributeHidePrice, &LineAttributeHideQuantity, &LineAttributeGroupMember, &LineAttributeOption, &LineAttributeSelectedOption, &RecurringRevenueMonthly, &LineTypeSummaryIsTotaling, &LineTypeSummaryIsSectionHeader, and more. [Build: 1.04]
	1016. For QuickBooks Online Users, in the QuickBooks Online Setup, there is now an option on the Items tab that enables all Accounts to be returned when creating a new item in QuickBooks Online instead of being limited to the accounts that are documented in the QuickBooks Online API documentation. This is recommended for advanced users in specific instances only. If the wrong account is selected, an error will be returned when attempting to create a new product in QuickBooks and the document creation will be stopped. [Build: 1.04]
	1017. For Autotask users, when setting up the integration for Autotask, there is now one master Autotask API user used for the entire QuoteWerks site instead of entering a separate login for each user in QuoteWerks. The API Credentials are entered on the Contacts->Setup Contact Manager menu. Each user will still need to enter their Autotask login email address under Tools->My Preferences. This is used to default the Owner and Assigned To values in drop down lists. [Build: 1.04]
	1018. For Autotask Users, when saving an Autotask Quote, the eQuote is now set to active. [Build: 1.04]
	1019. For Autotask Users, there can now be 2 of the same Service Item on an Autotask Quote. Previously, there was a limit to one unique service item. Any additional Service Items will be added as Cost Items to the Autotask Quote and the user will be notified of this in QuoteWerks to avoid any errors. [Build: 1.04]
	1020. Added new DocumentItems columns "RecurringRevenueMonthly", "RecurringRevenueMonthlyWithTax", "RecurringRevenueWeekly", "RecurringRevenueWeeklyWithTax", "RecurringRevenueQuarterly", "RecurringRevenueQuarterlyWithTax", "RecurringRevenueAnnual", and "RecurringRevenueAnnualWithTax". [Build: 1.04]
	1021. You can now set the "Exclude Line" attribute for section header, subtotal, running subtotal, percent discount, percent charge and group header lines. [Build: 1.04]
	1022. There is now a Required Items tab on the Edit Product window. From there you can select an existing item to make it a required item of the item being currently edited, or you can create a new product that will be a required item for this item. This makes it much easier to manage required for individual products. A list of all items that have required items setup can be viewed from the Products->Required Items menu. [Build: 1.04]
	1023. There is now an Optional Items tab on the Edit Product window. From there you can select an existing item to make it an option of the item being currently edited, or you can create a new product that will be an option for this item. This makes it much easier to manage optional items for individual products. A list of all items that have optional items setup can be viewed from the Products->Optional Items menu. [Build: 1.04]
	1024. Required Items now have the option of "Link quantity to parent item". When this is set, as the parent item quantity is changed, this required item quantity will change also respecting the relative quantity between the parent item and the required item. Manually changing the required item quantity on the quote will disconnect the link if desired. [Build: 1.04]
	1025. Optional Items now have the option of "Link quantity to parent item". When this is set, as the parent item quantity is changed, this Optional Item quantity will change also respecting the relative quantity between the parent item and the Optional item. Manually changing the Optional item quantity on the quote will disconnect the link if desired. [Build: 1.04]
	1026. A Required Item, Bundle Item, and Selection Container Item now have a new line type option of Running Subtotal. [Build: 1.04]
	1027. Bundles can now include static items that do not have to be retrieved from a product database to be included in a bundle. There is a new "[] Retrieve from Product Database" checkbox. When un-checked, this feature is designed to be used to add Comments, Subtotal, Running Subtotal, or Heading lines into your bundles. [Build: 1.04]
	1028. Added a StyleCode 30 char text field column to the Document Items tab. This is a multi-purpose field that can be used to enter codes that you can design the FPC print layout to look for, giving you more control of the print layout output. Based on the codes, different sections can be activated in the layout when certain conditions are met, changing what the output looks like. [Build: 1.04]
	1029. Added a Profit Margin column to the Document Items tab of the Quote WorkBook. Also DocumentHeaders.&ProfitMargin for print layout. Also <<&DI_&ProfitMargin>> in a Word document. [Build: 1.04]
	1030. On the Product Lookup window, when searching with data in the ManufacturerPartNumber, VendorPartNumber, Manufacturer, or Keyword text boxes, the text in the text boxes will be automatically cleaned before the search is started. Any encapsulating quote symbols, leading or trailing space, and any carriage return and/or line feed characters will be removed. This is very useful when copying and pasting from PDF files, excel, websites, etc. This feature is also on the Quick Lookup bar on the main quote window. [Build: 1.04]
	1031. The "Make PDF read-only" option on the Save PDF File window will now default to the Tools->My Preferences "Make PDF read-only option. This "Make PDF read-only" option primarily controls making the Deliverable PDF File that is generated when you email a quote or upload it to QuoteValet a read-only PDF. [Build: 1.04]
	1032. Added option "Enable double-click to bring up F2 Lookup in text boxes." under the Misc.General tab of the Tools->My preferences menu. You can uncheck this if you want the dbl-click action in a text box to do the normal action of selecting a word. [Build: 1.04]
	1033. Added [Move to Top] and [Move to Bottom] buttons on the View->Customize Columns window and the Customize Product Database Columns window. [Build: 1.04]
	1034. Product Lookup window enhancements. The description and Manufacturer Part Numbers fields are now the top two fields, the description search field is wider, and the ItemType is now also displayed as a search field with a drop down list. [Build: 1.04]
	1035. In the Product Import Wizard mapping, pressing a letter will select the first mapping starting with the letter pressed. The list of fields in the text file to map to also have the same new behavior. Also the spotlight search has been added to both the mapping selection list and the text file field list. [Build: 1.04]
	1036. When selecting a Summary Line in the quote, the details of what is being summed will be displayed in the status area. [Build: 1.04]
	1037. when items are selected to be added to a bundle, now as each item is added to the bundle, you are prompted with the Edit Bundle Item window so you can choose options for each bundle Item. [Build: 1.04]
	1038. On the Purchasing tab of the Purchasing window, you can now search by DocNo. [Build: 1.04]
	1039. On the Ordered Items tab of the Purchasing window, you can now search by DocNo. [Build: 1.04]
	1040. On the Purchase Orders tab of the Purchasing window, there is now a right click option of Print..." [Build: 1.04]
	1041. For SQL users, all Memo fields in the datbase have been converted from NTEXT to nvarchar(MAX) for better performance and also because the next version of SQL will discontinue the NTEXT field type. Only SQL Server 2005 and higher support nvarchar(MAX) fields so we have discontinued support for MS SQL versions earlier than 2005. [Build: 1.04]
	1042. GoldMine 2018.1 is now supported! [Build: 1.05]
	1043. Formula lines, Deposit Amount can now base their calculations on the UNitCost and ExtendedCost fields. [Build: 1.05]
	1044. Summary lines can now total up the ExtendedCost field, and also reference a section header ExtendedCost field. [Build: 1.05]
	1045. ACT! for Web version 20 is now supported! [Build: 1.07]
	1046. Added new web browser "quotewerks://updatedocument" protocol handler. This is a great way to automate QuoteWerks actions from a web browser hyperlink like updating fields in a quote with information. You can use it to update fields in the currently open QuoteWerks document, or you can instruct QuoteWerks to open a specific quote and then populate certain fields with data. Use the parameters FindByRecGUID or FindByDocNo to open a specific quote. If neither of those parameters are passed the currently open document will be updated. Example: quotewerks://updatedocument?FindByDocNo=AAAQ1001&SoldToCompany=abccompany&CustomText01=Blue [Build: 1.08]
	1047. On the Open Document window, there is now a right click menu for "Change DocStatus...". With this you can select multiple documents and change their DocStatus in a batch. [Build: 1.08]
	1048. On the Open Document window, the right click menu option "Convert to Lost..." now works when multiple quotes are selected. [Build: 1.08]
	1049. There is now an "Unlink Dependent Quantity" menu on the Toolbar button menu. You can use this to select a line item and unlink it from the quantity parent. [Build: 1.11]
	1050. For ACT! users, when converting an existing opportunity to a closed opportunity the opportunity line items are now re-created. Also when the ACT! opportunity has been re-opened and the Quotewerks Order is re-saved, QuoteWerks will update the ACT! opportunity including all the line items. [Build: 1.11]
	1051. For API Users, added new DocFunctions.DocumentAddFileLink method [Build: 1.11]
	1052. Added 2 more highlight colors (Pink and Blue) for a total of 7 highlighting colors. [Build: 1.12]
	1053. You can now change the labels of the Highlighting colors. For example, instead of the label "Yellow" you could rename it to "Needs Review" so that the colors have meaning to users. You can set the label names in the Settings Manager with the settings: SystemSettings\System\HighlightColor1Label SystemSettings\System\HighlightColor2Label SystemSettings\System\HighlightColor3Label SystemSettings\System\HighlightColor4Label SystemSettings\System\HighlightColor5Label SystemSettings\System\HighlightColor6Label SystemSettings\System\HighlightColor7Label [Build: 1.12]
	1054. When selecting multiple files to add to the Links tab, there is now an [OK for All] button. [Build: 1.12]
	1055. When looking up a contact under Contacts->Lookup and you click the User for [All] option, the contact lookup window will now close. [Build: 1.12]
	1056. Under the Utilities->License Manager menu the QuoteValet, QuoteWerks Web, and QuickBooks Online integration subscription details are now displayed. [Build: 1.12]
	1057. On the Tenant Account tab under the Tools->Options menu, there is now a [Validate Subscription] button for QuoteValet and QuoteWerks Web. [Build: 1.12]
	1058. Added Misc Access rights CannotManuallyModifyFieldValue:DH_CustomText01 through CannotManuallyModifyFieldValue:DH_CustomText24, CannotManuallyModifyFieldValue:DH_CustomNumber01, CannotManuallyModifyFieldValue:DH_CustomNumber02, CannotManuallyModifyFieldValue:DH_CustomDate01, CannotManuallyModifyFieldValue:DH_CustomDate02, CannotManuallyModifyFieldValue:DH_CustomNumber01, and CannotManuallyModifyFieldValue:DH_CustomNumber02. [Build: 1.14]
	1059. Microsoft SQL Server 2017 is now supported! [Build: 1.11]

Version 5.2 Build 8 (released October 2, 2017)

	1060. QuickBooks Online Integration! Use QuickBooks Online Customer Information in your quote. Add QuickBooks Online product items to your quote. Create new QuickBooks Online customers, items, estimates, invoices, sales receipts, purchase orders, and more. The QuickBooks Online integration requires QuoteWerks Professional or Corporate Edition and requires a monthly or annual subscription. [Build: 8.12]
	1061. For QuoteValet users, YouTube video support! With your QuoteValet quote you can now include one or more videos to be displayed on the QuoteValet quote. You can even set one of them to start auto-playing as soon as the QuoteValet page is displayed. You can also include one video per line item. You can specify the default video(s) you would like each new Quote, Order or Invoice to include on the General tab of the QuoteValet setup window. You can also specify one video in a native database product definition which will be included in the quote for the line item when the product is added into the quote. You can see the video details for the line item in the quote by selecting the line item and clicking on the "Show/Hide Picture Panel" toolbar button above the line items grid. When adding videos to the quote, if you have setup your YouTube account information on the General tab of the QuoteValet setup, you will be able to choose from a list of all your existing videos that have already been uploaded to YouTube. If you are using a shared standardized QuoteValet template the videos will automatically just appear in the QuoteValet page. If you are using a customized QuoteValet template you will need to make some modifications to your customized template. The layout designer fields and macros of &DH_&Video1_URL, &DH_&Video1_Title, &DH_&Video2_URL, &DH_&Video2_Title, &DH_&Video3_URL, &DH_&Video3_Title, and &DI_&Video1_URL, &DI_&Video1_Title have also been added. [Build: 8.12]
	1062. For QuoteValet users, you can now have more than one QuoteValet OrderForm Template used by the QuoteValet Shopping Cart. When uploading the OrderForm Template to QuoteValet you can choose which OrderForm template you want to use. [Build: 8.12]
	1063. Windows Authentication Login support. You can now setup QuoteWerks users to use their Windows Authentication to automatically log into QuoteWerks without having to enter the QuoteWerks Native Login UserName and Password on the QuoteWerks Login window. Windows Authentication only works with domains. When using the Windows Authentication Login, you will still need to set a password for the QuoteWerks Native Login. Holding the SHIFT key down while starting QuoteWerks will force the QuoteWerks Login window to appear. [Build: 8.12]
	1064. ConnectWise 2017.5 is now supported! [Build: 8.12]
	1065. The Product Content Subscription now has PartLocator support for D&H Canada. We've negotiated an arrangement with D&H Canada to host their parts list to provide our mutual customers with a better ability to locate D&H Canada part numbers when quoting. [Build: 8.12]
	1066. The Product Content Subscription now has PartLocator support for Jenne (USA). We've negotiated an arrangement with Jenne to host their parts list to provide our mutual customers with a better ability to locate Jenne part numbers when quoting. Now, on the Etilize panel, a Jenne option will only appear if the Jenne part number was found by the PartLocator. Previously the Jenne option would always appear even if a part number was not offeered by Jenne. [Build: 8.12]
	1067. For Jenne customers with the Product Content Subscription, Jenne items will now appear in the Etilize Comparison Window if the Jenne part number was found using the PartLocator. [Build: 8.12]
	1068. The user Maintenance window now has columns to show the UserName, OSLoginName, a Reference column, and also a "Flags" column. An "M" will appear in the Flags column if the user has master rights, and a "*" will appear in the UserName has a blank password. The Reference column will display the first 50 characters of the first line of the Notes field. [Build: 8.12]
	1069. For QuoteValet users, you are no longer required to fill out the ManufacturerPartNumber field as a requirement for a picture to appear on the QuoteValet quote for a line item. [Build: 8.12]
	1070. For ConnectWise users, when retrieving a contact from ConnectWise, QuoteWerks now respects the Contact's Communication Defaults for Phone, Fax, and Email if specified. [Build: 8.12]
	1071. For MS CRM users, custom status reasons for a Lost or Won Opportunity are now supported for versions 6 and higher. [Build: 8.12]
	1072. Effective July 2017 Supplies Network now requires all xml queries to be sent using the TLS 1.2 protocol. QuoteWerks now supports this. The TLS 1.2 protocol is not available on Windows XP machines, so any users that wish to use QuoteWerks (or any other software) to interact with Supplies Network XML services will need to be running the software on Windows Vista or higher. Additionally TLS 1.2 requires that the Microsoft .NET framework version 4.5 be installed and Internet Explorer (IE) 11 or higher needs to be installed. In Microsoft IE, TLS 1.2 must be enabled. To enable, click on the Gear/Settings button in IE and select Internet Options from the menu. Go to the Advanced tab, and under the Security section, make sure that TLS v1.2 is checked. [Build: 8.12]
	1073. The action of "DocumentDeletedFromQuoteValet" is now added to the Document Audit Trail log. [Build: 8.12]
	1074. When documents are deleted, that action is now logged in the event.log, like this: [AuditTrail] John Lewe deleted document 'FLAQ1964' (DocID=3365) [Build: 8.12]
	1075. For ConnectWise users, added Datalink mappings for individual TaxCodeLevelRates 1 - 5. This is helpful for Canadian users to be able to map to PST and GST tax rates which was not available with the existing "Company->TaxRate" Datalink that combines all of the tax code levels into a single rate. The new Datalinks are "Company->TaxCodeLevel1Rate" through "Company->TaxCodeLevel5Rate". [Build: 8.15]
	1076. SugarCRM 7.9 is now supported! [Build: 8.18]
	1077. Sage 50 Accounting 2018 US Edition (Peachtree) is now supported! [Build: 8.18]
	1078. For QuickBooks Online Users, the BillTo Email address is now populated in Estimates, Invoices and Sales Receipts. There is a new Setting in the QuickBooks Online Setup in QuoteWerks to default the "Send later" Option for emailing documents. [Build: 8.18]
	1079. For QuickBooks Online Users, added additional QuoteWerks header fields that can be mapped to QuickBooks Online Custom fields. These fields include: SoldToCompany, SoldToContact, ShipToCompany, ShipToContact, BillToCompany, BillToContact, and SoldToPONumber. [Build: 8.18]
	1080. For QuoteValet Mobile users, we've updated the user interface, fixed some UI issues like the issue when scrolling through multiple pages of the NEW template list. You can now select a contact for the Mobile quote from Autotask, and we've updated QuoteValet Mobile to work with the new ConnectWise REST API. Posted live August-23-2017. [Build: 8.19]
	1081. For ConnectWise users, when writing products to a ConnectWise Opportunity, if the Vendor Name is not empty in QuoteWerks, the vendor will now be added to the ConnectWise Procurement Item. The Vendor Name in QuoteWerks must match exactly to the Vendor Company name in ConnectWise. If no match is found, no vendor will be written to the ConnectWise product on the opportunity. [Build: 8.19]
	1082. The Amazon consumer pricing feature that was part of the Product Content Subscription is now available again! [Build: 8.20]
	1083. QuickBooks USA 2018 is now supported! [Build: 8.25]
	1084. For QuickBooks Online users, you can now map the QuoteWerks InternalPartNumber field to the QuickBooks Item Name. [Build: 8.25]

Version 5.2 Build 6 (released June 12, 2017)

	1085. QuoteWerks now supports a real-time leasing integration with Ingram Micro Lease-IT!. Real-time module is required. On the Sale Info tab, just choose the [Add Lease payment Options] button in the Payment Options frame. Once you select your Lease-IT! lease card, the real-time query to Lease-IT! will enable you to see all the lease options available from Lease-IT! such as terms, advance payments, points, and purchase options. Just select the combinations of options you would like to see and Lease-IT! provides all the iterations of those combinations. Once you've had a chance to see them, you can choose which ones you would like to offer to your customer. Leasing options can be specified on the Leasing tab of the Tools->Options menu and also the Leasing tab of the Realtime setup window. [Build: 6]
	1086. You can now modify the Purchasing PO template that is used when e-mailing or saving as PDF a PO from the Purchase Orders tab of the Purchasing window. You can modify this html layout from the [Edit SYS_PurchasingPO HTML] button on the E-Mail Template Manager window. There is also a new SYS_EmailPurchasingPO template under the (System) email templates on the Templates tab of the E-Mail Template Manager window. The SYS_EmailPurchasingPO template controls what the email looks like including email signature, etc. The SYS_PurchasingPO HTML layout controls what the actual PO looks like and what fields and columns are included. If the Misc Access right of "CannotModifyPrintLayouts" is set, then you cannot access the [Edit SYS_PurchasingPO HTML] button. [Build: 6]
	1087. For D&H users, when placing orders electronically through QuoteWerks you can now send the end user information to D&H further automating the order process. This is especially useful for licensing and warranty orders. D&H just added this new capability in April 2017. In addition to the end user information you can now also supply D&H with the End User PO Number, Authorization Quote Number, Master Contract Number, CCOID Number, Serial Number, ESD End User E-Mail, and Reseller E-Mail information. [Build: 6]
	1088. ConnectWise 2017.4 is now supported! [Build: 6]
	1089. ConnectWise 2017.3 is now supported! [Build: 6]
	1090. For ConnectWise users, the ConnectWise integration has been completely rewritten to use the new ConnectWise REST API. ConnectWise support for the older SOAP API is being discontinued effective June 1st, 2017. Because of this change in ConnectWise, all ConnectWise users will need to upgrade to ConnectWise 2016.3 or higher and then update to QuoteWerks version 5.2 build 6. Integration with this new REST API also requires that all machines running QuoteWerks and ConnectWise must have Windows 7 or higher installed. [Build: 6]
	1091. For ConnectWise users, when using ConnectWise as a Product Data Source, Inventory on Hand in ConnectWise is available by right clicking on the product in the QuoteWerks Product Lookup and selecting the "Show ConnectWise Inventory On Hand" menu. The total Availability within ConnectWise is shown along with the breakdown by Warehouse Bins. [Build: 6]
	1092. For ConnectWise users, there is now a right-click menu to "View the Purchase Order in ConnectWise" on the Purchase Orders Tab of the QuoteWerks Purchasing Window. This feature is only available for purchase orders that QuoteWerks creates in ConnectWise. [Build: 6]
	1093. For ConnectWise Users, when using ConnectWise as a Product Database Source, the ConnectWise Unit of Measure (UOM) can be used to determine the recurring properties of a product when adding it to QuoteWerks. There is an option to Enable this in the ConnectWise Setup within QuoteWerks. For example if the ConnectWise UOM is "Month", the product when added to the QuoteWerks Document will have a recurring property of Monthly. [Build: 6]
	1094. For ConnectWise users, when QuoteWerks "Wins" an Opportunity in ConnectWise, there is now an option to convert the Agreement Products on the Opportunity to either a new Agreement or add to an existing Agreement. There is an option in the ConnectWise setup to default this setting. [Build: 6]
	1095. For ConnectWise users, added field Company->SiteName to the list of available DataLink fields. This enables ConnectWise users to retrieve the selected Site?s Name into the QuoteWerks Document. [Build: 6]
	1096. For ConnectWise users, added Company Level Custom Fields to the list of available DataLink fields. In QuoteWerks in the Datalink Mapping, if your ConnectWise Custom Field Name is "SpecialField", the External System Field as Source would be "Company->customFields_SpecialField". In addition to the custom fields, additional miscellaneous Company Level fields were added to the list of available DataLink fields. [Build: 6]
	1097. For ConnectWise users, added Contact Level Custom Fields to the list of available DataLink fields. In QuoteWerks in the Datalink Mapping, if your ConnectWise Custom Field Name is "SpecialField", the External System Field as Source would be "Contact->customFields_SpecialField". In addition to the custom fields, additional miscellaneous Contact Level fields were added to the list of available DataLink fields. [Build: 6]
	1098. For ConnectWise Users, when using ConnectWise as a Product Data Source, the ConnectWise Unit of Measure (UOM), Category, SubCategory, Class, and ProductType are now a mappable fields. [Build: 6]
	1099. For ConnectWise users, when adding a product to a ConnectWise Opportunity, the Vendor Part Number (Vendor SKU) is now included. [Build: 6]
	1100. For ConnectWise users, when using QuoteWerks Purchasing, when receiving an item and linking the item to a PO Item in ConnectWise (a PO item that QuoteWerks did not create in ConnectWise), there is now an option to view the Purchase Order in ConnectWise to assist in linking to the appropriate PO item. [Build: 6]
	1101. In the layout designer you can now set the color of text to any color (previously there was a 16 color limit). The Format->Font dialog no longer lets you select the color or the text effects like underline or strike through from that dialog. The color can now be set using the Format->Text Color menu and the text effects can now be set using the Format->Text Effects menu. The named fonts have also been changed to accommodate the separation of the text color settings from the Font selection dialog. [Build: 6]
	1102. For QuoteValet Insight users, on Dashboard->My Summary, there are now several new periods available. Last Quarter This YTD This Quarter Last YTD Two Years Ago Two Years Ago YTD Three Years Ago Three Years Ago YTD These are available depending upon the security rights that have been assigned to the user. [Build: 6]
	1103. For QuoteValet Insight users, on the QuoteValet Insight Dashboard->Executive Summary, there are now several new periods available. Last Quarter This YTD This Quarter Last YTD Two Years Ago Two Years Ago YTD Three Years Ago Three Years Ago YTD These are available depending upon the security rights that have been assigned to the user. [Build: 6]
	1104. For QuoteValet Insight users, on Dashboard->Approvals, there is now a drop down to choose to display "Approval Pending" or "Approval Denied". [Build: 6]
	1105. QuoteWerks Commands (TM) feature. On the Settings Manager window, there is a new [Run QuoteWerks Command...] button. From here you can enter in a QuoteWerks Command to be executed. These commands are used to SET, GET, or DELETE setting data. The example below would change the user setting to make the QuoteValet Dashboard automatically open when QuoteWerks starts. SET:UserSettings:UserConfig:&APP_LoggedInUserName:AutoOpenQuoteValetDashboardOnStart=-1 QuoteWerks Commands have many uses. QuoteWerks technical support can provide these commands to users to more easily make settings changes rather than explaining the steps to set these settings through the normal user interface. Also since you can run multiple commands at the same time, administrators can more easily grab multiple settings and apply them to other users in more automated fashion. Resellers can use these QuoteWerks Commands to apply standardized customizations to any installation. When right clicking on a setting you can choose the 'Copy SET Command' menu to copy into the clipboard the QuoteWerks Command that would SET this setting when run. For more details, please see the help system. [Build: 6]
	1106. On the Settings Manager the in the spotlight text box you can now press the DOWN arrow key or F3 to move to highlight the next match. You can also press UP arrow key or SHIFT-F3 to highlight the previous match. There is also a new [Remove NON-spotlighted results from list] button. This only removes the settings from the result list and can be used to filter and better focus on what you are looking for. [Build: 6]
	1107. In all spotlight text boxes you can now press the DOWN arrow key or F3 to move to highlight the next match. You can also press UP arrow key or SHIFT-F3 to highlight the previous match. The spotlight text box is On the Access tab of the User Properties window, the License Manager and the Event Viewer. [Build: 6]
	1108. In Settings Manager, CTRL-A now selects all the settings in the current list. [Build: 6]
	1109. In Settings Manager, there is now a "x settings selected" display [Build: 6]
	1110. In Settings Manager, after running a QuoteWerks Command, the last command in the list of commands will now be selected in the list if the command was for the currently selected table. [Build: 6]
	1111. On the Purchasing window the list of items available for purchase were ordered by DocumentHeaders.DocDate, DocumentHeaders.ID, but the items were not sorted in the order they existed in the ORDER document. Now this list is ordered by DocumentHeaders.DocDate, DocumentHeaders.ID, DocumentItems.ID. In conjunction with this change, when right clicking on a Purchase Order and choosing to "E-mail PO" or "Save PO as PDF", the items on the PO will be ordered consistent with the order they were in when added to the Purchase Order. Of note, the order of the items on the PO when displayed on the Purchase Orders tab will be ordered by FulfillmentItems.ShippedOn DESC,FulfillmentItems.EstimatedShipDate DESC. [Build: 6]
	1112. For D&H users, on the Purchasing window, using OrderStatus, now orders with D&H status of "Non Stock Invoice Complete" will now have their QtyShipped automatically set to the QtyOrdered amount. "Non Stock Invoice Complete" status orders are license and warranty orders that do not result in any physical shipping. [Build: 6]
	1113. For D&H users, on the Purchasing window, using OrderStatus, if no fulfillment item data was returned for a PO item, now when you choose the option to "Mark as Shipped (Override)..." it will automatically create a fulfillment record if it did not exist. When this option is used to fix the above mentioned issue, it will result in the ability to have the PO status become "Shipped" instead of "Partial Shipped". [Build: 6]
	1114. On the Product Lookup window, there is now an "Exclude from future Etilize results" menu. Use this to prevent Etilize search results from returning results that you know are either outdated or that you have no need to see. [Build: 6]
	1115. The command line parameter of "/r" now can output a report to a LayoutCSV file, PDF file, or export file. Examples: Preview (only works when report is configured for Layout output vs TextFile output): /r:"report14.rcf",1,"" Print (only works when report is configured for Layout output vs TextFile output): /r:"report14.rcf",2,"HP LaserJet P2055dn" SaveToPDF (only works when report is configured for Layout output vs TextFile output): /r:"report14.rcf",3,"c:\temp\reportcmdlineoutput.pdf" SaveToCSV (only works when report is configured for Layout output vs TextFile output): /r:"report14.rcf",4,"c:\temp\reportcmdlineoutput.csv" Export (only works when report is configured for TextFile output vs Layout output): /r:"report14.rcf",5,"c:\temp\reportcmdlineoutput.txt" See the help file for more details on command line options. [Build: 6]
	1116. For D&H users, added support for new D&H order status of "Non Stock Invoice Complete". Without this the order status would appear as Unknown. [Build: 6]
	1117. On the Purchasing window, when items are backordered, the Order status will now say "Backordered" rather than simply "Open", along with a color change. Also the Receive Items box will now be red when the item in Backordered. [Build: 6]
	1118. For ConnectWise users, When testing the Public and Private API Keys, QuoteWerks will now validate that the API Member has enough rights to use the integration. [Build: 6.02]
	1119. For ConnectWise users, on the ConnectWise Setup window (Contacts->Setup Contact Manager), the Default Closed 'Lost' Status list of choices will now include Open Status in addition to Lost Statuses. The same change was made for the Default Closed 'Won' Status list of choices. [Build: 6.07]
	1120. Added new "Search Query" complex query search option in the Operator drop down list for searching some fields. Support was added for the Bundle Search, Configuration Search, New Template Search, and the Open Document window the DocName and Item Search. Each word separated by a space will do a contains search. If more than one word is enclosed in double quotes (") then that will be seen as a single search phrase. If you type a minus character "-" before the word or phrase enclosed in double quotes (") , the search results will not include results that contain that word or phrase. "Microsoft Office" -2007 "Microsoft Office" -Basic -OEM "Microsoft Office" -"Upgrade Office" [Build: 6.07]
	1121. For ConnectWise users, when Linking to an Existing ConnectWise ticket, the ConnectWise Ticket Number is now displayed. There is also now a button next to the Ticket Name drop-down to view the ticket in ConnectWise. [Build: 6.07]

Version 5.2 Build 3 (released April 17, 2017)

	1122. MS CRM version 8.2 now supported! [Build: 3]
	1123. For MS CRM users, only the first 150 users were displayed in user selection windows. Now the first 250 will be displayed. [Build: 3]
	1124. For MS CRM users, added field contact->parentcustomerid to the list of available DataLink fields. [Build: 3]
	1125. For MS CRM users, added an "Update MS CRM Opportunity name with Document name" option under MS CRM Setup. [Build: 3]
	1126. For MS CRM users, the list of opportunity status codes is now retrieved from MS CRM dynamically, rather than from a hard coded list of "WON", "CANCELED", "OUT-SOLD". [Build: 3]
	1127. GoldMine 2017.1 is now supported! [Build: 3.13]
	1128. For Dell Premier customers, a region/country dropdown was added in the Dell Punchout Setup. In addition to USA, the following countries were added: Canada, United Kingdom (UK), Ireland, Belgium, Netherlands, Germany, France, Australia, and New Zealand. Dell Punchout Ordering functionality is enabled for these countries. [Build: 3.13]
	1129. For Product Content Subscribers in the UK, Etilize Upsell items are now available on the Etilize Panel. These products will be better products with more features and usually sold for a higher price. With this, you can easily provide Good, Better, Best options on your quotes increasing the chance that customers will choose the higher priced items, increasing your sales. [Build: 3.13]
	1130. For Product Content Subscribers in the UK, Etilize Similar items are now available on the Etilize Panel. This is particularly useful when the item you searched for is not in stock, you can use this to find a similar product that is in stock. This also provides you with an easy way to see a list of products to Cross-Sell. [Build: 3.13]
	1131. Added new option on the Misc.General tab of the Tools->My Preferences menu of "On Print window, when saving PDF and default file name exists, automatically suggest unique name". It is useful to turn this off if when saving a PDF you just want a single current PDF of the current quote and not different versions. [Build: 3.13]
	1132. On the Leasing tab of tools->Options menu, added new default option "Include monthly recurring Amount in Lease Amount". [Build: 3.13]
	1133. On the Login tab of the User Properties window, there is now a Notes field. Administrators can save notes about each user in this field. [Build: 3.19]
	1134. On the Product Lookup window, "InternalPartNumber" was added to the Sort by dropdown. [Build: 3.19]

Version 5.2 Build 2 (released February 10, 2017)

	1135. The field size for CostModifier and PriceModifier fields on the DocumentItems tab have been increased from 8 to 18 allowing for longer compound discount modifiers like "D50\10\17". [Build: 2]
	1136. ACT! version 19 is now supported! [Build: 2.22]
	1137. SalesLogix (Infor CRM) 8.3 is now supported! [Build: 2.22]
	1138. For Peachtree (Sage 50 US Edition) users, when using Peachtree as the contact manager you can now retrieve the Customer Terms using the DataLink using the new Data Link field CustomerPaymentTerms. [Build: 2.22]
	1139. On the Templates tab of the File->New menu you can now search the templates by name with "Begins with", "Contains", and "Ends with". [Build: 2.22]
	1140. The macro name &APP_LayoutName is available on the Misc tab of Tools->Options for the generation of the file name for the "Document Attachment file" and "PO Document Attachment file". This is very useful because when used the file name generated would contain the name of the primary selected layout or word document used to generate the file giving the file name some meaningful context. [Build: 2.22]
	1141. There are now the macros &APP_LicensingPrimarySerialNumber, &APP_LicensingEnterpriseLicenseCount, and &APP_LicensingSiteLicenseCount available through the Application.GetMacro API method. [Build: 2.22]
	1142. ConnectWise 2017.2 is now supported! [Build: 2.22]
	1143. When adding a File Link from the Links tab, if you select a file that is not under the \QuoteWerks folder, you will be prompted to link directly to the file or copy it to a centralized storage location (\QuoteWerks\Resources) and link to that file. Users can set the default behavior with the option "When adding File Link default to option to Copy to Centralized Storage" under the Misc tab of the Tools->My Preferences menu. Also adminstrators can force the centralized storage with the Misc Access right of "ForceFileLinksAttachModeAsCopy". [Build: 2.22]
	1144. The Tools->Refresh Item Details menu now an option to choose which Product Data Source you want to refresh the line item data from. Also there is an option "Obtain refreshed data from:" when multiple line items are selected to force the refresh to look in the selected database versus the database specified in the line item. Also the columns are sortable useful in grouping all fields together that have data in them, or sorting the field names alphabetically. [Build: 2.22]
	1145. For ConnectWise users, when converting a quote to an order and converting the ConnectWise opportunity to Won, you can now specify the Close Date. Also when subsequently updating the order and saving the changes to the ConnectWise Closed Won Opportunity, the Closed date will no longer change unless you change it. [Build: 2.22]
	1146. There is now a utility feature to cycle through ALL documents in the database and look at the file links and replace the matching folder location of the linked file with a different folder location. [Build: 2.22]
	1147. When importing a product database, the name of the Product Database is now displayed in the import status window. [Build: 2.22]
	1148. On the Open Document window, the checkbox "Include Revisions", now remembers the last selection per user. [Build: 2.22]
	1149. There are now DocumentItems->&ProductDBForeignCurrencyUnitCost and DocumentItems->&ProductDBForeignCurrencyIdentifier fields available in the layout designer for FPC files. These fields will lookup these field values from the product database for the item in the product database. These are only available for native product databases. [Build: 2.22]
	1150. On the Product Price History window, clicking on the Date column now sorts. [Build: 2.22]
	1151. On the Open Document window, you can now search the Company and Contact fields by "Begins with", "Contains" and "Ends with". [Build: 2.22]
	1152. On the File Links tab of the Quote WorkBook, you can now multi-select when removing links. [Build: 2.22]
	1153. In Select Special can now search number fields UnitCost, UnitPrice, and UnitList with search operator "Equal to", "Not Equal to", "Greater than", "Greater or Equal", "Less than", and "Less or Equal". Also, added text search operators "Not Equal to" and "Ends with" and "Does not Contain". Select Special can now be launched with CTRL-F keyboard shortcut. [Build: 2.22]
	1154. Added menu shortcut key CTRL-R for Edit->Item Attributes. [Build: 2.22]
	1155. Added menu shortcut key CTRL-T for Edit->Add SubTotal. [Build: 2.22]
	1156. In Management Reports you can now use the [Output CSV] button to export the output of the report to a CSV file. This is different than the [Export] button feature in that this [Output CSV] feature takes the output of the Report Layout including the formulas, filtering, sorting, and grouping of sections and then exports that data. [Build: 2.22]
	1157. For Goldmine users, when using the &Dear field in the DataLink, if you selected a Secondary Contact the DataLink will now grab the Dear value from the Secondary contact. [Build: 2.22]
	1158. SugarCRM 7.8 is now supported! [Build: 2.26]
	1159. For Product Content Subscribers, the Etilize Product Comparison now supports ASI, Westcoast, Northamber distributors. [Build: 2.26]
	1160. Added Misc Access Right "CannotManuallyModifyProductQuery". When this is set, the "Show SQL" option will not appear on the Product Lookup window. [Build: 2.26]

Version 5.2 Build 1 (released November 11, 2016)

	1161. ConnectWise 2016.6 is now supported! [Build: 1.28]
	1162. ConnectWise 2016.5 is now supported! [Build: 1.28]
	1163. QuickBooks USA 2017 is now supported! [Build: 1.28]
	1164. QuickBooks Australia 2016 is now supported! [Build: 1.28]
	1165. QuickBooks Canada 2017 is now supported! [Build: 1.28]
	1166. Peachtree/Sage 50 version 2017 is now supported! [Build: 1.28]
	1167. There is now an "Installation Password" feature that can be used to prevent an unauthorized person from updating a QuoteWerks Installation. This is especially useful for preventing remote installations from updating without the permission of their IT administrator. It is also useful for IT administrators and resellers in preventing some random user from updating the network installation of QuoteWerks. Now, before an installation update can begin, if an Installation Password has been set by the administrator, the user will have to supply a valid Installation Password before they will be able to proceed with installing the update. [Build: 1.28]
	1168. When a QuoteWerks update was just installed and a workstation runs QuoteWerks for the first time, it will now prevent other workstations from running QuoteWerks while QuoteWerks is upgrading the data to the new Build. [Build: 1.28]
	1169. Most data stored in .ini files has been moved into database tables. All of the settings that have been transferred to database tables can be viewed from the new Settings Manager accessible by clicking on the [Settings Manager] button on the System tab of the Help->About menu. The Settings Manager is also available from within the Medic Utility by selecting the Utilities->Settings Manager menu. For complete details please see the help file topic "Appendix: QuoteWerks Version 5.2 INI to Database Changes". [Build: 1.28]
	1170. Licensing enforcement no longer uses the .lck file based system. It now uses a Database license metering system. There are some powerful capabilities that come along with this change. Now, if a user is logged into QuoteWerks and locks their machine and leaves for the weekend, users with Master Rights can now revoke their license making it available for other users. When this user comes back they will only have the option to save and close their currently open quotes and exit. The Misc Access right "NonMasterRightsUser_CanRevokeOthersLicenseAllocation" can be granted to non Master Rights users to give them this capability. [Build: 1.28]
	1171. Administrators can now force QuoteWerks to terminate. When an IT administrator wants to make sure everyone is out of QuoteWerks (to apply an update for example) they can force the termination of running instances of QuoteWerks. Any unsaved quotes will be saved as recovery documents. It is not ideal to terminate QuoteWerks this way, but if the admin has no other options, then at least they have the ability to terminate the running exe. The Misc Access right "NonMasterRightsUser_CanTerminateOthersRunningInstances" can be granted to non Master Rights users to give them this capability. [Build: 1.28]
	1172. From the QuoteWerks Login window holding down SHIFT while clicking OK will launch the Logged In Users window where you can see what other users are logged into QuoteWerks. This window will only appear if have entered the correct password for the username. If you have rights to revoke licenses or terminate running instances you can do that from this window. An extra capability of this feature is that if a user is at this login screen and cannot login because there are not enough licenses, an administrator can walk over to this machine, choose their username, enter their password and get access to the Logged In Users window where they can revoke someone else's license. After closing this window, the login window will re-appear for the regular user to then login normally. [Build: 1.28]
	1173. Licensing events are now recorded. Certain events are always recorded like license revokings, forced terminations are now recorded, reaching max Primary license count, reaching max Real-time license count, and reaching max QuoteValet license count. Other events like "[] Record failed login attempts", and "[] Record successful login/logoff (includes duration)" can be turned on/off under the Security tab of the Tools->Options menu. You can display the Event Viewer by clicking on the [Event Viewer] button on the Utilities->LoggedInUsers menu. [Build: 1.28]
	1174. When a login fails because there are not enough licenses, the Logged In Users window will automatically be displayed. [Build: 1.28]
	1175. If you attempt to login using a UserName that is already logged into QuoteWerks, you will be given the option to revoke the license from the other logged in instance so that you can login. [Build: 1.28]
	1176. For Autotask users, when creating or updating an Autotask Quote the QuoteWerks Customer PO# now populates the PurchaseOrderNumber field in the Autotask quote. [Build: 1.28]
	1177. For ConnectWise 2016.3 and higher users, QuoteWerks recurring products can now be written to a ConnectWise Opportunity Item as a recurring product (utilizing this newer feature in ConnectWise). This feature is only available in the new ConnectWise REST API. It is not available in the older ConnectWise SOAP API, so you must enable the ConnectWise REST API in QuoteWerks setup to use this new feature. [Build: 1.28]
	1178. For ConnectWise 2016.3 and higher users, when the ConnectWise REST API is enabled, there is now an option on the REST API tab of the ConnectWise Setup window to "write QuoteWerks SoldToPONumber 'Cust PO#' to ConnectWise Opportunity". [Build: 1.28]
	1179. Bundles can now be searched by Begins with, Contains, and Ends with. The last selection is remembered per user. [Build: 1.28]
	1180. Configurations can now be searched by Begins with, Contains, and Ends with. The last selection is remembered per user. [Build: 1.28]
	1181. When rehosting to SQL you can now specify an existing Database to rehost to. This is useful so that you do not have to supply a SQL server UserID that has the security rights to create databases. [Build: 1.28]
	1182. Added new Misc Access rights CannotModifyFieldValue:DI_CustomDate01, CannotModifyFieldValue:DI_CustomDate02, CannotModifyFieldValue:DI_CustomNumber01, CannotModifyFieldValue:DI_CustomNumber02, CannotModifyFieldValue:DI_CustomNumber03, CannotModifyFieldValue:DI_CustomNumber04, CannotModifyFieldValue:DI_CustomNumber05, CannotModifyFieldValue:DI_CustomMemo01, CannotModifyFieldValue:DI_CustomMemo02, CannotModifyFieldValue:DI_InternalPartNumber [Build: 1.28]
	1183. For API users, added the events: BeforeSynchronization(sXMLData, bCancel) AND AfterSynchronization(sXMLData) [Build: 1.28]
	1184. For API users, the event BeforeSaveDocument(ByVal iSaveAction As Integer, ByRef bCancel as Boolean) now fires for the AutoSave events with an iSaveAction=4. [Build: 1.28]
	1185. For API users, added event AfterSaveDocumentEx(ByVal iSaveAction As Integer, ByVal iResult As Integer, ByVal sXMLData As String). This event provides more information than the existing AfterSaveDocument() event. [Build: 1.28]
	1186. The creation of user login names is no longer limited by the 8 character user INI file name generation. You used to receive a message like "The User Name specified cannot be added because it conflicts with the {username}.ini file of JLEWE.INI" [Build: 1.28]
	1187. Under the [Addons] section of the siteboot.ini file there is a new AutoRunXUsers= key. Here you can specify a comma delimited list of users that you want the addon for. For example the AutoRun1=notepad.exe and the AutoRun1Users=John Lewe, Brian Laufer [Build: 1.28]
	1188. For API users, added a series of methods to read/write/delete settings from the new Settings table since the data has been moved out of ini files into the database. Application.SiteSettingRead (sSectionName as String, sKeyName as String) Application.SiteSettingWrite (sSectionName as String, sKeyName as String, sKeyValue as String) Application.SiteSettingDelete (sSectionName as String, sKeyName as String) Application.SystemSettingRead (sSectionName as String, sKeyName as String) Application.SystemSettingWrite (sSectionName as String, sKeyName as String, sKeyValue as String) Application.SystemSettingDelete (sSectionName as String, sKeyName as String) Application.UserSettingRead (sUserName as String, sSectionName as String, sKeyName as String) Application.UserSettingWrite (sUserName as String, sSectionName as String, sKeyName as String, sKeyValue as String) Application.UserSettingDelete (sUserName as String, sSectionName as String, sKeyName as String, sKeyValue as String) [Build: 1.28]

Version 5.1 Build 6 (released July 11, 2016)

	1189. SugarCRM 7.7 is now supported! [Build: 6.03]
	1190. Maximizer 14.1 is now supported! [Build: 6.03]
	1191. For salesforce.com users, creating/updating opportunities containing line items is up to 60% faster. [Build: 6.03]
	1192. For salesforce.com users, when running merge remote documents, with the "[x] Download attachments from salesforce.com" option checked, it is much faster, and uses less memory especially when choosing the option for "[]DTF files updated or added since last merge" [Build: 6.03]
	1193. Effective June 25th, 2016 Salesforce.com now requires all SOAP queries to be sent using the TLS 1.1 protocol. QuoteWerks now supports this. The TLS 1.1 protocol is not available on Windows XP machines, so any users that wish to use QuoteWerks (or any other software) to interact with salesforce.com services will need to be running the software on Windows Vista or higher. Additionally TLS 1.1 requires that the Microsoft .NET framework version 4.5 be installed and Internet Explorer (IE) 11 or higher needs to be installed. In Microsoft Internet Explorer(IE), TLS 1.1 must be enabled. To enable, click on the Gear/Settings button in IE and select Internet Options from the menu. Go to the Advanced tab, and under the Security section, make sure that TLS v1.1 is checked. For more details visit: https://help.salesforce.com/apex/HTViewSolution?id=000221207 [Build: 6.03]
	1194. For Product Content Subscribers, on the grid toolbar there is now a "Refresh Etilize Item detail" icon. You can use this to update the selected line items in the Workbook with Etilize detail such as Description, Weight, Picture and more. This is useful when using a non-Etilize data source when adding products to your quote or when importing a Quote from Tech Data or other vendor. In the line item, the (Manufacturer and Manufacturer Part Number) or (Vendor and Vendor Part Number) fields must be filled out in order to obtain information about this product from Etilize. [Build: 6.03]
	1195. For Product Content Subscribers, in the Paste Special Feature, there is now an option that enables you to update the items to be pasted with Etilize detail such as Description, Weight, Picture and more. In the data that you are pasting, the (Manufacturer and Manufacturer Part Number) or (Vendor and Vendor Part Number) fields must have data in them in order to obtain information about this product from Etilize. [Build: 6.03]
	1196. For Product Content Subscribers, Products sourced via Etilize can now be used in QuoteWerks Bundles. The Vendor and Vendor Part Number selected during the setup of the Bundle will be used when adding the product to the QuoteWerks Document when selecting the Bundle. QuoteWerks will also retrieve real-time pricing for the selected product and vendor combination when the product is added to the document. [Build: 6.03]
	1197. For Product Content Subscribers, Products sourced via Etilize can now be used in QuoteWerks Configurations. The Vendor and Vendor Part Number selected during the setup of Configuration will be used when adding the product to the QuoteWerks Document when using the Configurator. QuoteWerks will also retrieve real-time pricing for the selected product and vendor combination when the product is added to the document. [Build: 6.03]
	1198. For Product Content Subscribers, Products sourced via Etilize can now be used in QuoteWerks Required Items Sets. The Vendor and Vendor Part Number selected during the setup of Required Item will be used when adding the product to the QuoteWerks Document. QuoteWerks will also retrieve real-time pricing for the selected product and vendor combination when the product is added to the document. [Build: 6.03]
	1199. For Product Content Subscribers, there is now a per user "My Favorites" folder under the Etilize Product Source on the Product Lookup. To add products to the "My Favorites" folder, right click on the product in the Etilize Source list and Select "Add Etilize Product to 'My Favorites'". To remove a product from the "My Favorites" list, right click on the product list and select "Remove Etilize Product from 'My Favorites'". These actions can be performed on a product by product basis or by multi-selecting products in the list. [Build: 6.03]
	1200. For Tech Data USA Customers, you can now view a comprehensive list and import all Tech Data Quotes created by Tech Data's sales reps, or created by yourself on the techdata.com website. Tech Data quotes created over the last 45 days will be available. You do not need to know the Tech Data quote number, and you can import all the details into the QuoteWerks quote, saving time and reducing data entry error. To use this feature, on the grid toolbar on the DocumentItems tab, click on the TD icon drop down button and choose "Retrieve Tech Data SAP Quote" menu option. You must have Tech Data XML credentials entered into QuoteWerks to use this feature. Quotes created via StreamOne (Tech Data's Cloud Services Website) are currently not available using this Tech Data API. [Build: 6.03]
	1201. There is now an option on the Lease Payment Calculator window to "Include Monthly recurring in lease payment". This will enable you to present your customer with a single monthly payment amount that includes both the lease payment for the upfront purchase amount and also your monthly recurring service charges. [Build: 6.03]
	1202. the Payment Options section on the Sale Info tab has been improved to include a display for the Purchase Amount and also the Monthly Recurring Amount. For the Upfront Purchase options, if there is a monthly recurring amount for the quote, it will display that amount in the upfront purchase option. This will also be displayed in the printed output, making it clear to the recipient that if they choose a non-lease payment option there will be the upfront purchase amount and also a monthly amount. [Build: 6.03]
	1203. Added new "Purchase Option display macro" customization on the Payment tab under Tools->Options. This gives you better control over the Purchase payment options displayed on the printed/pdf quote. For example, you can now choose to not include the cash price purchase amount in the payment option. [Build: 6.03]
	1204. The Export feature of the Management Reports has been completely re-designed. In addition to using the normal filter features, you can now choose which fields of information to export into a text file. You can also choose the order in which the columns are exported, you can specify multiple sort orders for the exported data, you can specify the field delimiter, if you want to include the field names in the first row of the export file and more. You can also specify the path and file name of the export file while also having an option to prompt the user for the file name and path. There is also a misc Access right of "CannotModifyManagementReportExportSettings" that will prevent a user from being able to change the export settings including which fields are exported, the format of the export file, etc. There is also a Misc Access right "CannotExportManagementReportDocumentData" which can be used to stop a user from exporting quote/order/invoice type information from the Management Report. [Build: 6.03]
	1205. After cloning a user, that user is now selected in the user list. [Build: 6.03]
	1206. When synchronizing, Etilize "My Favorites" can now be synchronized in the initial rollout. [Build: 6.03]
	1207. On the Product Lookup window you can now search by InternalPartNumber for native product databases, including ones hosted to Azure, and also in the multiple product database search (which will just search for this field in native product databases. [Build: 6.03]
	1208. On the Search Fields tab of the Open Document window, under the Item drop down, you can now select InternalPartNumber and do a line item level search for an InternalPartNumber. [Build: 6.03]
	1209. For API users, added new DocFunctions.DocumentPrint2 method. This now allows you to take advantage of the new print selections features allowing you to specify the exact order of each print element you want to print. This method is typically used to automate printing the document directly to a printer or initiating the print preview window, etc. For details, please see the updated SDK. [Build: 6.03]
	1210. For API users, added new DocFunctions.DocumentPrintPDF method. This can be used to combine print elements in whatever order you would like and output them to a PDF file of your choice without any input from the user. For details, please see the updated SDK. [Build: 6.03]
	1211. For Ingram Micro Canada online ordering users, added Purolator shipping options: Purolator Air, Purolator Air 9am, Purolator Air 10:30am, Purolator Ground, Purolator Express 9am, Purolator Express 10:30am, and Purolator Weekend. [Build: 6.03]
	1212. There is now a DocumentHeaders->&QuoteValetTotalPaymentsMade field available in the layout designer for FPC files. This will display the total of payments for this document received through QuoteValet. It is important to note, this sums up the successful payments recorded in the local database, so it is only as current as the last time QuoteWerks communicated with QuoteValet. [Build: 6.03]
	1213. The File->Duplicate window now has the option "[x] Reset DocDate, DocDueDate, and ExpirationDate like a new document". This setting will be remembered between sessions. [Build: 6.03]
	1214. For QuoteValet users you will be warned if the quote you are about to upload to QuoteValet is already expired. [Build: 6.03]
	1215. For Ingram Micro online ordering users, you can now enter special instructions on the Purchase order Info tab even when the "[x] Include End User information (End User information is required in some licensing or warranty orders)." option is checked. [Build: 6.03]
	1216. For SugarCRM users on the Create Opportunity window you can now specify the AssignedTo user. [Build: 6.03]
	1217. For SugarCRM users on the Create/Update Follow Up Call window you can now specify the AssignedTo user. [Build: 6.03]
	1218. Real-time Pricing and Availability is now available for IT Distributor ASI Canada! [Build: 6.03]
	1219. For Product Content Subscribers, ASI Canada pricing & availability is now available on the Etilize Panel if you have an account with this distributor. [Build: 6.03]
	1220. Added option "When Adding Items to a Group, default HidePrice to yes." on the Misc tab of the Tools->Options menu. This controls the default behavior when adding an item into a group using the Edit->Convert to Group menu option or when adding items into a Grouped Bundle definition. [Build: 6.03]
	1221. On the Open Document window the selected DocNo field operator is now remembered per user. [Build: 6.03]
	1222. On the Open Document window the selected DocName field operator is now remembered per user. [Build: 6.03]
	1223. On the Open Document window the selected DocStatus field operator is now remembered per user. [Build: 6.03]
	1224. On the Print Preview window, adding keyboard menu shortcuts, CTRL-P for Print, CTRL-G for Go to Page, CTRL-E for Send E-mail, CTRL-S for Save as PDF, CTRL-U for Attach to CRM, and CTRL-W for close. [Build: 6.03]
	1225. When running a report and being asked to supply a value for a field filter and you choose cancel, this will now cancel the report. [Build: 6.03]
	1226. GoldMine 2016.1 is now supported! [Build: 6.04]
	1227. ConnectWise 2016.4 is now supported! [Build: 6.04]
	1228. QuickBooks UK 2016 is now supported! [Build: 6.04]
	1229. Microsoft SQL Server 2016 is now supported! [Build: 6.06]
	1230. MS CRM 2016 Update (v8.1) is now supported! [Build: 6.06]

Version 5.1 Build 4 (released April 8, 2016)

	1231. ConnectWise 2016.1 is now supported! [Build: 4]
	1232. Maximizer 2016 (v14) is now supported! [Build: 4]
	1233. LineNumbering feature. There are two new macro fields DocumentItems.&LineNumber and DocumentItems.&LineNumberActual. By default these will not be visible columns. You can make them visible choosing the View->Customize columns menu. They are also available for use in the print layouts. Any lines with the Excluded=Yes or PrintLine=No will automatically not be numbered. In addition you can set the following options on the Print tab of the Tools->Options menu that control which line items are numbered: "Don't number Heading lines, "Don't number Comment lines", "Don't number Empty Comment lines", "Don't number Group Member lines", "Don't number % Charge lines", "Don't number % Discount lines", "Don't number SubTotal lines", "Don't number Running SubTotal lines", and "Don't number Summary lines". The DocumentItems.&LineNumber feature is designed based on the need to uniquely identify a line on the quote primarily for purposes of talking with the customer about it over the phone or by email. The DocumentItems.&LineNumberActual is designed so that you can see the line numbers for each row at the same time, so that there is always a visual indicator displayed for each line so you no longer have to click on a line to see what line number it is. [Build: 4]
	1234. You can now highlight line items using up to 5 pre-defined highlight colors. Simply select or multi-select line items and click on the highlighter icon above the grid on the DocumentItems tab. This feature gives you the ability to tag/highlight line items in a way that you can use as a visual aide in reminding yourself that you need to complete something on these line items. You can combine this with the Notes column to enter in notes for yourself regarding what you need to do with the line item. This is a very useful productivity tool! The highlighting is only seen in the QuoteWerks quote, it will not been seen by the customer in the PDF output or when uploaded to QuoteValet. [Build: 4]
	1235. Double-clicking on a FPC layout or Word document on the Primary or Additional tab of the Print Document window will now run/merge just that FPC layout or Word document file and then preview it. Double-clicking used to edit the layout or Word file. This is a quick preview feature for that layout that does not include cover page, literature, etc. It is useful for looking over details that need to be double checked, typically literature, spec sheets, etc are static items that do not need to be reviewed every time. [Build: 4]
	1236. For SYNNEX online ordering, re-designed the way addresses are selected for the ShipTo, EndUser, and Reseller fields on the order form. Especially when the items in the online order are from multiple orders, you will now be able to select any of the addresses from any of the orders related to these items. The addresses include the Soldto, ShipTo, BillTo, and Sales Rep location. [Build: 4]
	1237. For salesforce.com users with multiple currencies activated for Price Books, re-designed how the currency is selected on the Create/Update Opportunity window. Also added some site.ini settings under the [Contact Managers] section. You can add the key "SFPriceBookISOCurrencyCodeList=AUD,NZD,USD,CAD,EUR,GBP" to control which currencies are displayed as choices. You may have 10 price books in salesforce.com but only want to show a couple on the QuoteWerks Opportunity window. You can also set the key "SFOppPriceBookInclusionList=Silver Price List,Gold Price List" to control that. Lastly, if you want the default currency selected for the Opportunity PriceBook to be the Alternate Currency selection in QuoteWerks, you can set the key "SFOppPriceBookCurrencyCodeDefaultToAlternateCurrency=-1" [Build: 4]
	1238. For salesforce.com users you can now select the Standard Price Book as the Price Book for the Opportunity when creating or updating a salesforce.com opportunity. [Build: 4]
	1239. On the Open Document window there is a now a new "QuoteValet Document ID" column. You can use this to see if you have uploaded the document to QuoteValet. You can sort on this column and very easily see a list of documents that have been uploaded and not been uploaded. [Build: 4]
	1240. On the Edit Product window the UI size of the 255 character Notes text box was increased so that you can see and enter all 255 characters. [Build: 4]
	1241. The Add Item Assistant window is now larger. The form is taller and wider, the description column is wider and more optional items are displayed vertically. [Build: 4]
	1242. When editing the layout FPC files and you choose File->Printer Setup this will embed the page size into the FPC file and whenever that fpc file is printed (especially to a PDF file), it will use the page size embedded in the FPC file. [Build: 4]
	1243. On the DocumentItems tab, the width of the description column of the drop down list for the CostModifier and PriceModifier cells was widened by 40%. [Build: 4]
	1244. The width of the Print Selections display area on the Print window has been increased by 32%. [Build: 4]
	1245. Added new macro fields: &SYS_FirstDayOfCurrentYearForSQL, &SYS_LastDayOfCurrentYearForSQL, &SYS_FirstDayOfLastYearForSQL, and &SYS_LastDayOfLastYearForSQL. These are especially useful in report filters. [Build: 4]
	1246. Added new user preference "Auto-close Bundle window after selecting bundle" on the Misc tab of the Tools->My Preferences menu. When on the Bundles window and choosing to add/insert a bundle into the quote, this option will be used. [Build: 4]
	1247. Added new user preference "Prompt for Bundle Quantity" on the Misc tab of the Tools->My Preferences menu. When on the Bundles window and choosing to add/insert a bundle into the quote, this option will be used. [Build: 4]
	1248. Added a new column "Exclusive Option Group" for the Document Items tab. This will display the mutually exclusive Group that the line item belongs to - if the item is an optional item. [Build: 4]
	1249. On the Open Document window you can now search the DocNo field by "Begins with", "Contains" and "Ends with". [Build: 4]
	1250. On the Open Document window you can now search the DocName field by "Begins with", "Contains" and "Ends with". [Build: 4]
	1251. On the Open Document window you can now search the DocStatus field by "Equal to", or "Begins with". [Build: 4]
	1252. There is now an installation option to not install the help files. Since there are over 2500 files in the help system, this speeds up installation time significantly. [Build: 4]
	1253. All the default layouts have been updated to use the new LineNumbering macros DocumentItems.&LineNumber and DocumentItems.&LineNumberActual as needed. [Build: 4]
	1254. When adding a new % Charge line item, the default TaxCode is set based on the DocumentItems tab of the Tools->Options menu. [Build: 4]
	1255. MS CRM 2016 (v8.0) is now supported! [Build: 4.14]
	1256. For salesforce.com users, there is now a "Write Products into Opportunity" option on the Create/Update Opportunity window. This enables you to choose to write the products into the opportunity at each save. Sometimes you are in the initial stage of quoting and do not have a complete list of products, so rather wait until you are ready to upload the opportunity products. Additionally this speeds up the save process. This option will only appear if the "Write Products into Opportunity" option on the Setup window is checked. [Build: 4.14]
	1257. For salesforce.com users, you can now populate the salesforce.com opportunity with the Alternate Currency amount from the quote. This is activated with the site.ini setting, under the [Contact Managers] section, with the key SFOppPricingUseAlternateCurrency=-1. [Build: 4.14]
	1258. For Salesforce.com users, when writing line items to the Opportunity, any errors encountered will be saved until all items have been attempted to be written into the opportunity, then one error message will be displayed containing possibly error messages about multiple items. [Build: 4.14]
	1259. For Salesforce.com users, when QuoteWerks is finished saving the opportunity, attachment, etc to salesforce.com it will display a message in the status bar on the right side like "Save 'FLAQ2249' to Salesforce.com complete 1:19:27 pm". [Build: 4.14]
	1260. On the File Links tab, there is a new menu option to "Add a Folder Link". [Build: 4.14]
	1261. When cloning a print layout you can now specify the name of the FPC file. [Build: 4.14]
	1262. When creating, editing, or cloning users it will be logged in the event log file (event.log). [Build: 4.14]
	1263. On the Apply To tab of the User Properties window, when settings are applied to other users it will be logged in the event log file (event.log). [Build: 4.14]
	1264. On the Login tab of the User Properties window, when Master Rights is assigned to a user it will be logged in the event log file (event.log). [Build: 4.14]
	1265. On the Apply to tab of the Customize Document Columns window, when a user applies settings to all users or selected users, it will be logged in the event log file (event.log). [Build: 4.14]
	1266. On the Apply to tab of the Customize Product Database columns window, when a user applies settings to all users or selected users, it will be logged in the event log file (event.log). [Build: 4.14]
	1267. QuickBooks Canada 2016 is now supported! [Build: 4.15]
	1268. Effective March 11th, 2016 SYNNEX now requires all xml queries to be sent using the TLS 1.1 protocol. QuoteWerks now supports this. The TLS 1.1 protocol is not available on Windows XP machines, so any users that wish to use QuoteWerks (or any other software) to interact with SYNNEX XML services will need to be running the software on Windows Vista or higher. Additionally TLS 1.1 requires that the Microsoft .NET framework version 4.5 be installed and Internet Explorer (IE) 11 or higher needs to be installed. In Microsoft IE, TLS 1.1 must be enabled. To enable, click on the Gear/Settings button in IE and select Internet Options from the menu. Go to the Advanced tab, and under the Security section, make sure that TLS v1.1 is checked. [Build: 4.21]
	1269. For Dell Premier Customers, When placing an online order with Dell, there is now an option to pay with terms or credit card. Prior to this update, online orders with Dell would be placed on terms. [Build: 4.21]
	1270. For Tech Data online ordering, re-designed the way addresses are selected for the ShipTo and EndUser on the order form. Especially when the items in the online order are from multiple orders, you will now be able to select any of the addresses from any of the orders related to these items. The addresses include the Soldto, ShipTo, BillTo, and Sales Rep location. [Build: 4.21]
	1271. For Ingram Micro online ordering, re-designed the way addresses are selected for the ShipTo, EndUser, and Reseller fields on the order form. Especially when the items in the online order are from multiple orders, you will now be able to select any of the addresses from any of the orders related to these items. The addresses include the Soldto, ShipTo, BillTo, and Sales Rep location. [Build: 4.21]
	1272. For D&H online ordering, re-designed the way addresses are selected for the ShipTo fields on the order form. Especially when the items in the online order are from multiple orders, you will now be able to select any of the addresses from any of the orders related to these items. The addresses include the Soldto, ShipTo, BillTo, and Sales Rep location. [Build: 4.21]
	1273. For Dell online ordering, re-designed the way addresses are selected for the ShipTo and Billto fields on the order form. Especially when the items in the online order are from multiple orders, you will now be able to select any of the addresses from any of the orders related to these items. The addresses include the Soldto, ShipTo, BillTo, and Sales Rep location. [Build: 4.21]
	1274. When displaying payment options in the print output, there is now an option to not show the selection brackets like "[ ]" when there is only a single payment option. To activate this, in the site.ini under the [Defaults] section, add the key LeasingPaymentOptionPrefixHideIfSingleOption=-1. [Build: 4.21]
	1275. For QuickBooks users, the time it takes to load the Setup window has been reduced dramatically. [Build: 4.21]
	1276. When a line item is already highlighted in Yellow and you click on the button portion of the highlighting menu button (which normally causes the line to be highlighted yellow), it will remove the highlighting. Essentially, pressing this button repeatedly will toggle the line item highlight between yellow and no highlight. [Build: 4.21]
	1277. The CTRL-` key combination will now cycle between tabs on the Quote WorkBook. The CTRL-TAB key combination already cycles between currently open Quote WorkBooks. [Build: 4.21]
	1278. The Edit->Insert Heading now has a CTRL-H keyboard shortcut. [Build: 4.21]
	1279. While using the Zoom Description Window, you can now use the CTRL-A Keyboard combination to select all text in the Zoom Text. [Build: 4.21]
	1280. The Product Content Subscription now has PartLocator support for SYNNEX Canada. We've negotiated an arrangement with SYNNEX Canada to host their parts list to provide our mutual customers with a better ability to locate SYNNEX Canada part numbers when quoting. [Build: 4.21]
	1281. Tech Data Belgium Real-time Pricing & Availability is now supported! [Build: 4.21]
	1282. For Ingram Micro online ordering users, if you are placing a Dtype order specifying End User information, you no longer have to remember to set the ShipVia to Other. Behind the scenes, it will ignore the ShipVia selection and set it to Other internally since that is what is required by Ingram for a Dtype order. [Build: 4.24]
	1283. ConnectWise 2016.2 is now supported! [Build: 4.21]
	1284. ConnectWise 2016.3 is now supported! [Build: 4.33]

Version 5.1 Build 2 (released December 15, 2015)

	1285. SugarCRM 7.6 is now supported! [Build: 2.02]
	1286. Windows 10 supported since April 2015. [Build: 2.04]
	1287. SalesLogix 8.2 is now supported! [Build: 2.05]
	1288. Goldmine 2015.2 is now supported! [Build: 2.06]
	1289. There are now options of "Default Primary Layout Filter to 'All'" and "Default Additional Primary Layout Filter to 'All'" on the Misc tab of the User Preferences menu. Normally when a QUOTE document is printed, the filter button will default to QUOTE type layouts. These settings override this standard behavior. [Build: 2.10]
	1290. There is now a column displaying Internal Notes for Bundles and Configurations on the Bundles and Configurations windows respectively. [Build: 2.10]
	1291. QuoteValet Auto-Reminders! How much time do you spend following up with customers reminding them that their quotes are about to expire, or resending quotes to them because you know they have not even viewed them yet, or reminding them that they accepted the quote, but have not paid yet? QuoteValet can now do that all automatically for you! You can set the defaults for these options on the Notifications tab of the QuoteValet Setup window. While the defaults will be applied to all quotes uploaded to QuoteValet, you can also control these reminders at the individual quote level through the [Reminder options] button on the Upload To QuoteValet window. As usual all of these email notification templates are editable for you to customize! Here is a complete list of QuoteValet Auto-Reminder email options: Remind Recipient if document NOT VIEWED within x days. Remind Recipient when document is EXPIRING in x days. Remind Recipient when document is accepted but NOT PAID after x days. Remind SalesRep if document NOT VIEWED within x days. Remind SalesRep when document is EXPIRING in x days. Remind SalesRep when document is accepted but NOT PAID after x days. [Build: 2.25]
	1292. For QuoteValet users, the SalesRep is notified by email the FIRST time a customer views the quote since it was uploaded to QuoteValet. There is now an option to have QuoteValet notify the Sales Rep by email EVERY time the customer views the quote. Contact support to request that option be activated. Posted live Dec-4-2015 10:00am. [Build: 2.25]
	1293. For Autotask users, you can now create a new Autotask Company and Contact record from the QuoteWerks SoldTo/ShipTo tab using the information already entered on the SoldTo/ShipTo tab. For the feature to be enabled, the SoldTo field cannot already be populated with a contact that was retrieved from Autotask. Also, the Company field, Contact field, and Phone field must also be populated. This feature is available on the toolbar above the SoldTo, ShipTo, and BillTo areas of the Quote WorkBook. There is also an Access Right "CannotCreateCRMContact" that you can set if you do not want specific users to be able to use this feature. [Build: 2.25]
	1294. For Autotask users, when saving the Quote, you have the ability to create a new Account To-Do. The To-Do can be linked to the Autotask Account, Contact, and/or Opportunity. When saving an existing Quote in QuoteWerks you have the option to up update the existing Account To-Do that was created by QuoteWerks. Autotask Account To-Dos are a great way to set a reminder about the quote you are working on such as a follow-up call. [Build: 2.25]
	1295. For Autotask users, if QuoteWerks creates an Account To-Do when saving the quote, an auto-link will be generated for you on the Links Tab. Clicking on this auto-link will launch the Autotask Account To-Do in a browser. [Build: 2.25]
	1296. For Autotask users, there is now a new DataLink option for Account->&AccountManager. This macro will retrieve the Account Manager's name for the specified contact into the designated field. Previously, you could only retrieve the OwnerResourceID field which was a numeric record id for the Account Manager. [Build: 2.25]
	1297. The new Salesforce.com integration re-written to use newer SOAP API introduced in QuoteWerks version 5.1 Build 1 now integrates with non-Enterprise editions of salesforce.com without requiring the salesforce.com API module. [Build: 2.25]
	1298. On the Purchase Orders tab and Ordered Items tab of the Purchasing Window, the DocNo that the POItem is from is now displayed with the PO Item details. [Build: 2.25]
	1299. There are now 3 new options for merging PDF files on the Misc tab of the Tools->My Preferences menu. With the print engine redesign in version 5.1 all of the print elements like Literature, Spec Sheets, File Links, etc are combined into a single PDF file that also contains the quote. When emailing a quote, some users prefer to not combine the Literature, Spec Sheets, and File Links into the actual PDF file that contains the quote itself. We have added the following options to allow for this: "Merge Literature with primary quote PDF", "Merge Spec Sheets with primary quote PDF", "Merge File Link with primary quote PDF". [Build: 2.25]
	1300. The main toolbar New split-button now has menu items "New Quote", "New Order", "New Invoice". [Build: 2.25]
	1301. The main toolbar New split-button now has a Most Recently Used (MRU) menu on the recent templates you have used. [Build: 2.25]
	1302. Added new Misc Access rights "CannotCreateNewQuoteDocuments", "CannotCreateNewOrderDocuments", and "CannotCreateNewInvoiceDocuments". These rights do not have any affect on converting documents or duplicating documents. These rights are designed to stop a user from creating fresh empty documents. [Build: 2.25]
	1303. On the Search Fields tab of the Open Document window, under the Item drop down, you can now select PONumber and do a line item level search for a PONumber. [Build: 2.25]
	1304. Added Misc Access right "CannotModifyManagementReports". When this is set, on the Management Reports window, a user cannot click on the [Edit] button which prevents them from changing any aspects of the selected report. [Build: 2.25]
	1305. The DataLink can now be used to populate the SalesRep field. [Build: 2.25]
	1306. On the Open Document window, pressing ENTER while a record in the grid is selected will open the document. [Build: 2.25]
	1307. Multiple Monitor enhanced support. Changes have been made to better control which monitors windows appear on when they open. When the "Don't remember window location" option on the Misc tab under Tools->My Preferences is checked, window locations will not be remembered, so windows like the Product Lookup window will just open on the same monitor as the main QuoteWerks application. If this is unchecked then QuoteWerks will remember the last location you positioned the following QuoteWerks windows: Main window, Product Lookup, Configurator, Purchasing, QuoteValet Dashboard, Send Email, and Email Templates. QuoteWerks will position them in those locations the next time you open those windows. QuoteWerks already remembers window sizes and locations per each machine that you use to run QuoteWerks. Now it will also remember separate settings for when you are remoted (using RDP) into a machine running QuoteWerks, and even per which remote machine you are using. This is very useful since often when you remote in you only have access to one monitor, rather than your multiple monitors you have access to when sitting in front of your machine. [Build: 2.25]

Version 5.1 Build 1 (released November 3, 2015)

	1308. ACT! version 18 is now supported! [Build: 1]
	1309. ACT! for Web version 17 is now supported! [Build: 1]
	1310. QuickBooks 2016 is now supported! [Build: 1]
	1311. Sage 50 US Edition (Peachtree) 2016 is now supported! [Build: 1]
	1312. MS CRM v7.1 (2015 update 1) is now supported! [Build: 1]
	1313. ConnectWise 2015.5 is now supported! [Build: 1]
	1314. ConnectWise 2015.6 is now supported! [Build: 1]
	1315. Autosave feature. Autosave will save the quote to the database about every 2 minutes as triggered by activity. Since AutoSave is automatic and inline while you are composing your quote, AutoSave quickly saves the quote to the database, but does not save changes to the CRM or to QuoteValet since those take much longer. When you do a full save you will be prompted to update your CRM and QuoteValet. Also when a quote is closed that was only AutoSaved, you will be prompted to do a full save. If the currently open quote has never been saved you will be prompted to save the quote, after which auto-saves will then continue automatically without further input. AutoSave can be enabled per user by checking the "Enable AutoSave" checkbox on the Misc tab of the Tools->My Preferences menu. [Build: 1]
	1316. In June 2015 Google has discontinued the API QuoteWerks (and other apps) used to query Google contacts. Google contacts integration was re-written to use Google's new API. [Build: 1]
	1317. Salesforce.com integration re-written to use newer SOAP API. Now salesforce.com custom fields listed in the DataLink mappings will show the actual field names with the "__c" postfix rather than field ids. When this update is installed, it will require that you re-setup any DataLink mappings that mapped data to or from a salesforce.com custom field to use their new "__c" name. [Build: 1]
	1318. QuoteWerks now merges Microsoft Word Documents without automating Microsoft Word. As a result, Microsoft Word Merging no longer requires Microsoft Word to be installed or running on workstations. Additionally, instead of a merge taking 90 seconds when automating Word, the merge takes 5 seconds or less. [Build: 1]
	1319. The printing system has been completely revised. Fundamentally the change is that now all output creates a PDF file that is then previewed, printed, emailed, etc. These changes are required to accommodate the upcoming QuoteWerks Web offering. Additionally, all the individual components are now created as individual PDF files and then merged together. This approach allows for control of the order in which the individual print elements are assembled which now can be manually adjusted on the Print window. These changes will affect the ability to display the "Page X of Y" page totals. The "Page X" will still work, but since the individual print elements are individually created as separate PDF files and then later merged together, at the time of the creation of each individual print element the "of Y" component is unknown and therefore cannot be supplied. As a solution to this QuoteWerks will automatically write into the bottom right corner of each page of all the assembled PDF files the "page x of y" notation onto each page of all the assembled PDF files. [Build: 1]
	1320. On the Print window, the Layouts tab now has two subtabs "Primary" and "Additional". You can now select multiple print layouts and combine them together in whatever order you like resulting in a single output. Prior to this feature you could only select one layout that output all the line items. With this new functionality, for example, you can create an output that prints all the line items, and then another layout that just prints the summary of the sections based on item type. You can select a single layout on the "Primary" subtab, and you can select multiple layouts on the "Additional" subtab. [Build: 1]
	1321. If a Word documents is selected from the File Links tab during the print selections process, that file is now merged and converted to PDF format and included in the Single PDF output file. Previously, when a word document was selected from the Links tab on the Print window and the option to email was selected, the word document would just be included in the email as an attachment. [Build: 1]
	1322. Word documents can now be used as Spec Sheet documents. [Build: 1]
	1323. Word documents can now be used as Literature documents. [Build: 1]
	1324. Word documents can now be used as CoverPage documents. [Build: 1]
	1325. PNG images can now be inserted into the Print Layouts. [Build: 1]
	1326. On the Print window, on the "Primary" and "Additional" subtabs of the Layout tab, there is now a "Filter by" section that enables you to quickly filter the type of print layouts displayed in the list. The filters are All/Quote/Order/Sales Order/Purchase Order. [Build: 1]
	1327. PNG and JPG files are compressed image files. When they are embedded into the layout's FPC file, they were stored in an uncompressed MUCH larger size. Now they are stored in the FPC file in their smaller compressed size. [Build: 1]
	1328. The Preview window now has [Find] and [Find Next] buttons. [Build: 1]
	1329. The Preview window now has [Zoom in] and [Zoom out] buttons. [Build: 1]
	1330. On the Reports window, there is now a [Save as PDF] button to enable you to run and save the report directly to a PDF file. [Build: 1]
	1331. The Misc Access right "CannotDisplayAllLayouts" has been renamed to "CannotUsePrintLayoutTypeDifferentThanDocType". [Build: 1]
	1332. Added the new Misc Access rights "CannotUseOrderPrintLayout", "CannotUseInvoicePrintLayout", "CannotUseSOPrintLayout", and "CannotUsePOPrintLayout". These can be used to control if these types of print layouts appear on the Layouts tab of the Print window. [Build: 1]
	1333. Per each user, you can now set a default Cover Page. You do this by clicking on the black star icon on the Cover Page tab of the Print window. This will set the default for the logged in user for the type of document that is currently open like QUOTE, ORDER, or INVOICE. You can set a default cover page individually for each of the 3 doc types. [Build: 1]
	1334. Per each user, you can now set a default Print Layout. You do this by right clicking a Print Layout or Word Document on the "Primary" subtab of the Layouts tab of the Print window. This will set the default for the logged in user for the type of document that is currently open like QUOTE, ORDER, or INVOICE. You can set a default Print Layout individually for each of the 3 doc types. [Build: 1]
	1335. The [New] toolbar button on the main window, now has a split-button menu option for 'New from Template'. [Build: 1]
	1336. For Product Content Subscribers, when using the Etilize Panel on the Quote Workbook to change the Vendor Cost of an existing line on the quote and the Price for the line is calculated using a price modifier, the Adjust Price window will now appear. This enables you to decide how to handle the cost change like "Keep the original price and clear Price Modifier", "Keep the original Price Modifier", "Keep original price and re-calculate closest Price Modifier", or "Manually adjust the Price Modifier". [Build: 1]
	1337. Added a Edit->Add Formula menu to make it easier to add Product/Service type line item using a formula to calculate the price for it. You still use the "Edit->Product/Service formula..." menu to edit the formula. [Build: 1]
	1338. The Summary Line now has some additional features. When a Percent Discount line item is directly below the Summary Line, and the Summary line is summing the ExtendedPrice field, if the TaxCode for the discount line is set to a taxable code, the discount amount will also lower the appropriate amount of sales tax. [Build: 1]
	1339. On the Edit Product window, the F2Lookup is now supported for the Internal Part Number field. [Build: 1]
	1340. For Autotask users, when QuoteWerks creates items on an Autotask quote, QuoteWerks can now create Autotask Service Items in addition to Autotask Product and Autotask Cost Items. [Build: 1]
	1341. For the feature where QuoteWerks automatically writes the "page x of y" notation onto the bottom right of each page of all the assembled PDF files, you can now control the "page x of y text" by setting the ini key "PageCountPhraseMacro=%x% of %y%" under the [Defaults] section of the site.ini file. Also, you can disable this phrase from being written at all by setting the ini key "DisablePageCountPhraseMacro=-1" under the [Defaults] section of the site.ini file. [Build: 1]
	1342. When a document requires an approval before an action can be performed, there is now a new Misc Access security right "NonMasterRightsUser_CanOverrideApprovalRequirement" that can be assigned to any users that you want to give the authority to be able to override the required approval. [Build: 1]
	1343. For MS CRM users, you can now create a new MS CRM Company record from the QuoteWerks SoldTo/ShipTo tab using the information already entered on the SoldTo/ShipTo tab. For the feature to be enabled, the SoldTo field cannot already be populated with a contact that was retrieved from MS CRM. Also, the Company field and Contact field must both be populated. This feature is available on the toolbar above the SoldTo, ShipTo, and BillTo areas of the Quote WorkBook. There is also an Access Right "CannotCreateCRMContact" that you can set if you do not want specific users to be able to use this feature. [Build: 1]
	1344. For Corporate Edition users, you can now create custom menu items under Tools->Customize Menus that run VBS VBScript files. This enables you to write code to perform actions on the currently open quote when selecting custom menu options. For example, you can create a new Edit->Round Prices by ItemType menu and then have it run VBScript code in the specified file which will perform that action. You can create many different custom menus to perform unique different actions on the quote based on your needs rather than the same script running every time for every quote (like the Event driven scripting). In the script you will have access to the API Application object and other objects. For a complete list of available objects, please see the QuoteWerks API SDK. Additionally, We offer professional services to assist in the writing of these scripts. [Build: 1]
	1345. You can now edit a Serial Number on the Purchase Orders or Ordered Items tab of the Purchasing window. To edit the Serial Number, hold down the SHIFT key while clicking on the Serial Number hyperlink. [Build: 1]
	1346. You can now edit a tracking number on the Purchase Orders or Ordered Items tab of the Purchasing window. To edit the tracking number, hold down the SHIFT key while clicking on the tracking number hyperlink. [Build: 1]
	1347. The Optional Items window now displays the Quantity of the optional item in a column. [Build: 1]
	1348. The Required Items window now displays the Quantity of the required item in a column. [Build: 1]
	1349. On the PO Items list on Purchase Orders tab of the Purchasing window there is now a "Change ShipVia..." right click menu. This is useful for changing this if the user made a mistake on a manual PO when initially specifying the ShipVia. This is also useful for specifying the ShipVia for electronically placed orders for situations when the PO item is being drop shipped directly by the manufacturer since you usually do not receive that information back from the distributor. Currently the only ShipVia options are "UPS Ground,FedEx Ground,FedEx Standard Overnight" since those are the ShipVia values that QuoteWerks generates shipping tracking URLs for. [Build: 1]
	1350. On the Purchase Orders list on the Purchase Orders tab of the Purchasing window there is now a "E-mail PO..." right click menu. This will generate an HTML formatted Purchase Order and pre-fill the Send Email window with it. You can use this to email purchase orders to your vendors. The html format of the PO is not editable at this time. [Build: 1]
	1351. On the Purchase Orders list on the Purchase Orders tab of the Purchasing window there is now a "Save PO as PDF..." right click menu. This uses the same non-editable format as the html PO. [Build: 1]
	1352. On the Purchasing tab of the Purchasing window when you use the [Create PO] button to create a manual PO, you can now enter ship to location details in the new Purchase Order. [Build: 1]
	1353. On the Purchasing window, when entering tracking numbers manually, USPS is now available as a Carrier selection. You can also click on that tracking number and it will display the tracking information on the USPS (US Postal Service) website. [Build: 1]
	1354. On the Purchase Orders list on the Purchase Orders tab of the Purchasing window the "Edit PO..." right click menu now enables you to edit ShipTo information if the Purchase Order was a manually created Purchase Order. [Build: 1]
	1355. There is now a Site-wide setting to exclude up to four ItemTypes from being displayed on the Purchasing tab of the Purchasing window. This feature is used to exclude items that you do not need to create purchase orders for such as labor or items from your own inventory. These exclusions can be setup on the Accounting tab of the Tools->Options menu. [Build: 1]
	1356. On the Purchase Orders list on the Purchase Orders tab of the Purchasing window there is now a "Disable Real-time Status Updates..." right click menu available for Purchase Orders that QuoteWerks placed electronically with Tech Data, Ingram Micro, SYNNEX, or D&H. In certain cases you will want to start making manual changes to the status of the Purchase order. When you do that you can disable the real-time status updates so that it does not overwrite your changes. Once you have disabled the real-time status updates, you can manually enter tracking numbers, serial numbers, and receive the items manually. Once real-time status updates have been disabled, an "E*" indicator will be displayed next to the order date instead of the regular "E" for electronic order. [Build: 1]
	1357. On the PO Items list on Purchase Orders tab of the Purchasing window there is now a "Remove FulfillmentItem record (Override)..." right click menu. This is useful in accommodating distributor changes that happen to orders. For example, if you place an order for 4 hard drives and Tech Data initially returns an order status saying that all 4 will ship together from a single warehouse, QuoteWerks would create that record. However, if a day later, you receive a new order status saying that the 4 drives will ship from 3 different warehouses, you can use this feature to remove the single FulfillmentItem record that contained 4 items, then you can get another order status update and this time QuoteWerks will be updated with the 3 separate FulfillmentItem records from each warehouse that will fulfill the 4 items total. [Build: 1]
	1358. On the PO Items list on Purchase Orders tab of the Purchasing window there is now a "Mark as Shipped (Override)..." right click menu. This is useful in accommodating distributor changes that happen to orders. For example, if you place an order for 1 hard drive from D&H and D&H initially returns an order status saying that the hard drive will be backordered, QuoteWerks will record this. Then a day later D&H modifies the PO to create a new sales order for the same item, but this time ordering it direct from Lenovo, this now creates duplicate records for the same order. In this case you will want to use the other new feature "Remove FulfillmentItem record (Override)..." to remove the record for the backordered item that will never ship. Then you will want to use this new "Mark as Shipped (Override)..." feature to flag the direct shipped hard drive as shipped since D&H will not be returning status updates of when vendor drop shipped item is shipped. This feature will then change the QuoteWerks FulfillmentItem record to indicate "Shipped" instead of "Open". [Build: 1]
	1359. On the Purchase Orders list on Purchase Orders tab of the Purchasing window there is now an "Export..." right click menu if you are holding the SHIFT key when right clicking. This can be used to email QuoteWerks Technical Support an electronic purchase order for use in debugging issues. [Build: 1]
	1360. On the Purchase Orders list on Purchase Orders tab of the Purchasing window there is now a "Cancel PO..." right click menu. This is useful to indicate that an order has been canceled. This does not actually cancel an order with a distributor. [Build: 1]
	1361. Added new option in the Item Cost changed window of "Keep original price and clear Price Modifier". All the numbers now are formatted with currency and thousands separators. The first option has been renamed to "Attempt to keep the original price by re-calculating to closest Price Modifier". The text color of this first option will change the color red if the original price cannot be achieved using a Price Modifier. [Build: 1]
	1362. The Datalink feature now enables you to configure mappings when retrieving Ship To and Bill To Contacts from your contact manager. Previously, you were limited to only when retrieving the Sold To Contact. This feature is useful if you store Tax Rate information in your CRM under ship to contacts vs your SoldTo contacts as it can now be retrieved when your Ship To contact is added to the QuoteWerks document. This new mapping can be used in so many ways including copying and information from ShipTo or BillTo contact fields in your CRM into a CustomText field in QuoteWerks, effectively filling out numerous fields in the quote with the successive selection of SoldTo, ShipTo, and BillTo contacts. [Build: 1]
	1363. Added F2Lookup support for the Ship From postal code on the Real-time shipping estimate window. Useful to enter in common Ship From postal codes like the postal codes of each of the warehouses of your distributors. useful in creating shipping cost estimates that your distributors may charge you. [Build: 1]
	1364. For Product Content Subscribers, there is a [Remove 0 Availability] button on the Etilize Product Comparison window. After retrieving Pricing and Availability from your distributors, click on this button to remove all results in the Product Comparison that do not availability from at least one of the distributors found by Etilize and the PartLocator. While this feature is very useful, it is important to note, that some distributors will show 0 physical warehouse availability, but would be able to drop ship direct from the manufacturer. [Build: 1]
	1365. For Product Content Subscribers, there is a [Remove 0 Cost] button on the Etilize Product Comparison window. After retrieving Pricing and Availability from your distributors, click on this button to remove all results in the Product Comparison that do not have a Cost > 0 from at least one of the distributors found by Etilize and the PartLocator. This will also remove items that are not available from at least one distributor. If real-time Pricing and Availability is requested from a distributor and the results return that the distributor does not carry the item or you are not authorized to sell the item, QuoteWerks will show the result with a 0.00 cost. Using this feature you can de-clutter and remove lots of results that are non-useable from your search results. [Build: 1]
	1366. Outlook 2016 is now supported! [Build: 1.01]
	1367. The QuoteValet Dashboard and the QuoteValet Web dashboard now indicate when a quote is "LOST" or "Open (EXPIRED)" [Build: 1.01]
	1368. For QuoteValet users, When you Convert a Quote to Lost, there is now an option to recall the quote if it was uploaded to QuoteValet. [Build: 1.01]
	1369. For Quotevalet users, if a quote that was uploaded to QuoteValet is converted to Lost, then if the customer views the quote using the old QuoteValet link the customer will not be able to accept the quote and they will see a message indicated that an updated quote is required. [Build: 1.01]
	1370. The installation and updating process is 50% faster in most cases. [Build: 1]

Version 5.0 Build 4 (released July 9, 2015)

	1371. MS CRM 2015 (v7.0) is now supported! [Build: 4.09]
	1372. ConnectWise 2015.3 is now supported! [Build: 4.09]
	1373. The Etilize search capabilities have been significantly improved. After doing the initial search, you can now drill down by selecting Category, Manufacturer, and Product Feature attributes to narrow down the results of your search. For example, when searching for a laptop, you can narrow the Etilize results by selecting the screen size, RAM, Hard Drive size, etc. [Build: 4.09]
	1374. The Etilize panel now processes Pricing & Availability requests simultaneously resulting in massive speed increases. Previously, if you had accounts with Tech Data, Ingram Micro, SYNNEX, and D & H, QuoteWerks would request real-time Pricing and Availability for each sequentially. Each real-time request takes between 1 and 5 seconds depending on the distributor and the time of day, so for 4 distributors, it would take up to 20 seconds to obtain pricing for all of the distributors of an item. With the new parallel processing, QuoteWerks requests real-time Pricing and Availability from all of the distributors for an item at the same time. This process only takes as long as the slowest distributor response time. In this scenario, this new feature could save you 15 seconds or more just on a single item! [Build: 4.09]
	1375. The Etilize panel now has a Similar Items tab. This will contain a list of products that are similar in feature set to the product you are looking at. This is particularly useful when the item you searched for is not in stock, you can use this to find a similar product that is in stock. This also provides you with an easy way to see a list of products to Cross-Sell. [Build: 4.09]
	1376. The Etilize panel now has an Upsell items tab. This will contain a list of products would be an up sell to the selected product using Etilize's advanced suggested selling engine. These products will be better products with more features and usually sold for a higher price. With this, you can easily provide Good, Better, Best options on your quotes increasing the chance that customers will choose the higher priced items, increasing your sales. [Build: 4.09]
	1377. Etilize Product Comparison window. The QuoteWerks Product Content subscription now supports side-by-side comparison of Etilize items. From the Etilize panel you click [Compare] which will load the item into this window. You can compare up to 15 items at the same time (limited by monitor size). The compare displays all the attributes of each item in a table format. There is an option to "Highlight Product Differences" making it easy to pin point differences between the items. On this Compare window, you can also see all the prices and availability for all the items for all the distributors at the same time empowering you with all the information needed to make the best choice for your needs. The pricing & availability on the Etilize Compare Window uses the new parallel processing of real-time requests to fulfill 45 price requests in 3 seconds. Similar to the Etilize panel you can click the distributor part number to view the item on the distributor website, any part numbers found by the PartLocator will be displayed with bulls-eye icon next to it, and the lowest cost for each item is indicated in green. You can also select an individual item and display the Etilize panel giving you access to more detailed warehouse availability and also the consumer pricing. Also on the Compare window is a [Add PDF to Links Tab] button which will create a PDF file of the Product Feature comparison table (not including pricing) and add it to the Links tab. As with the Etilize Spec Sheet PDF, this PDF obeys the option to not include the ManufacturerPartNumber if that option is set. [Build: 4.09]
	1378. When performing at Etilize search, there is a new column "Etilize Distributors" which contains tokens indicating which distributors Etilize found distributor part numbers for. The tokens are [TD]=TechData, [SY]=SYNNEX, [IM]=Ingram Micro, [DH]=D&H, [NA]=Northamber, [WC]=Westcoast, [WCG]=Westcon Group, and [ASI]=ASI respectively. It is important to note that this is useful to get a rough indicator, but when selecting the row and the Etilize panel is loaded, the QuoteWerks PartLocator will locate additional distributor part numbers not found in the Etilize search. [Build: 4.09]
	1379. From the Quote WorkBook, when using the Etilize Panel, dbl-clicking on the vendor now performs the same function as clicking on the [Update] button. [Build: 4.09]
	1380. On the Etilize panel, if no default vendor has been specified in the setup, the first vendor in the list is now selected. [Build: 4.09]
	1381. For Peachtree users, the Peachtree item type of "Serial Stock item" is now supported. This type of item can be used when QuoteWerks creates a Sales Order in Peachtree, but not when trying to export an Invoice from QuoteWerks to Peachtree. [Build: 4.11]
	1382. On the Open Document window, the fields CustomText01-CustomText24, CustomNumber01-CustomNumber02, and CustomDate01-CustomDate02 are now available as columns in the search results. [Build: 4.19]
	1383. On the Open Document window, the fields ShipToCompany and BillToCompany are now available as columns in the search results. [Build: 4.19]
	1384. Maximizer 13.1 is now supported! [Build: 4.19]
	1385. Goldmine 2015.1 is now supported! [Build: 4.30]
	1386. For Maximizer users, the DataLink now has support for additional fields like "Email2". [Build: 4.34]
	1387. ConnectWise 2015.4 is now supported! [Build: 4.41]
	1388. The SoldToContact column now displayed in the Open Document window grid. [Build: 4.44]

Version 5.0 Build 2 (released January 23, 2015)

	1389. ConnectWise 2015.2 is now supported. [Build: 2]
	1390. For Product Content Subscribers, when Etilize returns multiple Part Numbers for the same vendor/distributor, the background color of the Vendor Part Number drop down for that vendor will now be yellow on the Etilize Panel. This will provide you with a visual indication that there are multiple part numbers and you may want to more closely examine the part number to make sure this is the one you are looking for. [Build: 2]
	1391. On the open Document window you can now search by LastModifiedBy. [Build: 2]
	1392. On the open Document window, the Item search field name drop down now displays the customized column name in addition to the actual field name. The Item search field name drop down was also updated for the Tools-> Find quoted item. [Build: 2]
	1393. On the open Document window the grid column headings now display the customized label names. [Build: 2]
	1394. When using QuoteWerks as the contact manager, in the DataLink you can now retrieve the Company and Title fields value from the QuoteWerks contact database record. [Build: 2]
	1395. When duplicating a document that is locked, the locked flag is cleared in the resulting duplicate document. [Build: 2]
	1396. The View->Customize menu columns now shows the original field name next to the column heading. [Build: 2]

Version 5.0 Build 1 (released January 20, 2015)

	1397. ConnectWise 2015.1 is now supported! [Build: 1]
	1398. There is now an 'Opportunities' Dashboard in QuoteWerks. The information displayed on this dashboard will be read in real-time from the quotes in the QuoteWerks database, which is the original source of the opportunity information so it will always be accurate, up-to-date, and instant. This dashboard will enable you to automatically track opportunities and quota achievement at the individual or company level. Gain insight into quarterly progress, various stages of quotes, top selling products, and more! The Opportunities Dashboard is only available in the Professional and Corporate Editions of QuoteWerks. [Build: 1]
	1399. You can now set a Monthly Sales Quota Amount per sales rep on the Sales tab of the User properties window. This is used in the MySummary and Opportunities Dashboards. The UserProperties "Commissions" tab has been renamed to "Sales". [Build: 1]
	1400. The MySummary Dashboard has been updated to include a "Quota bar" that shows sales statistics relating to the logged in user's sales quota. [Build: 1]
	1401. Multiple Product Database Search. You can now do a product search across multiple product databases. This will search all selected product databases including native product databases, and external product data sources like SQL, OLEDB, Autotask, ConnectWise, salesforce.com, QuickBooks, etc [Build: 1]
	1402. QuoteWerks now has built-in lease payment calculation support. You can very easily offer your customer the option to lease the quote. QuoteWerks makes it effortless to give the customer multiple lease choices such as 12 months, 36 months, FMV purchase, $1 buyout, 0/1 upfront payment, etc. As the quote total changes, the lease payments automatically re-calculate! All leasing companies are supported, simply enter your leasing companies lease rate factor data into QuoteWerks. When quote is delivered using QuoteValet, as the customer changes options, the lease payments are automatically re-calculated to reflect the new quote total. Through QuoteValet the customer can choose to purchase the quote outright or can choose a leasing option. There are many options, such as whether or not to include sales tax or not. [Build: 1]
	1403. QuoteWerks now supports a real-time leasing integration with GreatAmerica Financial Services. Offer leasing options to your customers without leaving QuoteWerks! Real-time module is required. On the Sale Info tab, just choose the [Add Lease payment Options] button in the Payment Options frame. Once you select your GreatAmerica lease card, the real-time query to GreatAmerica will enable you to see all the lease options available from GreatAmerica such as terms, advance payments, points, and purchase options. Just select the combinations of options you would like to see and GreatAmerica provides all the iterations of those combinations. Once you've had a chance to see them, you can choose which ones you would like to offer to your customer. [Build: 1]
	1404. Dell Integration. The QuoteWerks Dell integration enables Dell Premier Partners with Punchout credentials, to import Dell order Requestions from the Dell Premier portal, and place electronic orders. You can initiate a new Dell order requisition from within QuoteWerks, choose items on the Dell website (or select a quote your Dell sales rep created for you), and then import those items into the QuoteWerks quote. Later, QuoteWerks can order those items electronically through Dell. [Build: 1]
	1405. Auto-Links feature on the Links tab. Use dynamically generated auto-links to quickly navigate to entities linked to your quote like contacts, opportunities, tickets, and activities. Especially useful for tickets since QuoteWerks may generate for example, 5 tickets, in your PSA and now you can quickly navigate to them using QuoteWerks. Examples of links are: Links to view the SoldTo, ShipTo, and BillTo contacts in Act! for Web, Autotask, ConnectWise, GoldMine, MS CRM, and salesforce.com. Links to view the opportunity in salesforce.com, MS CRM, and Autotask. Links to view the call activity in MS CRM. Links to view the tickets in ConnectWise. In ConnectWise 2015.1 and higher, links to view the contact, activity, and opportunity. [Build: 1]
	1406. Payment options feature on the Sale Info tab. You can give you customer the choice to pay by Terms or by Credit Card. This is especially useful for QuoteValet users, if you specify any payment options and Credit Card is not included in the list of payment options, then when the quote is accepted through QuoteValet, your customer will not be presented with the option to pay by credit card. You can set defaultpayment options to be used in all new quotes under the Payment tab of the Tools->Options menu. [Build: 1]
	1407. For ConnectWise 2015.1 and higher users, on the SoldTo/ShipTo tab there is now a button you can click that will open the selected ConnectWise contact in ConnectWise. [Build: 1]
	1408. For ConnectWise 2015.1 and higher users, the Create/Update Opportunity window now has a button you can click that will open the selected ConnectWise opportunity in ConnectWise. [Build: 1]
	1409. QuoteWerks URL redirector. The web browser "quotewerks:" protocol handler is a great way to automate QuoteWerks actions from a web browser hyperlink. Not following standards, some CRMs have started requiring that all custom URL hyperlinks start with "http://" or "https://". To address this, we now have a QuoteWerks URL redirector. Instead of starting the URL with "quotewerks://quotebutton?" you can now instead use "https://www.qwcontent.com/QuoteWerksURLProtocolRedirector.aspx?RedirectorAction=quotebutton" [Build: 1]
	1410. For ConnectWise 2015.1 and higher users, on the SoldTo/ShipTo tab there is now a button you can click that will open the selected ConnectWise contact in ConnectWise. [Build: 1]
	1411. For ConnectWise Users, when converting a Quote to an Order, on the "Close opportunity as Won" opportunity window, there is now an option to create a ConnectWise Sales Order from the Opportunity. This will link all Products, Notes, and Documents from the ConnectWise Opportunity to the New Sales Order in ConnectWise. [Build: 1]
	1412. For ConnectWise users, the Create/Update Opportunity window now has a button you can click that will open the selected ConnectWise opportunity in ConnectWise (Requires ConnectWise 2015.1 and higher). [Build: 1]
	1413. For API users, added an "Application.XMLEvent (byref sXMLEventData as string)" method. [Build: 1]
	1414. For API users, added an "Application.ProcessXMLRequest (byval sXMLRequest) as string" method. [Build: 1]
	1415. Maximizer 13.0 is now supported! [Build: 1.06]
	1416. There is now an option to synchronize the "\QuoteWerks\LeaseRateCards" folder. [Build: 1.06]
	1417. GoldMine 2014.2 is now supported! [Build: 1.09]
	1418. Added macro &DH_&PaymentOptions_IndicateSelected. Use this macro to generate the payment options text indicating which payment option is selected. [Build: 1.09]
	1419. There is now a Lease Payment Options display macro. You can modify this on the Leasing tab of the Tools->Options menu. This will enable you to control the text that is used to display the lease payment options. [Build: 1.09]
	1420. For QuickBooks users, the Select QuickBooks Sales Tax Item window has been modified to display the default tax item name from the existing customer record in QuickBooks. [Build: 1.18]
	1421. Added support for Tech Data online order status of 'Invoiced'. Would receive "TechDataLineStatusConvertToStandard()" error. [Build: 1.18]
	1422. On the Active Quotes Panel an "[R]" indicator will appear after the document number to indicate there are revisions related to this document. You can then open the document and choose the View->Document Revisions menu to see all the revisions. [Build: 1.18]
	1423. When converting a document, if it has already been converted it will now alert you and ask if you would like to continue anyway. [Build: 1.18]
	1424. SugarCRM 7.5 is now supported! [Build: 1.43]
	1425. For QuickBooks users, When submitting an electronic order and then creating a PO in QuickBooks, the ShipTo information entered into the online order will be included in the QuickBooks Purchase Order. [Build: 1.43]
	1426. For QuickBooks users added option to export to QuickBooks using the QuoteWerks document BillTo fields vs the SoldTo fields. If this option is set, then when exporting the document to QuickBooks as an invoice/estimate/salesOrder, it will map the QuoteWerks BillTo fields as the CustomerJob in QuickBooks. This "Transaction BillTo mapping" option is set on the Mappings.General subtab under the Quickbooks Setup window. [Build: 1.43]
	1427. On the Email tab of the Tools->My Preferences menu there is now a new "Auto spell-check before sending e-mail" option. [Build: 1.43]
	1428. For QuickBooks users, the Create QuickBooks Item window was widened to display longer Account names. [Build: 1.43]
	1429. When line items are selected and then you perform an operation like Edit->Apply Cost Modifier, Edit->Apply Price Modifier, Edit->Apply Quantity, or Edit-> Edit Line Attributes, the line items will remain selected after the operation. [Build: 1.43]
	1430. When using the Edit->Clear Line (CTRL-K), on a comment line or heading line, it no longer changes the line type to a Product/Service, it keep s the line type the same and just clears all the field data from it. [Build: 1.43]
	1431. Added "Disable ManufacturerPartNumber Dropdown list" option under the Installation tab of the Tools->Options menu. This will prevent the dropdown list from appearing in the ManufacturerPartNumber column on the Document Items grid. This is used for customers that have product databases that are so large (15,000 products or more), this feature is not really useful and since it takes 12 seconds or more for the list to appear it is better just to disable it. [Build: 1.43]
	1432. You can now use the command line to import contacts. Use the command line option, for example, /i:standardcontactimport.cit [Build: 1.43]
	1433. You can now use the command line to import vendors. Use the command line option, for example, /i:standardvendorimport.vit [Build: 1.43]
	1434. For Goldmine users, when creating a new opportunity, the default opportunity name will be generated using the macros on the Misc tab of the Tools->Options menu... [Build: 1.43]
	1435. The search field labels on the Open Document window now display the customized labels as customized through the Quote WorkBook labels. [Build: 1.43]
	1436. For Etilize users, on the Product Lookup window, there is now a [Clear] button that clears the Etilize search keyword and sets focus to the search keyword text box. [Build: 1.43]
	1437. "Multiple Database Search" is now available in the Quick Lookup bar. [Build: 1.43]
	1438. The Access tab of the User Properties window now has an [Export to Windows Clipboard] button. Useful for administrators to copy the entire list out to go over with management to determine rights to assign users. [Build: 1.43]
	1439. For SYNNEX online ordering users, added the Markham, Ontario warehouse. [Build: 1.43]
	1440. The Open Document window has been re-designed to have a single search panel area with shortcuts that apply common search criteria to the search fields. You can now also search by the PreparedBy field. The Document type search choices now include "Active Quotes, Quotes, Orders, Invoices, "All". The search "shortcuts" are "MyActiveQuotes", "MyDocuments", "MyRecentDocuments", "AllActiveQuotes", "AllDocuments", and "AllRecentDocuments". Each user can set their preferred default under the Misc tab of the Tools-> My Preferences menu, "Document Search Default". You can also press the ENTER key in any of the manual input search fields to run the search. All other fields selections run the search immediately upon the selection change. Some new date ranges of "Last 30 days", "Last 60 days", and "last 90 days" were also added. [Build: 1.46]
	1441. Added new option "When manually saving PDF file, default the option to 'Attach to CRM' under the Print tab of the Tools->Options menu. [Build: 1.46]
	1442. You can have up to 10 quotes open at the same time in QuoteWerks. Now, when you try to open the 11th quote, QuoteWerks will prompt you to close the first quote that does not need to be saved in the order that they were opened. If all the open quotes need to be saved then you will be prompted to manually save and close a quote before you can open the quote you are trying to open. [Build: 1.46]

Version 4.9 Build 10 (released October 8, 2014)

	1443. ConnectWise 2014.4 is now supported. [Build: 10]
	1444. The Manufacturer Part Number column on the Document Items tab now supports a drop down list of part numbers. When you click on the drop down it will load all the part numbers from the product database that is specified in the vendor column for that line item. If the vendor column is empty, (as it would be for a new line item), then the Product Database selected on the QUICK LOOKUP toolbar will be used. The list will be sorted by Manufacturer Part Number. If you press and hold the SHIFT key while clicking on the drop down list, then only the products that have a Manufacturer Part Number that starts with the value currently in the cell will be displayed. [Build: 10] See a screenshot of this feature
	1445. The vendor column on the Document Items tab now has a drop down list that includes all the Product Databases and also all the Vendors from the Utilities->Vendor Maintenance menu. [Build: 10] See a screenshot of this feature
	1446. The DocumentItems tab now has a TicketNumber column to associate a ticket number with each line item on the quote. [Build: 10]
	1447. When selecting the File->Duplicate menu, the new TicketNumber column is now cleared if the option "Remove Line Item SONumber, PONumber, OrderDate, and TicketNumber" is selected. [Build: 10]
	1448. There is now a TicketNumber field for the Purchase Order Items. When purchase orders are created from orders, the ticket number in the order line items is copied into the purchase order item ticket number. This ticket number is displayed in the PO item on the Purchasing and Ordered Items tabs of the purchasing window. You can also search by ticket number to find an ordered item, or even to select items that you need to purchase. [Build: 10]
	1449. For ConnectWise users, when QuoteWerks creates ConnectWise service tickets, the service ticket that each line items is assigned to is now saved in the QuoteWerks line item. Later when this line item is used in a Purchase Order, the ticket number pulls through to the purchase order enabling you to know on the Purchasing window the order status of each item on a particular ConnectWise ticket number. You can also search to see all the items related to a ticket number and then order those from the Purchasing tab. [Build: 10]
	1450. For ConnectWise users, on the Purchase Order and Ordered items tabs, you can click on the ConnectWise Ticket number on the Purchase Order item and the Ticket will be opened in ConnectWise. [Build: 10] See a screenshot of this feature
	1451. Items received in the QuoteWerks purchasing window can now be posted to the ConnectWise PO that QuoteWerks created. Right click and choose "Post Received Item(s) against ConnectWise PO Item". This will perform the same function in ConnectWise as if you were receiving the items in ConnectWise itself, with the advantage that QuoteWerks will automatically supply all the serial numbers of the received items into the ConnectWise PO Item. [Build: 10] See a screenshot of this feature
	1452. Items received in the QuoteWerks purchasing window can now be posted to ANY ConnectWise PO, even ConnectWise POs that QuoteWerks did not create in ConnectWise. Right click and choose "Post Received Item(s) against ConnectWise PO Item". You will be prompted to supply a ConnectWise PO number, then you can choose the PO item to receive against. This will perform the same function in ConnectWise as if you were receiving the items in ConnectWise itself, with the advantage that QuoteWerks will automatically supply all the serial numbers of the received items into the ConnectWise PO Item. [Build: 10]
	1453. For ConnectWise users, under the "Product ID Mapping" under the Products.Mappings tab of the ConnectWise Setup window, added support for the VendorPartNumber field. [Build: 10]
	1454. Added a Free Shipping Minimum feature. This amount is specified under the Utilities->Vendor Maintenance menu. On the Purchasing tab of the Purchasing window, below the grid you will see, for example, "Your Tech Data free shipping minimum is $1,000. You need to add $436.13". [Build: 10] See a screenshot of this feature
	1455. For salesforce.com users, on the SoldTo/ShipTo tab there is now a button you can click that will open the selected salesforce.com contact in salesforce.com [Build: 10]
	1456. For salesforce.com users, the Create/Update Opportunity window now has a button you can click that will open the selected salesforce.com opportunity in salesforce.com [Build: 10]
	1457. In the PO Item display on the Purchasing window, there is now an indicator like [2] that shows how many item receipt records have not yet been sent to the Accounting software. [Build: 10]
	1458. In the PO Item display on the Purchasing window, When right clicking on a PO Item, there is now a "Copy Special" menu. This will copy the Manufacturer Part Number and serial numbers for the item into the Windows Clipboard in the following format: MfgPartNo: F4J91UT456 S/N: 3456346,67767,77687688,5467568,56786579,6896789 [Build: 10]
	1459. In the PO Item display on the Purchasing window, when right clicking on a PO Item, there is now a "E-mail tracking number(s)..." menu. This create an email with the tracking numbers for the PO item. You can then send this when your customer asks for tracking information. [Build: 10] See a screenshot of this feature
	1460. The length of the InternalPartNumber field in the product database has been increased from 40 to 255 characters. [Build: 10]
	1461. There is now a LastModifiedBy field on the Advanced tab of the Edit Product window. [Build: 10]
	1462. For API users, the ItemFunctions.FindAndCopyProductIntoSLIBuffer method when searching the QuickBooks product list by ManufacturerPartNumber field, now supports new operators of "Begins with" and "Ends with", in addition to the originally supported "Equal to" and "Contains" operators. [Build: 10]
	1463. For API users, the ItemFunctions.FindAndCopyProductIntoSLIBuffer method when searching the Peachtree product list by ManufacturerPartNumber field, now supports new operators of "Begins with", "Ends with", and "Contains", in addition to the originally supported "Equal to" operator. [Build: 10]
	1464. ConnectWise 2014.5 is now supported! [Build: 10.04]
	1465. For salesforce.com users, you can now create a new salesforce.com Account(Company) record from the QuoteWerks SoldTo/ShipTo tab using the information already entered on the SoldTo/ShipTo tab. For the feature to be enabled, the SoldTo field cannot already be populated with a contact that was retrieved from salesforce.com. Also, the Company field and Contact field must both be populated. This feature is available on the toolbar above the SoldTo, ShipTo, and BillTo areas of the Quote WorkBook. There is also an Access Right "CannotCreateCRMContact" that you can set if you do not want specific users to be able to use this feature. For the feature to be enabled, the SoldTo field cannot already be populated with a contact that was retrieved from salesforce.com. Also, the Company field and Contact field must both be populated. This feature is available on the toolbar above the SoldTo, ShipTo, and BillTo areas of the Quote WorkBook. There is also an Access Right "CannotCreateCRMContact" that you can set if you do not want specific users to be able to use this feature. [Build: 10.04]
	1466. When using the QuoteWerks contact database, you can now create a new Company/Contact record from the QuoteWerks SoldTo/ShipTo tab using the information already entered on the SoldTo/ShipTo tab. For the feature to be enabled, the SoldTo field cannot already be populated with a contact that was retrieved from the QuoteWerks contact database. Also, the Company field and Contact field must both be populated. This feature is available on the toolbar above the SoldTo, ShipTo, and BillTo areas of the Quote WorkBook. There is also an Access Right "CannotCreateCRMContact" that you can set if you do not want specific users to be able to use this feature. [Build: 10.04]
	1467. Added support the following macros for Word merging <<&DI_&RecurringRevenueWeekly>>, <<&DI_&RecurringRevenueWeeklyWithTax>>, <<&DI_&RecurringRevenueMonthly>>, <<&DI_&RecurringRevenueMonthlyWithTax>>, <<&DI_&RecurringRevenueQuarterly>>, <<&DI_&RecurringRevenueQuarterlyWithTax>>, <<&DI_&RecurringRevenueAnnual>>, <<&DI_&RecurringRevenueAnnualWithTax>>, <<&DI_&RecurringRevenueWithTax>>, <<&DI_&QtyGroupMemberTotal_Actual>>, <<&DI_&QTYTOTAL_ACTUAL>>, and <<&DI_&QTYGROUPMULTIPLIER_ACTUAL>>. [Build: 10.04]
	1468. All macros beginning with "&DI_" used on the QuoteWerks Print Layouts are now available for Word merging. [Build: 10.04]
	1469. Added support for Mobile number fields on the Soldto/ShipTo tab. There are now SoldToMobile, ShipToMobile, and BillToMobile fields. Along with this we added misc Access rights "CannotManuallyModifyCRMRetrievedFieldValue:DH_SoldToMobile", "CannotManuallyModifyCRMRetrievedFieldValue:DH_ShipToMobile", "CannotManuallyModifyCRMRetrievedFieldValue:DH_BillToMobile". Also the macro fields &DH_SoldToMobile,&DH_ShipToMobile, and &DH_BillToMobile are now available. [Build: 10.04]
	1470. For Act! users, when selecting an Act! contact the mobile number is now retrieved into the quote. [Build: 10.04]
	1471. For Act! for Web users, when selecting an Act! for Web contact the mobile number is now retrieved into the quote. [Build: 10.04]
	1472. For Outlook and Outlook BCM users, when selecting a Outlook contact the mobile number is now retrieved into the quote. [Build: 10.04]
	1473. For QuickBooks 2013 (and higher) users, when selecting a QuickBooks contact the mobile number is now retrieved into the quote. [Build: 10.04]
	1474. For salesforce.com users, when selecting a salesforce.com contact the mobile number is now retrieved into the quote. [Build: 10.04]
	1475. For Microsoft Dynamics CRM users, when selecting a MS CRM contact the mobile number is now retrieved into the quote. [Build: 10.04]
	1476. For Autotask users, when selecting an Autotask contact the mobile number is now retrieved into the quote. [Build: 10.04]
	1477. For SugarCRM users, when selecting a SugarCRM contact the mobile number is now retrieved into the quote. [Build: 10.04]
	1478. For GoogleContacts users, when selecting a GoogleContacts contact the mobile number is now retrieved into the quote. [Build: 10.04]
	1479. For SalesLogix users, when selecting a SalesLogix contact the mobile number is now retrieved into the quote. [Build: 10.04]
	1480. When using the QuoteWerks contact database, when selecting a contact the mobile number is now retrieved into the quote. [Build: 10.04]
	1481. When creating a contact in salesforce.com new mobile number is supplied. [Build: 10.04]
	1482. When creating a contact in ConnectWise the new mobile number field is supplied. [Build: 10.04]
	1483. When submitting an electronic order, the ShipTo information entered into the online order will now be saved in the QuoteWerks PO. [Build: 10.04]
	1484. When submitting an electronic order and then creating a PO in Autotask, the ShipTo information entered into the online order will be included in the Autotask Purchase Order. [Build: 10.04]
	1485. For SugarCRM users, every time you saved an opportunity, the DateClosed was subtracted by one day. [Build: 10.04]
	1486. Tech Data Netherlands Real-time Pricing & Availability is now supported! [Build: 10.06]
	1487. For ConnectWise users, when selecting a ConnectWise contact the mobile number is now retrieved into the quote. [Build: 10.06]
	1488. For Goldmine users, looking up secondary contacts on the Contact Search window is now much faster. [Build: 10.18]
	1489. For Autotask users, added &AlternateTotalCost, &AlternateTotalList, AlternateGrandTotal, and AlternateSubTotal as additional options for Autotask Opportunity Advanced Field mappings. [Build: 10.21]
	1490. Act! version 17 is now supported! [Build: 10.22]
	1491. ConnectWise 2014.6 is now supported! [Build: 10.22]

Version 4.9 Build 8 (released June 30, 2014)

	1492. Microsoft SQL Server 2014 is now supported! [Build: 8]
	1493. Microsoft Dynamics CRM (MS CRM) version 2014 is now supported! [Build: 8]
	1494. SugarCRM 7.2 is now supported! [Build: 8]
	1495. For Act! for Web users, ACT! for Web v16 and 2013 are now supported including on both 64-bit or 32-bit Windows Server OS. [Build: 8]
	1496. The Product Content Subscription now has PartLocator support for Printer Essentials. We've negotiated an arrangement with Printer Essentials to host their parts list to provide our mutual customers with a better ability to locate Printer Essentials part numbers when quoting. [Build: 8]
	1497. For Autotask users, you can now create Purchase Orders in Autotask. Under the new Tools->Purchasing menu you have access to all the Order items in QuoteWerks and can easily create Autotask Purchase Orders that contain items from one or multiple orders. Items that do not exist in Autotask will be created. Additionally if using the Online Ordering feature of the real-time module, after the items are ordered you will be asked if you want to create a Purchase Order in Autotask for the items you just ordered electronically. To enable this functionality, select Autotask as the Purchase Order Integration on the Settings tab of the Autotask setup window. [Build: 8]
	1498. For Autotask users, when receiving items on the QuoteWerks Purchasing window, the item(s) will be received in Autotask along with the serial number received (if specified). For QuoteWerks to mark the items as received in Autotask, the items must already be on a Purchase Order that QuoteWerks created in Autotask. To enable this receiving feature, check the checkbox "Sync Received Items to Autotask" on the Settings tab of the Autotask setup window. Also on this window, the Purchase Order Integration must be set to Autotask. [Build: 8]
	1499. For Autotask users, new quotes can now be created starting with an Autotask Opportunity. When a new opportunity is created in Autotask or an existing opportunity in Autotask is set to have an opportunity stage of "Create Quote" or other pre-defined stage, the Autotask Opportunity will appear in the QuoteWerks My Summary Dashboard under the Notifications section. From there you can click on the "Create Quote for Autotask Opportunity" link. This will create a new quote in QuoteWerks and populate the SoldTo information with the customer information associated with the opportunity. It will also associate the opportunity with the quote so that when saving the quote this existing opportunity will be updated. This feature was designed so that you can have a person out in the field creating a new Autotask opportunity using Autotask mobile and just enter some basic specifications for the opportunity. Then back in the office, the person assigned to create quotes will automatically be notified that they need to create a quote for this opportunity. The same concept applies even if the opportunity is created using regular Autotask vs Autotask Mobile. From the Notifications section on the Dashboard, you can also click on a link to view the opportunity in Autotask. [Build: 8]
	1500. For ConnectWise users, when creating a new quote from a Notification on your Dashboard, products on the ConnectWise Opportunity will be added to the new quote. This is helpful when using outside solutions like Labtech or JoomConnect that create Opportunities in ConnectWise. [Build: 8]
	1501. For ConnectWise users, Opportunity Notifications can now be triggered by up to three different Opportunity Status values in ConnectWise. [Build: 8]
	1502. For ConnectWise users, you can set the default the Service Board, Status, and Service Type to be used when creating new Service Tickets from QuoteWerks. These defaults are set on the Settings tab of the ConnectWise Setup. [Build: 8]
	1503. For ConnectWise users, you can set defaults for the copying of products and services to new Service Tickets like: "Products and Services", "Each Service", "Services Only", "Products Only", or "" when completing an opportunity as Won in QuoteWerks. This default is set on the Settings tab of the ConnectWise Setup. [Build: 8]
	1504. For ConnectWise users, when completing an opportunity as Won in QuoteWerks, there is now an option to be warned if you did not select any Service Ticket creation option on the Won Opportunity. This default is set on the Settings tab of the ConnectWise Setup. [Build: 8]
	1505. Recurring Groups now support using an APR or Lease Factor to calculate the monthly payment. Defaults settings for this can be set on the Misc tab of the Tools->Options menu. [Build: 8]
	1506. For the Deposit Amount, the "Add up multiple matching line items in the document" calculations now supports up to 5 values. [Build: 8]
	1507. For a Formula field, the "Add up multiple matching line items in the document" calculations now supports up to 5 values. [Build: 8]
	1508. For the Summary Line, you can now specify up to 5 matching values to use when adding up values. [Build: 8]
	1509. The Deposit Amount, Formula, and Summary line "Add up multiple matching line items in the document" feature now supports the Contains and BeginsWith operators. [Build: 8]
	1510. On the Purchase Orders tab of the Purchasing Window, there is now a PO Item right click menu of "Delete...". With this you can delete PO items from manually created Purchase Orders. This feature is primarily used, for example, when you create a manual PO, for a vendor, including two items on it and then find out that the distributor requires that both items cannot be on the same PO. [Build: 8]
	1511. On the Purchase Orders tab of the Purchasing Window, there is now a PO Item right click menu of "Mark ItemReceipt As Exported to Accounting...". If you have already received the item in QuickBooks directly, then choose this option to let QuoteWerks know so that it does not try to Receive against that PO item in QuickBooks when doing the ItemReceipt synchronization. [Build: 8]
	1512. For QuickBooks ItemReceipt users, there is now a feature so that when you first activate this feature, it will prompt you to mark Items Received in QuoteWerks prior to the feature activation as already exported to QuickBooks. This happens when the "Sync Received Items to QuickBooks" option is checked on the QuickBooks setup screen. If it is already checked, then uncheck it, save, then go back into setup and check it and then click [Ok]. [Build: 8]
	1513. When selecting File->Duplicate, the OrderDate column is now cleared if the option "Remove Line Item SONumber, PONumber, and OrderDate" is selected. [Build: 8]
	1514. For API users, added new Application.DoAction actions of "CallMenuProductsLookup", "CallMenuFilePrint", "CallMenuEditPasteSpecial" [Build: 8]
	1515. Added support for <> macro in the Word merging. [Build: 8]
	1516. Sage 50 US Edition (Peachtree) 2015 is now supported! [Build: 8.06]
	1517. For salesforce.com users, when testing the credentials from the Contacts->Setup Contact Manager window, the success message will now display what salesforce.com instance you are connecting to. For example "na3.salesforce.com". [Build: 8.06]

Version 4.9 Build 7 (released May 8, 2014)

	1518. ConnectWise 2014.3 is now supported! [Build: 7]
	1519. SugarCRM 7.0 and 7.1 are now supported! [Build: 7]
	1520. For SugarCRM Enterprise 7.0 and higher users, Opportunity Revenue Line Items are now supported in SugarCRM opportunities. [Build: 7]
	1521. GoldMine 2014.1 is now supported! [Build: 7]
	1522. The Product Content Subscription now has PartLocator support for ScanSource. We've negotiated an arrangement with ScanSource to host their parts list to provide our mutual customers with a better ability to locate ScanSource part numbers when quoting. This catalog includes the parts from all divisions of ScanSource. [Build: 7]
	1523. For salesforce.com users, there is an option for writing product details into the salesforce.com opportunity. If the products do not exist in salesforce.com there is an option to create them. There is also an option for Grouped Bundles to only send over the Grouped Bundle header line instead of the individual products. A default Price Book can be set for the salesforce.com opportunities QuoteWerks creates. This opportunity products integration also supports the CRM Product ID partnumber generation feature. To activate this functionality, choose the Contacts->Setup Contact Manager menu, choose salesforce.com, click [Setup], and then check the option to write details. [Build: 7]
	1524. The DataLink feature has been vastly improved. For salesforce.com users, you can configure the DataLink to copy information from QuoteWerks into salesforce.com opportunity fields when QuoteWerks creates or updates a salesforce.com opportunity. This can be done on the opportunity level with the EventAction of "CRMOppHeader_CreateUpdate". Information can also be copied at the line item level when QuoteWerks is creating/updating salesforce.com opportunity product items using the EventAction of "CRMOppItem_CreateUpdate". The DataLink is bi-directional so after the Opportunity is created/updated in salesforce.com you can setup a DataLink mapping to copy information from the salesforce.com opportunity back into the QuoteWerks quote. This can be done at the opportunity level and also the opportunity product items level enabling you to update QuoteWerks line item columns with information from the salesforce.com opportunity or opportunity product items. [Build: 7]
	1525. Added new 'Tip of the Day' wizard. Help->Tip of the Day menu has options to copy the tip to the clipboard and bookmark your favorite tips. You can hold SHIFT and click [Next] or [Previous] to cycle through bookmarked tips. [Build: 7]
	1526. Added new Tools->Refresh item Details menu. With this you can refresh line item information by re-retrieving field information from the product data source that the item is associated with. The ManufacturerPartNumber field will be used to lookup the product in the product database indicated in the Vendor field. The feature supports multiple-selections enabling you to update multiple line items at the same time. The Refresh item Details window enables you to choose which individual fields you would like to refresh and will remember your selections when updating multiple line items at the same time. The refreshing obeys the same Tools->Options Field Links tab settings use when adding items to the quote. There is also toolbar button above the grid for this Refresh item Details feature. [Build: 7]
	1527. For ConnectWise users, you can now create a new ConnectWise Company record from the QuoteWerks SoldTo/ShipTo tab. For the feature to be enabled, the SoldTo field cannot already be populated with a contact that was retrieved from ConnectWise. Also, the Company field and Contact field must both be populated. This feature is available on the toolbar above the SoldTo, ShipTo, and BillTo areas of the Quote WorkBook. There is also an Access Right "CannotCreateCRMContact" that you can set if you do not want specific users to be able to use this feature. [Build: 7]
	1528. For Peachtree users, on the Defaults tab of the Peachtree setup, you can now choose to not set accounts for new item defaults. [Build: 7]
	1529. For Peachtree users, on the Create Peachtree Item window, you can now choose "Cost of Sales" type accounts for the Salary/Wages Account" for "Non-stock item" items. [Build: 7]
	1530. For Tech Data online ordering users, there is now options to choose the payment method for the order as Terms, your Flooring Account, or your credit card on file with Tech Data. [Build: 7]
	1531. For Online ordering users, the Special Instructions field for Tech Data, Ingram Micro, SYNNEX, and D&H now support the F2Lookup feature. Just press the F2 key or double-click in the field to bring up a list of selections for the field. [Build: 7]
	1532. Added options "Don't Unlock/Rescind Approval when converting to Order" and "Don't Unlock/Rescind Approval when converting to Invoice" on the Installation tab under the Tools->Options menu. [Build: 7]
	1533. For ConnectWise users, on the Products.Bundles tab of the ConnectWise Setup, there are new options on how to handle QuoteWerks Recurring Groups when sending them over to a ConnectWise Opportunity. The new options are a) "Represent Grouped Bundles (Recurring) as", b) "ConnectWise Bundle product ID (recurring):", c) "Grouped Bundle Header Line (Recurring) Item Type". [Build: 7]
	1534. For Product Content Subscribers, the QuoteWerks Tax Code can now be mapped to an Etilize Category Name. If no Tax Code is mapped, the default tax code set on the Document Items Tab of the Tools->Options Menu will be used. As an example, this allows you to setup automatic mappings to tax hardware and not tax software renewals. [Build: 7]
	1535. For Product Content Subscribers in North America, there is now an option to select the Etilize Language of English, French, or Spanish. Etilize populates all of their products with English descriptions and a subset in French and Spanish. The catalog size for non-English Languages are not as large and you will have limited results. [Build: 7]
	1536. On the Purchasing window, the tracking number feature to track the shipments on the Shipping Carriers website now supports shipping carrier services of "FedEx Priority Overnight" and "FEDEX 1DAYPM". [Build: 7]

Version 4.9 Build 4 (released February 25, 2014)

	1537. ConnectWise 2014.2 is now supported. [Build: 4]
	1538. ConnectWise 2014.1 is now supported. [Build: 4]
	1539. ConnectWise 2013.4 is now supported. [Build: 4]
	1540. SalesLogix 8.1 is now supported! [Build: 4]
	1541. SalesLogix 8.0 is now supported! [Build: 4]
	1542. For UK users, the QuoteWerks Product Content subscription (powered by Etilize) now supports Accessories for the UK. Subscribers in the USA and Canada already have this feature. Including these manufacturer suggested accessories on your quotes is an easy way to up-sell options and a great way to generate more revenue. [Build: 4]
	1543. For QuoteValet users, the payment gateway of FirstData e4 is now supported! [Build: 4]
	1544. QuoteWerks user manual is now an HTML based help system! [Build: 4]
	1545. For ConnectWise users, ConnectWise Bundles are now supported in ConnectWise Opportunities. When creating/updating a ConnectWise Opportunity QuoteWerks "Grouped Bundles" are now created in the ConnectWise Opportunity as Bundles (under the Forecast tab). With this new support, in the ConnectWise Opportunity you will see the bundle header and the corresponding products that make up that bundle. This replaces the functionality where the bundled items were de-bundled and only sent over to the ConnectWise Opportunity as individual product line items with no bundle grouping at all. With this set of changes, we still retain the option "only create a single summary product in ConnectWise (not the individual group items)" for any customers that prefer this. The QuoteWerks bundle item attributes of HidePrice and HideQuantity are transferred over to the ConnectWise Opportunity bundle. When QuoteWerks creates the ConnectWise bundle in the ConnectWise Opportunity, for the ConnectWise Bundle Product ID it will use the Product ID specified in the setup field 'ConnectWise Bundle Product ID' on the Products.Bundles tab of the ConnectWise setup window. If the Group Header line item in QuoteWerks has a value entered in the field that is mapped to the ConnectWise Product ID then QuoteWerks will attempt to use that Product ID as the ConnectWise Opportunity Bundle line Product ID. If the Product ID does not exist in ConnectWise, QuoteWerks will create it. When Bundle Products are created in ConnectWise, all applicable standard product mappings like Product Type, Category/SubCategory and Unit of Measure are applied when creating the new Bundle Product. [Build: 4]
	1546. For ConnectWise users, when sending over grouped bundles to ConnectWise Opportunities as ConnectWise bundles you can now control if the bundle product in the ConnectWise Opportunity should create a Project phase when the Opportunity is converted to a Project from within ConnectWise. You can map the IsProjectPhase setting on the Products.Bundles tab under the ConnectWise Setup. [Build: 4]
	1547. For ConnectWise users, added an option "Enable multiple Quotes per Opportunity" so this behavior can be controlled. For new installations, this option is disabled by default. If enabled, this option to associate multiple quotes with a single ConnectWise opportunity is an older behavior that is no longer supported. This option is only here for existing ConnectWise users that are still relying on this behavior. For all others, this should not be checked as ConnectWise itself does not support having multiple quotes per single opportunity. [Build: 4]
	1548. For ConnectWise users, the ConnectWise Category/Subcategory mappings can be used to determine the QuoteWerks Item type when retrieving items from the ConnectWise Product database. Prior to this change, only the ConnectWise Product Type could be used to map to the QuoteWerks Item Type. Which of these two sets of mappings that controls which set of mappings are used is located on the Products.Product List tab of the ConnectWise Setup window. [Build: 4]
	1549. For Autotask users, you can now specify a default tax code when using Autotask Products and Autotask Services as Product Sources. This was already available for Autotask Labor items. [Build: 4]
	1550. The Promo End date for any Tech Data promo price will now be displayed on the Etilize panel. [Build: 4]
	1551. For ConnectWise users, when composing an email in QuoteWerks, you can can now select the email addresses belonging to any contact that is associated with the ConnectWise company selected as the Sold To. [Build: 4]
	1552. For ConnectWise users, when composing an email in QuoteWerks, you can now search the entire list of ConnectWise contacts for additional email recipients. The fields that can be searched by are: CompanyName, FirstName, LastName, Phone, email. [Build: 4]
	1553. For ConnectWise Users, when pulling in Company->TaxRate via the DataLink, if no TaxCode is defined on the selected ConnectWise Site then the TaxCode specified on the Company Finance record will be used. [Build: 4]
	1554. When creating products in ConnectWise, QuoteWerks now sets the ConnectWise Product's "Serialized" checkbox based on the ItemType mapping. These mappings can be setup on the Opportunities.Products.Serialized tab of the ConnectWise Setup window. The ConnectWise serialized features only work when you have the appropriate ConnectWise inventory module. [Build: 4]
	1555. There is now a Purchase Order Integration option to set under the Tools->Options menu. This same selection is in the setup wizard and is also on the Settings tab of the ConnectWise setup window, QuickBooks setup window and Peachtree setup window. So now you choose which accounting you are integrating with rather than QuoteWerks giving you options and asking every time which accounting you want to export purchase orders too. On the Purchasing window, there are now only two action buttons. The first action button is one to create a Purchase Order in QuoteWerks and optionally exports the purchase order to your designated accounting software. The second action button first creates an online order and then creates a Purchase Order in QuoteWerks and optionally exports the purchase order to your designated accounting software. [Build: 4]
	1556. Purchase Orders can now be created in QuoteWerks that are not electronic orders. Manually created QuoteWerks Purchase Orders behave much the same as the Purchase Orders created to track electronic orders, with the major difference being that the manually created Purchase Orders are not updated automatically with realtime shipping tracking and serial number information. That information, however, can be manually entered into the manually created Purchase Orders. Manually created Purchase Orders are created in the same area as the electronic purchase orders on the Purchasing tab of the Purchasing window. This feature requires (Corporate Edition) or (Professional Edition + Realtime module). [Build: 4]
	1557. Purchasing Receiving functionality has been improved to include basic inventory management. Now when you order a quantity of 5 of an item instead of having a single ReceivedOn date, you can now receive each individual item at different times and fully record the date/time as each item is received. When receiving items you can now select or enter the serial number of the item you are receiving and at the same time you can specify a storage location, Asset Tag, and MACAddress for the item. The Purchase Orders tab will also now display a POFulfillmentStatus column showing "Not Received","Partial Received", or "Fully Received". [Build: 4]
	1558. Purchase Order numbering sequence. There is now a purchase order unique numbering sequence that you can now use in the PONumber field when creating a new manual purchase order or a new electronic order. This field also supports the F2 key while will display the F2Lookup list which can lookup a PO number from an external source. The PO number will be formatted, for example, like 14-1001TD. The "14" indicates the year of 2014. The "1001" is the unique numeric sequence. The "TD" is an identifier to indicate that the purchase order was for Tech Data. You can choose to have a vendor this vendor identifier or not. Under the Utilities->Vendor Maintenance when editing a vendor you can specify it in the "Vendor PO Prefix" field. It can be a maximum of 3 characters. If QuoteWerks is configured to export purchase orders to QuickBooks, Peachtree, or ConnectWise, this same PO number will be used when creating the purchase order in the accounting software. You will want to reset the unique numeric sequence each year and this can be done on the Installation tab of the Tools->Options menu. The short nature of the PO number format takes into accounts QuickBooks very small 11 character max po number and Ingram Micro being the next at 18 characters. [Build: 4]
	1559. When creating purchase orders there is now a RefID field. This field will be displayed in the Purchase Orders list and can be filtered on. The best use for this field is to enter something like a job# or ticket# and is used to group purchase orders together. You might create 5 purchase orders to purchase all the products required for the job and by entering the same job# for each PO you can easily group and display them together on the purchase orders tab. Filtering on the job while on the Purchase Orders tab will show you the 5 purchase orders and you can get an overall view of if most of the items have been shipped and received. Filtering on the job while on the Ordered Items tab will show you a complete list of all the items ordered across all 5 purchase orders and show their status in terms of have they shipped, been received, and what the serial numbers are. On this tab, once you see you have received all the items, you can then schedule the job to deliver the items to the customer. [Build: 4]
	1560. You can now manually add tracking numbers and serial numbers to electronic orders. This is useful because the distributors don't always send complete information. There is also a Copy option to copy tracking numbers and serial numbers into the Windows clipboard. [Build: 4]
	1561. For QuickBooks users, there is now a "PO Numbering" option on the Transaction.QuickBooks tab of the QuickBooks Setup Window. Here, you can choose "Use QuickBooks Auto-numbering" or "Use QuoteWerks PO Number." When creating a manual PO in QuoteWerks and you've configured QuoteWerks to use QuickBooks for purchase orders, you'll be able to enter a blank PO number on the Create Purchase Order window. This will create the PO in QuickBooks using the next available QuickBooks PO number. That QuickBooks PO number will be used to update the QuoteWerks PONumber for the QuoteWerks purchase order, which you'll see under the Purchase Orders tab. When creating electronic POs, electronic orders require a PO number at the time you're placing the order, so you can't use the next available QuickBooks PO number here. Instead, you can use the next available QuoteWerks PO Number to submit the order to the distributor, then the QuoteWerks purchase order will use that PO number. If you have the PO Numbering option set to "Use QuickBooks Auto-numbering", then when you export the Purchase Order to QuickBooks, it will send a blank PO number to QuickBooks which will cause QuickBooks to use the next available PO number in QuickBooks. This new QuickBooks PO number will then be written into the QuoteWerks PO description field (for example, "[QBPO# 1001]"). [Build: 4]
	1562. On the Purchase Orders and OrderedItems tab of the Purchasing window, the Items now sort by ShippedOn,EstimatedShipDate [Build: 4]
	1563. On the Purchase Orders tab of the Purchasing window there is now a right-click menu of "Edit PO". This will let you change the RefID and Description on the purchase order. [Build: 4]
	1564. On the Purchase Orders tab of the Purchasing window you can now filter by PONumber. [Build: 4]
	1565. On the Purchase Orders tab of the Purchasing window there is now a right-click menu of "Close PO". Once all the items on the PO have been received and possibly after the job has been completed and billed you can use this feature to flag the PO as "closed" so that it no longer appears in the Purchase Order window. There is an accompanying checkbox filter "Include Closed POs" on both the "Purchase Orders" and "Ordered Items" tab that you can use if you want to retrieve an older closed PO. [Build: 4]
	1566. On the Purchasing window under the Purchasing tab, added a [Clear] button and a [Refresh] button. [Build: 4]
	1567. For ConnectWise users, when QuoteWerks creates/updates a ConnectWise Opportunity and is setup to write line items to the ConnectWise Opportunity the CRMProductID auto-generation feature is now supported. This can be setup on the Products.Mappings tab of the ConnectWise Setup window from the Contacts->Setup Contact manager menu. [Build: 4]
	1568. For ACT! users, when QuoteWerks creates/updates an ACT Opportunity and is setup to write line items to the ACT Opportunity the CRMProductID auto-generation feature is now supported. This can be setup on the ACT Opportunity Setup window from the Contacts->Setup Contact manager menu, choose [Opportunity Setup] button. [Build: 4]
	1569. For ACT! for Web users, when QuoteWerks creates/updates an ACT! for Web Opportunity and is setup to write line items to the ACT! for Web Opportunity the CRMProductID auto-generation feature is now supported. This can be setup on the ACT For Web Opportunity Setup window from the Contacts->Setup Contact manager menu, choose [Opportunity Setup] button. [Build: 4]
	1570. For Microsoft Dynamics CRM (MS CRM) users, when QuoteWerks creates/updates a MS CRM Opportunity and is setup to write line items to the MS CRM Opportunity the CRMProductID auto-generation feature is now supported. This can be setup on the MS CRM Opportunity Setup window from the Contacts->Setup Contact manager menu, choose [MS CRM Setup] button. [Build: 4]
	1571. CRMProductID Auto-Generation feature. In the simplest scenario you can setup the link to just use a QuoteWerks part number like the Manufacturer field as the CRM Opportunity CRMProductID. As a starting point the value from a specified field like the QuoteWerks ManufacturerPartNumber field is used. The auto-generation feature will allow for more than this when the InternalPartNumber or any CustomTextxx field is selected as the mapped field. This new auto-generation feature will allow for many scenarios of use, including the ability to maintain your own proprietary part numbers in CRM Opportunity. If the CRM integration supports using CRM Products as a product data source link, you can even use the Etilize functionality in combination with your own proprietary parts in CRM Opportunity. There are 3 auto-generation options. With "Do not auto-generate", when exporting items to CRM Opportunity, if the mapped field is empty, this will stop and force you to specify your proprietary part number. If you pulled the part from CRM Opportunity, it will already have your proprietary part number from CRM Opportunity. This is useful when you have custom part numbers that are not based on any field or combination of fields. With "Do not auto-generate", when exporting items to CRM Opportunity, if the mapped field is empty, then you will be forced to manually specify an CRMProductID before proceeding. This is used when using your own proprietary part numbers. With "Auto-generate using macro:", when exporting items to CRM Opportunity, instead of just using a simple field value like the ManufacturerPartNumber to become the CRM Opportunity CRMProductID, you can choose to have the CRM Opportunity CRMProductID auto-generated using a macro like &DI_ItemType:&DI_ManufacturerPartNumber. With "Auto-generate using macro based on ItemType:", when exporting items to CRM Opportunity, instead of just using a simple field value like the ManufacturerPartNumber to become the CRM Opportunity CRMProductID, you can choose to have the CRM Opportunity CRMProductID auto-generated based on the ItemType of the Item. So, for example if the ItemType is "Haas", then you can map to an auto-generation macro of "Haas:&DI_ManufacturerPartNumber, but if the ItemType is "Hardware" then you can map to an auto-generation macro of just "&DI_ManufacturerPartNumber". You can also set a value for "If any ItemTypes are not mapped use the following macro:". [Build: 4]
	1572. On the Purchase Orders and Ordered Items tabs of the Purchasing window, you can now enter comments for each PO item. This is really useful for entering notes on PO items such as updated product backorder ETA dates and other notes critical to the status and fulfillment of those items. [Build: 4]
	1573. For electronic orders the Flooring account is now stored in the QuoteWerks purchase order and displayed on the Purchase Orders tab. When flooring accounts are used in an Ingram Micro electronic order, the flooring account must be supplied in all order status requests and if not would receive an error that the order was not found. [Build: 4]
	1574. For QuickBooks users, ItemReceipt documents can now be created in QuickBooks. When receiving items in the QuoteWerks Purchasing window, the Receipt is recorded along with the serial number received. When you are finished receiving the items on the Purchasing window you can click the "Sync Received Items to QuickBooks" button. If QuoteWerks created the Purchase Order in QuickBooks for the items being received, then this will create "ItemReceipt without Bill" documents in QuickBooks, receiving the items against the QuickBooks Purchase order that QuoteWerks created in QuickBooks. It will also append the serial numbers to the end of the item descriptions on the ItemReceipt in QuickBooks. To enable the "Sync Received Items to QuickBooks" button you need to check the checkbox "Sync Received Items to QuickBooks" on the Transaction.QuickBooks tab of the QuickBooks setup window. Also on this window, the Purchase Order Integration must be set to QuickBooks. This feature requires (Corporate Edition) or (Professional Edition + Realtime module). [Build: 4]
	1575. You can now change the starting unique number sequence for Quotes, Orders, and Invoices on the Installation tab of the Tools->Options menu. Care must be taken when changing these numbers, because it is possible to set it to a number that starts creating duplicate quote numbers. [Build: 4]
	1576. The Save PDF File window now will remember the folder locations that you manually type in and will default to the last saved folder location the next time the window is displayed. [Build: 4]
	1577. For online ordering users, after online orders are placed the message that displays the order numbers has been modified to include an option to [Copy Text & Close]. Also the format of the message has changed, for example, "Tech Data - Sales Order number(s): 12345,45678". The information and format include in this is much more useful when pasting into other applications. [Build: 4]
	1578. In the Totals for all items frame on the DocumentItems tab, if the Profit/ProfitMargin are negative then they will be displayed in red. [Build: 4]
	1579. For Product Content Subscribers, the "Limit to my distributors" selection On the Product Lookup Window, now remembers the last selection used per user. [Build: 4]
	1580. For ScanSource users, the new ScanSource real-time Pricing & Availability version 3.0 API is now supported. [Build: 4]
	1581. Added an [Export to Clipboard] button for the Product Price History Window. Now, you can export any results of searches to the clipboard. The Access right "CannotExportDocumentsToClipboard" applies to this feature. [Build: 4]
	1582. Added new macro "&DH_LocalTaxRate" for cover pages, layout design, and word merging [Build: 4]